a [. sty ae Bs re os ae te Sh " Net ere 7 ae oe rs Shai = a al gt hind Sem 34 on o Sey ny tea eue* Fs (Pet pa et Sot rae! i wage 2 , 2 a ~ e . , “ f a eit te nin SP : F elgg? hme, ry ei on ¥ Ae > 6h ey te ate Seay wt ae age fea eR Waste wat Aa Srrven andy, Os pe. ©, Fn sate ee eh deere tdi tt k and Vell Binder, ba Crr%wgop eae obbIg ; Carre aN —— Se = (‘LoPHIANS,)) NS “fn WY RI WAY. CUNNINGHAM ESQE MW S.X¢ (FABSBS) ») Kincardine © craig Lower Largo Wernertan Memoirs VOL rr Wea ace Walch €rplanation OF DE COLOURS, =a Transition Series 7 PRed' sandstone series { 2 White Sandstone Series Mountain Limestone 9] Felspar Rocks incinaing as Porphyry & Clinkstone a Augie oF Trap Rocks MEMOIRS OF THE WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, FOR THE YEARS 1831-37. VOL. VII. COMPRISING, I. MR CUNNINGHAWM’S PRIZE ESSAY ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS, wirn Tuirty-rivE CoLourzEp S£cTIONs, AND A GEOLOGICAL Mar oF THE LOTHIANS. If. DR PARNELL’S PRIZE ESSAY ON THE FISHES OF THE DISTRICT OF THE FORTH, wirs Sixty-seven ILLusTRATIVE FiGures. Ill. HISTORY OF THE SOCIETY rrom Decemper 183] tTrLu APRIL 1838, EDINBURGH: ADAM AND CHARLES BLACK ; AND LONGMAN, ORME, BROWN, GREEN & LONGMANS, LONDON. MDCCCXXXVIII. H ~ ; = ae He d . ; ie , 43 Mi ry Ca. i j aa eR r diem, i 2 « - es | Sa ma i ad Pa te Ae i ¢ Tate *, ae Dea ‘) 44° a . bs 4 ' x * ( ie es <. mal | if ’ j x ute iy a) Oe i A \- eS | Bere <2 " & _ i) 7 ; 7 . Fig | oe teres i a be? 4 ; J 4 ? Kona, i ~~ 4 2 P . \ i oa 4 nN an Oe 2 cs nl " Sere ss ocx if 203" ith EABade GSE or mae oa aA a vt? 4 cays Nod avis reat Y wri ’ ay " pie Aare beat! | amaek aa RUMAH TN) KO CNRS ER | Paths toda arma ves Teas Wa aera fae 3 s . % jh F: a : am } AM HUOeE see / Tay cio " 45 Pac dive DMP oxaiteoe Ciaont TFN ide iT 1 TROTTER A et sal 7 : ira Peel 4 a A NE gp IGE ATTA CONTENTS. On THE GeoLogy oF THE LoTHtans.' By RoBertT JAMES Hay Cunninenam, Esq. Introductory Remarks, . . : Page 3 General Account of the Lothians, . : : rs «Transition Rocks, ' : i é P 8 Secondary Rocks, _.. - ; hi he Junction of the Transition and Secondary, . BOSS. Felspathic Rocks, ; , , : 2. 88 Augitic or Trap Rocks, : : : . 40 Ignigenous Rocks, . ‘ . : ne 47 Connexions of Neptunian and Plutonian Rocks, a. 48 Topographical descriptions of Salisbury Craigs, Arthur's Seat, Calton Hill, Castle Rock, the Pentlands, &c. &e. A : : ; 51, 110 Alluvial Rocks, : : ‘ ee Physiognomy of the Loa : : a Observations on the Geology of Fife, : « 128 Sir James Hall’s experiments on rocks of the Lothians, &e. : : d ‘ : “236 On the Junction of Greywacke and Sandstone with Granite and Syenite, : . 146 Explanation of Geological Map of Siihians and of Plates, 3 : ; A ; a OS 1V CONTENTS. ON THE NATURAL AND EconomicaL History OF THE FIsHEs oF THE River DIstTRICT OF THE FRITH OF Forty. By Ricnarp PARNELL, M. D. Description of the Frith of Forth, — . ; : 161 OssEous FISHEs. Order I. Acanthopterygii, ; : ; 167 II. Malacopterygii, : 5 -.. 266 III. Osteodermi, , : : ; 394 IV. Gymnodontes, : : : 401 CARTILAGINOUS FIsHEs. Order J. Eleutheropomi, . 3 ; : 403 II. Plagiostomi, : : : é 407 III. Cyclostomi, : : . : 442 APPENDIX. 2 History of the Society (continued from Vol. V1.) : 461 MEMOIRS OF THE WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. VOL, VII. A a - - xe hy nt ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS.* BY ROBERT JAMES HAY CUNNINGHAM, Eso. M. W.S. INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. In offering this essay to the consideration of the Wernerian Natural History Society, the author considers that, for the satisfaction of those to whose scrutiny it is submitted, he is called upon to state some of the circumstances attending its production. The necessary investigations were com- menced in the beginning of the summer of the year 1834, and continued with little interruption till the middle of July, after which they were suspended till March 1835 ; and since that period, up to this date, few weeks have elapsed without more or less time being spent in examination. ‘The deficiencies of the essay, therefore, whatever these may be, cannot be referred to its hasty formation ; and if its short- ness be considered as hardly agreeing with these state- * The Wernerian Natural History Society’s Honorary Premium of Twenty Sovereigns was adjudged to Mr Cunningham for this Essay. 4 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. ments, the author begs leave to mention, that, though the phenomena may have been few which he considered worthy of minute description, this did not (if there was to be an attempt ata geological map of the Lothians) in any way lessen the labour. The country required to be tra- versed in all directions in search of appearances worthy of description, and if many excursions were made without the author finding any thing to describe, or even a rock of which a specimen was requisite, still there was the same ex- penditure of time and labour as would have taken place if these excursions had been fraught with interest. As the Lothians have been traversed in all directions by geologists, little novelty is to be expected in the following pages; yet the author, by verifying and correcting from actual examination all previous accounts, and by adding his own observations, trusts that he will meet the wishes of the Wernerian Natural History Society. From accom- panying Professor Jameson in his excursions, he has derived much information, and has endeavoured to conduct his re- searches on the principles so ably taught by that experi- enced and celebrated geologist. The speculative parts of the essay, and the views in re- gard to some points in the geology of the Lothians, bear on printed statements, and on others which, although not printed, are well known to the geologists of Edinburgh. The maps accompanying this essay have been coloured, as far as possible, in accordance with Professor Jameson’s paper ‘ On the colouring of Geological Maps,” which is published in the first volume of the Wernerian Transac- tions ; all the tints, however, have been made more intense, INTRODUCTORY REMARKS. 5 as the dark engraving of the maps would, in many cases, have rendered the colours, if no deeper than those recom- mended in that paper, hardly visible.* The sections have been formed on the same system of colouring, and when other colours were required, those were selected which ap- peared to harmonize best. In regard to the objects of these sections it may be stated, that they were selected from all those points where the connections of the rocks are in any way interesting. The specimens which accom- pany the memoir, were selected in the same manner: no rock which the author considered interesting did he in- tentionally pass. In regard to the paucity of the speci- mens which have been collected in Linlithgowshire, it may be remarked, that few rocks were found which had not been already noticed in the counties of Haddington and Edin- burgh, and, as specimens of these had been selected, the fact of finding the same rocks in a different locality, ap- peared to render their collection unnecessary. There still remains to be noticed one circumstance attend- ing this essay, and which may perhaps require explanation ; and this is the fact of there being in it no attempt to give details connected with the ‘* Coal Workings.” The reason which the author had for not entering on this part of the subject was, that he considered that such an investigation lay more in the way of the professional coal-viewer, than of one engaged in purely geological investigations. He did not, therefore, attempt to draw up sections or ground-plans of coal-workings, or to inquire into the quantities of known coal. * The maps here referred to are those which were lodged with the es- say. They were those published by Mr Thomson of Edinburgh. 6 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. That his non-attenticn to this department, however, has in no way been the means of causing him to overlook ap- pearances of interest, in a scientific sense, he is inclined to believe, from the perfect similarity attending the rela- tions of those various beds of coal which have actually fallen under his notice. GENERAL DESCRIPTION. 7 THE LOTHIANS. That portion of Scotland, which is bounded on the north by a line drawn from the Firth of Forth to the Firth of Clyde, is composed entirely of rocks of the Secondary and Transition classes. The former of these is traversed by ig- nigenous masses of the Felspar and Trap families, while the latter, besides being connected with these rocks, is broken through in several places by different granites and syenites. As it very generally happens that the oldest rocks of a country are those which attain the greatest altitude, while the newer formations which skirt them, form, according to their relative ages, either the hilly or the low land ; so here, the mountainous districts are composed of the older rocks, viz. the greywacke and transition slates (strata, which con- stitute the more or less uninterrupted high land which ex- tends from St Abb’s Head to Port Patrick in Wigtonshire), while the plains and less elevated country, exhibit only rocks referable to one of those groups which collectively form the great series of secondary formations.* All the strata of this class, which occur in the southern division of Scot- land, are to be referred to the carboniferous group. In several details these rocks will be found to differ from the * The geognostical characters of the great high land mentioned in the text were first made known by Professor Jameson, who, indeed, was the first geologist who pointed out the occurrence of Transition rocks in Great Britain. 8 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. same as occurring in England; these differences are, however, only such as might be expected to be observ- able in a deposit extending over a large area: one part of a formation may be more fully developed in one sl- tuation than in another, or it may even be entirely awant- ing. In regard to the mutual associations of the Augitic and Felspathic masses, wemay remark that, although nonatu- ral sections exhibit the relative ages of these rocks ; still, from the examination of other districts, which are partially com- posed of both ; from the circumstance of the trap family be- ing so generally distributed among the carboniferous strata, and also from the eruptions of the trachytes (which may be considered as the modern analogues of the ancient porphy- ries and felspars), being, in general, anterior to those of rocks having a basaltic character, it is highly probable that the series of felspar masses, which is so generally associated with the Transition deposits, is of a formation more ancient than the basalts and greenstones. Inthe three counties the geo- gnostical structure of which it is the subject of this paper to describe, extensive districts of both Transition and Secondary strata occur, and, as we have just stated, the higher grounds are composed almost entirely of the older rocks. Before entering upon a minute topographical description of these two great‘classes, and also before we define their geogra- phical distribution, we shall describe both in a general man- ner ; and as in all geognostical descriptions, it appears to be most natural to follow the ascending series, so here we shall first notice the TRANSITION ROCKS. To classify, according to nature, the variousmineral masses which constitute the crust of our globe, has been the endea- vour of geologists, from that epoch in the history of the sci- ence when it was first discovered, that, to arrive at the know- TRANSITION ROCKS. 9 ledge of the earth’s structure, wemust haverecourseto minute investigation, Many have proposed arrangements of the strata, which they, as the authors, have, of course, considered less liable to objection than those for which they were substi- tuting them. In all these arrangements, there has been no one division of the stratified part of the earth, more uni- versally considered false and unnatural, than that of the “ Transition class.” It has been said to have no natural ex- istence, but to be the mere creation of minds fettered by pre- conceived theories. As an objection to the term “transition”, some have urged that it is one derived from that theory, which affirms, that the rocks of this epoch were formed, du- ring the passage of the globe, from a state unfitted for the ex- istence of organic beings, to one which wascalculated for their preservation. If geologists have, in the course of their in- vestigations, come to any certainty concerning the ancient states of our globe, there is certainly no one doctrine sup- ported by a greater number of facts, than that of progres- sive development. Many remains have been adduced as belonging to beings, which held a place in the zoological scale, higher than was consistent with this theory. With one exception, however, all these remains have been found, on more accurate and better conducted examination, to be, instead of dissentient facts, beautiful proofs of its truth. The exception to which we refer* is as yet, perhaps, unexplained, and by some is considered as a stumbling block which must cause the fall of this theory. If, however, we remember that all the other exceptions have been explained, and that the * Crocodiles’ teeth” of Burdiehouse, which Lyell considered as indicative of the entire fallacy of this theory, have been found by Professor Jameson, and afterwards by Agassiz, to “The occurrence of didelphic remains in the slate of Stonesfield, a member of the oolitic series. 10 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. belong tofishes; and that thesupposed 'T'rionyx of the old red sandstone of Caithness is also found to be a fish ; we may ex- pect that, on more extended investigations, the nature of the Stonesfield remains will appear in no way at variance with their geognostical position. As it seems most accordant with the rules of philosophical induction, to consider that as the best founded theory which is most generally applicable, so one solitary apparent exception should be the more dili- gently examined ; it ought to be viewed on every side and in all its details, whether it may be reconcilable with the theory against which it appears to militate, rather than be eagerly laid hold of, as a weapon to subvert one derived from apparently legitimate generalizations. To account for the non-appearance of highly organized remains in old rocks, it has been asserted that causes have existed adequate to effect their complete obliteration. ‘ Mechanical pressure, derangements by subterraneous movements, the action of chemical affinity,” have all been summoned up to account for the disappearance of animal remains which have (if wemay judge from evidence as strong as any attending a science, the facts of which are in few instances open to experiment), perhaps, never been in existence. How fickle in its actions must have been that “lapidifying process”! which could pre- serve, even toa delicate spine, a frail shell, and be too destruc- tive to alloweven the fragment of a bone of a bird or mammi- ferous animal to be visible in our older secondary rocks! It has been told us, that as the bottom of the existing ocean has not been dredged “throughout an area co-extensive with that occupied by the carboniferous rocks,” thus enabling us to calculate the chances which will bring up the relic of a mammifer ; so the fact of the non-appearance of these re- mains ought not to be considered as a proof of their non-ex- TRANSITION ROCKS. Il istence. But, as has been well remarked, ‘“‘ Every island, every continent, has formed part of an ancient bed of the ocean, and this ancient bed is exposed to the examination of thousands of observers in every degree of latitude not covered by polar snows.” Further, on finding this state- ment in a work which proposes a classification of tertiary strata, however ancient, by merely acquiring a knowledge of the extinct and existing species contained in each, are there not marks of inconsistency ? It is reckoned unsafe to judge of the utter absence of highly organized animals, in very old strata, by their not having as yet been found ; while the fact of a tertiary system of strata containing a greater per- centage of extinct shells than another, is considered as per- fectly demonstrative of its greater age. We are not wishing to inquire whether, in these instances, such a mode of exa- mination will infallibly lead to a just conclusion or not ; but it appears to be drawn as an inference from appearances pre- cisely similar to those, which have induced geologists to be- lieveinaprogression of development. As anargumentagainst the doctrine of progressive development, it has been affirmed that the corals and mollusca, which lived in the ancient seas, were not of a more simple structure than those which at pre- sent exist. Those, however, who advocated the opinion that, from the oldest fossiliferous deposit to the formations of our own epoch, there were proofs, from examining fossil bodies, that the standard of organization was gradually, and not instantaneously, raised, never, either directly or indirectly pronounced, as their opinion, that this ‘* progressive de- velopment” of organized beings was evinced by compar- ing the members of any one genus, as they occurred in con- secutive formations. It was never affirmed, as far as we are aware, by any geologist, that, if a certain natural class of organized fossil remains was observable in several forma- 12 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. tions, (the relative ages of which were indicated by superpo- sition) we must expect to find in the oldest of these forma- tions or series of strata, individuals of this natural class having a more simple structure than those imbedded in the newest. But it was insisted, and is yet (though some ima- gine that they see in the laws which now govern organized bodies in all their relations, and in the globe itself, an almost eternal and uniform system of legislation), that the earth’s strata exhibit proofs from their contents, that certain epochs have been characterized by the creation of the several main links of the zoological chain. The term “ Transition” has been discarded by a celebrated geologist upon another ground ; but unfortunately the rea- son why the term was applied has been misunderstood. Mr Phillips, in his “ Guide to Geology,” after saying, that some geologists make a Transition class of rocks, affirms “ that this is needless, for such passages are not thought necessary to be marked in other instances.” When Werner named a certain class of rocks “ Transition,” it was done, not from discovering that they passed into the inferior or more crystal- line rocks, but from the conclusions which he drew from find- ing, that, in this series, for the first time, marks of animal and vegetable life occurred ; and that these were remains of beings which possessed a structure of the most simple na- ture. He so named this series of rocks, not because it pass- ed by mineral character, or alternation, into his ‘* Primitive class ;” but because his examination of its contents, and relations to asscciated rocks, made him draw the inference, that it had been formed during the passage of the globe, from a state in which vegetable and animal life existed not, to one fitted for its preservation.* ‘The term “ Transi- * “They are supposed to have been deposited during the passage or transition of the earth from its chaotic to its habitable state.”’-—Jameson’s Geognosy, p. 146. Edinburgh. 1808. TRANSITION ROCKS. 13 tion” was theoretical ; but it is upheld by as many proofs as any other acquired portion of geological knowledge. As regards the objection to the term Transition, that it is un- natural, inasmuch as the rocks of this class pass into the infe- rior and more crystalline strata, and in the upper parts into those of secondary formation, it may be asked— Where is the series of rocks, which, however distinct and separate from its associated formations it may appear to be in one coun- try, has not been observed in other localities to alternate with and pass into them? If in all cases, however, these appearances were considered hostile to forming arrange- ments of the globe’s strata into great divisions, it is evi- dent that no classification could be formed from the rela- tive superposition of strata, and that one from some other system of phenomena would be necessary. Though these transitions of strata into each other, however, are conspi- cuous, there is still no reason why such transitions should be considered as affording a reason that from ‘“ gisement” strata should not be arranged. When viewed on the large scale, that on which all geological appearances ought to be viewed, the series which, from superposition, is to be acknowledged as of one formation, is also, from its being characterized by one or more classes of fossilized organic bodies, and in many instances by a wonderful similarity of mineral character, to be considered as the uninterrupted production of a certain geological epoch. The mineral characters of the transition rocks which occur in the Lothians, are limited. The Greywacke is, in general, a fine aggregate of minute grains of quartz and Lydian-stone, im- bedded in a base approaching to clay-slate, and containing scales of mica very generally distributed through it. In size, the components of the greywacke vary; they occur of all magnitudes, between that of the smallest sand and a fine 14 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. conglomerate ; and, when very compact, its mechanical na- ture is not very easily recognised. The Clay-slate, which is frequently associated with the greywacke, into which it passes, and with which it alternates, is of various shades of ash, bluish and smoke grey. Its general aspect is eart hy, and it never assumes that crystalline appearance which emi- nently characterizes that of an older formation, viz. the slate associated with gneiss and mica-slate. In the strata of grey- wacke there is also sometimes a striped appearance, identi- cal with that exhibited by the coal formation shales, and, m some districts, it contains numerous minute veins of mas- sive quartz, and layers of red hematite. The uniform sameness of the mineral characters of the Transition rocks, in countries far removed from each other, is a proof that the causes, from the actions of which they resulted, were almost universal; a fact which is at complete vari- ance with that system of geology, which sees only in the various rocks of our continents the long-continued action of existing causes. By the term “ universal,” however, it is not intended to be implied that at one period the earth was covered completely by an envelope of greywacke strata. Such an opinion, either in regard to it or any other forma- tion, is contradicted by every appearance. Butit is wished to be only understood as intimating that, during the epoch of the greywacke’s formation, it is probable that, when deposi- tions of strata took place over the globe, they were in cir- cumstances which allowed only the deposition of a grey- wacke. The idea which supposes, that, if a deposition of strata took place, that deposition must in all parts be simi- lar, because there existed a series of causes over the whole globe, which if called into action produced the same effects, is quite different from that’ which assumes that these causes acted at one given period over the whole globe. If all TRANSITION ROCKS. 15 the deposits at present forming below the waters of the ocean, could be looked upon in one wide extended plain, it would be found that their mineral characters are so differ- ent in different places, that little similarity could be traced amongst them. That deposit which resulted from the ero- sion of a yranitic district, would present the characters of various red sandstones ; that which was produced by the comminution of quartz rock, would approach in character to a white sandstone ; while the formations which were formed from the disintegration of secondary or tertiary dis- tricts, would consist of various alternations of sands, gravels and clays. In all these supposed cases there is nothing si- milar to that uniformity of mineral character which is con- spicuous in older formations ; a fact which indicates that the causes effecting these formations were very general, and that similar circumstances existed over an immense portion, if not over all the globe at one period. SECONDARY ROCKS. Having now noticed generally the transition rocks of the Lothians, we shall next describe that series of Secondary strata which forms almost the whole of the counties of Edin- burgh, Haddington, and Linlithgow. The Secondary series of the Lothians is not composed of one and the same rock, but is, on the contrary, an example of a compound forma- tion, inasmuch as it is an assemblage of red and white sand- stones, variously coloured shales, and limestone, all of which are so associated with each other, that their synchronism of deposition is conspicuously evident. The white sandstone group of the Lothians has, as we have before stated, al- ways been considered as belonging to the Independent Coal Formation. This series differs in several respects from the coal-measures of England. It would certainly indicate 2 16 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. state of things entirely different from the present, if a for- mation, whose relative position in the crust of the globe was in one country correctly ascertained, exhibited in every other a strictly uniform sameness in its mineralogi- cal and fossilogical characters. If contemporaneous for- mations were identical in all their details, the determina- tion of strata would be conducted in a manner far different from what it is. Instead of traversing extensive districts, examining the relations of an unknown rock to others whose_ natures were apparent, and from superposition and other characters ascertaining geological equivalents, the mere view of a characteristic specimen would be sufficient ; and from geology being one of the most intellectual of Sciences, one which requires minute investigation, it would deserve hardly to be considered as an Art. Authors, in describing that series of rocks which lies, in the regular succession, below the magnesian limestone, and above the transition formations, divide it into the Old Red Sand- stone, Mountain Limestone, and Coal Formation, drawing lines of demarcation between all these deposits. ‘Though, from observing, in some countries, that the position of one or all of these deposits is so unconformable, that it is only to be accounted for by the state of repose which existed during their several depositions, having been interrupted by disturbing causes, still there is no reason to conclude that this unconformability is to be observed in all countries. This is to assume, that igneous actions in the early ages of the world, differed entirely from those which now operate, and also that the upraisures of contemporaneous strata were themselves contemporaneous. A deposit which is completely separated from that which succeeds it in one country, may in another make a transition into it by numerous alterna- tions; and thus we have a proof that breaks in the sequence SECONDARY ROCKS.—GENERAL RELATIONS. p , of strata, are, if viewed with the extent of the globe, only local. In the Lothians the divisions of old red sandstone, and mountain limestone, are unnatural ; for strata which, in one locality, might, from their relations to others, be considered as the old red sandstone, are, in another, found to occupy a position which renders this impossible. If these sandstones are found both above and below the mountain limestone, and are frequently seen to alternate with it on the large and small scale, it is evident that they form one deposit ; that the causes which produced them were not interrupted by paroxysms of violence. In the Lothians and in Fife, there are many points which evince that the old red sandstone, mountain limestone, and coal formation, can- not, as developed in these districts, naturally be separated. Professor Jameson, in his Mineralogical Account of Dum- fries-shire, p. 165, enumerates several localities in the Lo- thians and in Germany, where red sandstone is found in- timately connected with the white sandstone series. In re- gard to the occurrence of red and brown sandstone, the Professor states, ‘‘ Ist, In lower Silesia, nearly the whole of the coal-field is composed of reddish-brown and cochineal coloured sandstone, with which great beds of coal alternate. Qdly, In the coal-field of Mid-Lothian we have the follow- ing instances of similar coloured sandstone occurring in the coal formation: a. In Dryden Water, near Loanhead, there are several beds of reddish-brown coloured sandstone, ac- companied by similar coloured ironstone in the coal for- mation. 6. Near Mr Cameron’s paper-mills, on the banks of the Esk, there are thick beds of reddish-coloured sand- stone, that evidently belong to the coal formation, and the same rock continues in the direction of the river, forming the picturesque cliffs of Hawthornden and Roslin, and ex- tendseven to Auchindinny Bridge. c. Immediately behind themanse of Collinton there is a beautiful section of the vol. VII, B 18 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS . coal-field. ‘The strata are semicircular and have their con- vexities uppermost, or form what is called a saddle; they are of a reddish-brown colour, and alternate with layers of greyish-black coloured slate-clay, and reddish-brown colour- ed clay-ironstone. On each extremity of the saddle rest the more common rocks, viz. grey-coloured sandstone, glo- bular clay-ironstone, &c. d. The rock on which Craigmillar Castle is situated, belongs to the coal formation of Mid-Lo- thian. It is composed of horizontal beds of greyish and red- dish-coloured sandstone, that alternate with their beds of reddish-coloured slate-clay and limestone conglomerate. _ e. The hill of Salisbury Crags belongs to the coal formation, and in it we observe repeated alternations of reddish-coloured sandstone, clay-ironstone, slate-clay, and limestone conglo- merate.” In Fife, the coast between Dysart and Wemyss exhibits four alternations of the red with the white sandstone; and in the course of the Bevelaw Burn, a small stream which runs for a few miles at the base of the Pentland range, the white sandstone underlies the red. In other quarters this arrangement is completely reversed ; as on the coast of East Lothian, between the Cove and Dunglass Burn, where the white coal-sandstone overlies the red. By following the courses of the Dunglass, Bilsdean, and Thornton burns, the transitions of the white sandstone series into the red, are most satisfactorily displayed; the strata, as they recede from the sea, gradually assuming a red colour, till, at last, they pass into the red sandstone. In that part of the Esk river which runs past Arniston and Kirkhill, there are nu- merous alternations of the red with the white sandstone. Much also of the country intervening between Drummore- mill and Hawthornden, through which the Esk flows, is formed of the same red sandstone : its relations, however, to the white sandstone, are evident, and exhibit nothing fitted SECONDARY ROCKS.—GENERAL RELATIONS. 19 to justify the misconceptions of some who have examined it.* The mountain limestone, which, if it preserved that position which it is generally found to occupy in other districts, would be a formation separating the white from the red sand- stone series, occurs in the Lothians connected with both. While making these statements indicating that the causes which produced the Secondary formations of the Lothians were uninterrupted during the deposition of the series, and that this circumstance accounts for the various alternations of its members, we may remark, that there has been a source of error in the belief, that in all instances three distinct de- posits,+ viz., the Old Red Sandstone, the Mountain Lime- * Dr Hibbert, in his paper “ On the Limestone of Burdiehouse,” publish- ed in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. xiii., page 137, affirms, that, by ignigenous action, “there has been an emer- gence of beds even inferior to the carboniferous group,” and cites the Pentlands and the coast of North Berwick as localities. The strata ex- posed there, however, are all of the same general nature as the red sand- stones of other places, which, by their relations to the white sandstones, so clearly indicate that hoth series constitute one contemporaneous formation. The red sandstone of HawTHoRNDEN, exhibited also to Dr H. some appearances which caused this observer to believe that it had been deposited soon after the formation of the Transition rocks. In re- gard to what these were we are ignorant ; but if viewed in allits relations, it will be found to form only one of those deposits of red sandstone, which, with those of white sandstone, coal, and shale, form the second- ary system of the Lothians, and geognostically represent the coal forma- tion. + As an instance of this we may mention the conclusions to which Messrs Sedgwick and Murchison came, after examining the secondary formations of the island of Arran. In that island two red sandstones oc- cur, the one above, the other below, the strata of white sandstone con- taining beds of coal, while the Mountain Limestone occurs interstratified with both. After examining this district, these geologists were led to consider that series of red sandstone strata, which was in the more im- mediate vicinity of the old rocks, as the Scottish representative of the old red sandstone of England : the assemblage of white sandstone was by them described as the Coal formation ; while the red sandstone which lay above it, was stated to be the equivalent of the new red sandstone of England, differing from it, however, in this circumstance, that in Arran it was conformable with the coal formation. By B2 20 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. stone, and the Coal Formation, separate, without ever blending into each other, the New Red Sandstone from the Transition Rocks. It is this alone which has made some declare that the series of red sandstone strata, which, in some places, is found above the true Coal Deposits, be- longs to the New Red Sandstone. 'To determine the age of strata, they must be examined through their whole extent, and their position in the globe’s crust is only to be ascertain- ed by studying all their various phenomena, Though the red sandstone, white sandstone, and limestone, of the Lothians, may not, from the circumstance of their being so intimately connected, be considered exactly similar to the carboniferous series of other districts, though, perhaps, they exhibit not that invariableness of position which characterizes them elsewhere, still, in the circumstance of the red sandstone and conglomerate being most remarkably developed in those parts of the country which are in the vicinity of the older rocks, they exhibit an appearance similar to that observable in other and more distant localities. The conglomerates of the lower parts of the series are, from the size of the mass- es which compose them, highly indicative of the great me- chanical action which must have operated in their forma- tion. Though conchological contents characteristic of a forma- tion, the position of which relatively to others is known, be found in districts at a great distance from those in which the By comparing this series of red and white sandstone with the same as developed in the Lothians, or even in the adjoining coast of Ayrshire, the identity of the two is easily made out, and that sandstone which was by these gentlemen considered as the new red sandstone, becomes on- ly a member of the great secondary series of the Lothians, no one of which can be naturally separated from the others, if throughout the whole extent of their distribution we examine their mode of arrangement relatively to each other. This view of the sandstone of Arran was pro- posed by Professor Jameson, in one of a series of memoirs on the geo- logy of Arran, read to the Wernerian Society several years ago. SECONDARY ROCKS.—GENERAL RELATIONS. 21 deposit of an understood geological age occurs, still we are not to consider that these far separated deposits must neces- sarily be of the same age. That they may be, is possible, but it is as probable that they may not, and their evidence is never to be opposed to that affordedby superposition. That the red conglomerates and sandstones of the Lo- thians are not derived from the consolidation of sands and rolled masses brought from a great distance, is apparent, from the fact that no rock-fragments are found in them, but such as occur in situ in their more immediate neigh- bourhood. That vast deposit of red sandstone conglo- merate which skirts continuously the Greywacke formation of the Lammermuirs, from Redheugh in Berwickshire to Heartside in Haddingtonshire, and which rises into moun- tain masses in several parts, is entirely composed of variously shaped rolled masses of greywacke and transition-slate. Be- sides containing masses of the stratified or Neptunian rocks, on which the conglomerates rest, they also, though rarely, include rolled masses of members of the felspar series. In the red sandstone hill of Chesters, near the village of Spott in East Lothian, masses of felspar-porphyry occur, and, in the conglomerates of Carlops and Hab- bie’s How, fragments of compact felspar are abundant. These appearances therefore indicate that all the mem- bers of the felspar series of the Lothians are not newer than the carboniferous formations ; but prove, on the con- trary, that by being subjected to aqueous attrition, they have contributed to the formation of these strata. The white sandstone series, which alternates with the red, and has been entitled The Independent Coal Formation, is, like the red sandstone, compound ; it is an assemblage of white sandstones, slate-clay, bituminous shale, clay ironstone, and coal, In the Red Sandstone series, the sandstone is in ge- 29 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. neral of a bright red colour, and conglomerates are abun- dant; but, as the name implies, those of the white sand- _stone group are generally white, and conglomerates are com- paratively rare. The shales accompanying the red sand- stone strata, are of various shades of blue, green, yellow, and red; while those associated with the white sandstone are generally grey : bituminous shale also is very rare in the former series, while in the latter it is largely deve- loped. The abundant diffusion of coal beds in the white sandstone series, is another characteristic feature of this group, for when these do occur connected with red sand- stone, they are, with few exceptions, situated in what may be considered as a debateable ground between the two classes of strata, and in those portions which partake of characters of both. Another rock which we have men- tioned as occurring in the Lothians, is the Mountain Lime- stone. This, as we have previously stated, is not here, as in those districts of England or Ireland where it occurs a distinct and separate formation. It occurs in the red sandstone series of the Lothians, forming, in some loca- lities, considerable beds, but its comparative scarcity in it is to be considered as a mark eminently distinguishing this series from that of the white sandstone group. Having now described the general relations of the various secondary rocks of the Lothians to each other, we shall enumerate their several mineralogical ranges of character. The red sandstone, which we have mentioned as the fre- quent occupant of the lowest part of the series, is in general a fine aggregate of grains of quartz and felspar, held together by a basis of ferruginous clay; scales of mica are profusely distributed through it, and frequently, by their great abundance, it assumes a slaty structure. A coarse conglomerate forms a part of the red sandstone se- SECONDARY ROCKS.—MINERALOGICAL CHARACTERS, 23 ries. It is of two kinds; one variety, as we have before stated, being entirely formed of variously sized masses of grey wacke and its slates, and occurring in immediate connec- tion with the transition ranges of the Lammermuirs ; while another, which is met with only in different parts of the Pentland district, and in the neighbourhood of Penny- cuick, is composed of rounded masses of quartz-rock, grey- wacke, flinty-slate, felspar, and common jasper, imbedded in a base of similar fragments. At Danskin, in East Lo- thian, and in the mountain valley of Glencorse, both con- glomerates are well marked. The hills which occur on both sides of Dunglass Burn, are composed of this rock, which has resulted from the disintegration of the grey- wacke, and the masses which form it are on such a co- lossal scale, and held together so very loosely, that it might be mistaken for a formation of very modern date. The red sandstone forms extensive districts in Berwickshire, and much of that part of East Lothian which ranges along the northern front of the Lammermuirs. As that of several other parts of Scotland, the red sandstone of the Lothians is eminently characterized by containing in many places nu- merous circular yellowish-green markings, in the centre of which there is frequently a black coloured spot. Though red is the predominating colour of the red sandstone series, still, associated with it, there are other sandstones of various shades of brown and grey. Variegated sandstones are abundant, brown or red markings occurring in a field of white sand- stone ; as examples of these, the sandstones of Salisbury Crags and Dunbar are conspicuous. Interstratified with the shales of the red sandstone series, clay-ironstone some- times occurs ; it is, however, perfectly different in its charac- ters from those clay-ironstones which are so abundantly in- terstratified with the white sandstones and shales of the white 24 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. sandstone group; it is in general of a brick-red colour, and contains a considerable proportion of calcareous matter. Unlike the clay-ironstone of the coal formation, that of the red sandstone series never exhibits an internal structure, and is characterized completely by the circumstance of its never containing, as the former frequently does, an organic nucleus, The white sandstone of the great carboniferous group is composed of minute grains of quartz, held together by a ground of argillaceous or calcareous matter: mica is often present, and, as in the red sandstone, frequently produces a schistose arrangement. Felspar, which is very generally distributed through the red sandstone in grains, is in the white far more sparingly disseminated. Bituminous mat- ter occurs in great abundance in the coal sandstones, and frequently is so equally distributed as to cause them to assume a black colour; whereas in the other sandstones, it forms only small layers, which are arranged in posi- tions parallel to the planes of stratification. By containing large rock fragments, this sandstone sometimes becomes conglomerated ; these conglomerates are, however, seldom so coarse as those associated with the red sandstones. The fragments are jasper, quartz, Lydian stone, compact felspar, and flinty-slate, imbedded in an aggregate of smaller masses. At Liberton Brae, a conglomerate associated with the coal sandstone contains fragments of red sandstone, varying in size from the smallest dimensions to the bulk of a man’s head. The slates which accompany the white coal formation sandstone are of two kinds,—Argillaceous Shale or Slate- Clay, and Bituminous Shale; neither of these, however, possess a wide range of mineralogical character. The former is in general of a grey colour, while the latter is most SECONDARY ROCKS.— MINERALOGICAL CHARACTERS. 25 frequently of a black, or blackish-brown, containing oc- casionally minute scales of mica. The colour of these two slates is not uniformly sufficiently indicative of their distinct natures, and as it is highly necessary, in an economical point of view, that they should be easily recognised, we may remark, that in the streak we have a character which at once de- cides them. ‘The slate-clay has a streak without lustre and of a grey colour, while that of the bituminous shale has a resinous lustre and a brown colour. The bitumi- nous shale frequently makes a transition into coal; exam- ples of which are to be observed on the shore below Kirk- aldy and Dysart. Clay-Ironstone, the next member of this series, 1s possessed of several characters which render its examination a subject of considerable interest. The clay-ironstone has in ge- neral a blackish-grey colour, with a conchoidal fracture and no lustre ; it occurs in two positions, either as strata of inconsiderable thickness, alternating with the several mem- bers of the coal formation, or inrows of spheroidal lenticular masses, imbedded in shales, and arranged in lines parallel to the direction of the strata. On fracturing the lenticu- lar concretions of ironstone in a direction parallel to that of the strata containing them, there is generally to be ob- served an internal structure; this structure consisting of a series of veins of calcareous spar, diverging from a central point with more or less regularity, which series is crossed by another arranged round the centre of the clay-iron- stone. The veins which produce this structure are ge- nerally composed of calcareous spar, which is associated, in some instances, with quartz and elastic mineral pitch; they all decrease in size from the centre to. the circumference, being at their origin often sufficiently wide to allow of the crystallization of the spar in its usual forms. That these * 26 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. veins are of a contemporaneons formation with the clay- ironstone in which they are contained, is an opinion adopt- ed by Dr Hutton and also by Professor Jameson, the one reasoning on Plutonian, the other on Neptunian, principles. Ichthyolitic coprolites are abundantly distributed through- out the lenticular masses of clay-ironstone, and specimens may easily be procured bearing more or less perfect intesti- nal impressions. In the Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, vol. xxxii. p. 165, analyses of two of these interesting organic relics, by Dr W.Gregory and Mr R. Walker, are published. The results of these analyses we may here subjoin. 1. Analysis of a Coprolite found in Clay-ironstone, Wardie. Organic matter, Sulphuret of Iron, \ 4,134 Siliceous matter, Carbonate of Lime, .. . . 61.000 Carbonate of Magnesia, . . . 13.568 Oxide of Iron with alittle Alumina, 6.400 Phosphate of Lime, ... . 9.576 Fluoride of Calcium, Oxide of Manganese, \ hens Water-and loss. f°." 5.332 100.000 2. Analysis of a Coprolite found in Clay-ironstone, Fife- shire. Matter insoluble in Muriatic Acid and chiefly organic, a Carbonate of Lime, Nee eee any Carbonate of Magnesia, . ... . 2.888 Phosphate of Lime, ~ « ig et «+ > Go.08G Viale sees, ome © 140 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. exhibited a fracture like that of porcelain, with little lustre ; and its colour was changed from black to dark brown. Being exposed to heat, it was found to be fusible only at 31°; that is, it was less fusible than the glass by 13° or 14°. ‘“* Numerous and varied experiments have since proved, in the clearest manner, that, in any temperature, from 21° to 28° inclusive, the glass of this whin passes from a soft, or liquid state, to a solid one, in consequence of crystallization ; which is differently performed at different points of this range. In the lower points, as at 23, it is rapid and imper- fect ; in higher points, slower and more complete, every in- termediate temperature affording an intermediate result. I likewise found, that crystallization takes place, not only when the heat is stationary, but likewise when rising or sinking, provided its progress through the range just men- tioned is not toorapid. Thus, if the heat of the substance, after fusion, exceeds one minute in passing from 21° to 23°, or from 23° to 21°, the mass will infallibly crystallize, and lose its vitreous character. These facts enabled me to account for the production of the substance resembling the liver of an animal, which I obtained in my first attempts to crystal- lize the melted stone. Not being then aware of the tem- perature proper for complete crystallization, I had allowed it to be passed over rapidly by the descending heat, and I had begun the slow cooling in those lower points, at which the formation of this intermediate substance takes place. * By the same means I was enabled to explain the unex- pected result, which I obtained in endeavouring to convert the glass of this stone into crystallite.* The fire applied to the crucible, containing fragments of the glass, had been * The crystallized substance, obtained from the slow cooling of trap- glass, was denominated crystallite by Sir James Hall. 5 APPENDIX.—HALL’S EXPERIMENTS. | 141 raised very slowly, which I know to have been the case by some circumstances of the experiment. The glass had softened by the first application of heat, but had crystal- lized again as the heat gradually rose; so that the sub- stance consolidated, while still so viscid as to retain the original shape of the fragments ; at the same time it acquired such infusibility as to resist the application of higher de- grees of heat during the rest of the process.” (Trans. of Royal Soc. of Edin. vol. v. p. 5.) Besides the greenstone of Bell’s Mills, Sir James Hall fused and recrystallized several other of the trap-rocks around Edinburgh. We shall note his observations in regard to these. Whin (Basaltic Clinkstone) of the rock of Edinburgh Castle. *«'The pure glass which this whin yielded, by rapid cool- ing after a moderate heat, was crystallized in three experi- ments, and produced masses greatly resembling the original. In one of these, formed on a large scale in the glass-house, the resemblance is so strong, both as to colour and texture, that it would be difficult, or perhaps impossible, to distin- guish them, but for a few minute air-bubbles visible in the artificial crystallite. The glass is less fusible than that re- sulting from the greenstone of Bell’s Mills, and seems not to possess the property of producing the liver crystallite.” —p. 53. Whin of the basaltic columns on Arthur’s Seat, near Edinburgh. (Basalt of the summit.) ‘In the temperature of 100° or upwards, the whole was changed to pure black glass; but in a more moderate heat (about 60°), the felspar remaincd unchanged, while the horn- blende disappeared and formed a glass along with the ba- sis of the stone. Both kinds of glass yielded highly cha- 142 4 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. racterized crystallites, that last mentioned having its felspars entire, produced a substance like porphyry, in which the white felspars were imbedded in a black crystalline basis. The crystals formed in this basis are so complete in one example, that they are seen projecting into the cavities and standing erect on the external surface so as to make it sparkle all over. These black crystals seem to be horn- blende of new formation. We have found by some late experiments that they are considerably more refractory than the crystallite in which they lie, and are equally infusible with some species of natural hornblende.”—P. 53. Whin (Basalt) from the neighbourhood af Duddingston Loch. ‘“‘ Its glass yields a fine grained crystallite, like to that of the greenstone of Bell’s Mills.”—P. 54. Whin (Greenstone) of Salisbury Crags. ‘Its glass yielded ahighly facetted crystallite, approach- ing to the structure of the unfused basalt of Duddingston Loch.”—P. 54. Whin (Syenitic Greenstone) from the rolled masses in the bed of the Water of Leith. ‘6 In fusion and crystallization it resembled the other whins.”—P. 55. Whin (Basalt) of the basaltic columns of Staffa. “It yielded a perfect and very hard glass, which, in a regulated heat, produced a uniform stony crystallite, greatly resembling the original.”—P. 55. Having performed the experiments on whinstone, the unerupted lava of the philosopher whose opinions he had adopted, Sir James Hall engaged in a series of experiments APPENDIX.—HALL’S EXPERIMENTS. 143 on mineral masses, the evident volcanic origin of which was admitted by all. From his original paper we shall ex- tract the results to which this examination led. Lava of Catania (Basaltice Lava). “ After strong heat, the whole was reduced by rapid cooling, to pure black glass; but, when the heat applied was moderate, the felspars remained unchanged. Being maintained, after a second fusion, in a temperature of 28° (Wedgwood) both these glasses yielded strong and crys- tallized substances somewhat less fusible than the original, and, when exposed to a temperature of 22°, they crystallized rapidly like most of the whins (trap-rocks) into the liver erystallite. This last property is common to all the lavas.” —P. 690. Lava of Sta. Venere. *¢ The pure black glass formed from this lava yielded, in the regulated heat, the most highly crystallized mass we have obtained from any lava or whin.”—P. 61. Lava of La Motta di Catania. * Its glass yielded a dark grey crystallite of uniform tex- ture."—P. 62. Lava of Torre del Grecco. *¢ It was found to be less fusible than any of the others, yet its glass crystallized in a lower temperature.”—P. 63. Lava of Vesuvius, eruption 1785. Sir James Hall, after examining with care a lava stream which flowed from Vesuvius, found that it completely re- sembled the glass obtained from the rapid cooling of an ar- 144 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS: tificially fused mass of lava. ‘‘ Besides all other properties,” he remarks, “it possesses the fusibility of the glasses, since it softens completely at 18, that is 14 or 15 degrees below the softening point of any of the stony lavas. Being ex- posed to the process of regulated cooling, it gave the same result as all the other lava glasses. In the lower points it yielded a liver crystallite infusible under 30, and in the higher a stony substance like a common lava or whin, and fusible only at 35.” We here extract from Sir James Hall’s paper the Table of the fusibilities of the traps and lavas which he examined, and from it ‘it may he observed that the original whins soften in a range from 88 to 55, the glasses from 15 to 24, and the artificial crystallite from 32 to 45.” Original Glass Crystallite SUBSTANCES. softened. | softened. | softened. a a Whin (Greenstone) of Bell’s Mills \ 40 15 39 Quarry, Whin (Basaltic Clinkstone) of Castle Rock, , ae a8 fake basaltic column, Arthur’ s \ 55 18 35 Whin (Basalt) near Duddingston \ 53 24 38 i SS of Salisbury ‘ 55 24 38 Whin (Syenitic Greenstone) Wa- 5 ; ter of Leith, S6 ee 37 Whin (Basalt) of Staffa, : 38 143 35 Lava of Catania, . : 33 18 38 Lava of Sta. Venere, Ticdmants ‘ 32 18 36 Lava of La Motta, : é : 36 18 36 Lava? of Iceland, 4 : : 39 15 45 Lava of Torre del Grecco, . : 40 18 28 Tava of Vesuvius, 1785, : 18 18 35 The other discoveries of Sir James Hall we need not here notice in detail. His experiments on limestone and coal are APPENDIX.—HALL’S EXPERIMENTS. 145 known to both the chemist and the geologist, having to the latter afforded explanations of appearances of no little com- plexity, and to the interest excited by his investigations are, in no small degree, to be traced many discoveries which have been made by Continental philosophers. 'To the geologist and chemist of the present day, the experiments of Hall tell that a vast field is open for investigation; and examinations, philoso- phically conducted on the grand principles which he chalked out, would, it may with certainty be stated, either corroborate the truth of certain, as yet, theoretical points in geology, or display their falsity. By furnace experiments knowledge could be gained, in all probability, on much which is now the “ Terra Incognita” of geology. How is dolmitization effected ? Are the granites, the porphyries, the trap-rocks, trachytes, and lavas to be considered only as links in a con- nected chain of igneous elaborations, of which the one ex- tremity is granite and the other lava, the differences in mineral structure and composition being effected by diffe- rences in compression, and in the rocks with which they have come in contact? Do the various stratified deposits contribute to the formation of igneous rocks ; and can sandstones, shales, and conglomerates be made to assume characters indicative that the formations of gneiss, mica- slate, hornblende rock, and the several strata denominated Primitive, are only to be considered as mechanical deposits, which have been completely altered? All these are ques- tions which it is of the highest importance to solve, and so- lutions appear only to be got in experimenting on mineral masses, at very high temperatures, and under great com- pression. VOL. VII. K 146 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. APPENDIX. IT. ON THE JUNCTIONS OF GREYWACKE AND SANDSTONE WITH GRANITE AND SYENITE. Iw our memoir on the Geology of the Lothians, we have observed that the Transition strata are in few instances con- nected with the ignigenous rocks, and that even when such relations are observable, they are seldom of an interesting description. Other portions, however, of the great transi- tion high land of the south of Scotland are related, in an interesting manner, with plutonic masses. Trap and por- phyry rocks in several places occur associated with the strata, but a detail of the appearances exhibited by these is here inadmissible ; we shall, however, shortly notice a few points where they are found connected with true granite and syenite. The granitic rocks which rise through the greywacke strata form three distinct and isolated groups, viz. that of Criffel, Loch Ken, and Loch Doon. I. Criffel District.* The first of these, near the village of New Abbey, rises through the greywacke and attains in the hill of Criffel to the height of 1830 feet. The granitic rocks of this district do not consist entirely of true granite ; on the con- trary, they vary much, some of the mountains being formed of granite, while others are composed of a characteristic syenite. None of these rocks, however, in their relations to each other, indicate a difference in age, but bear impressed upon them characters which prove a perfect synchronism * Vide Professor Jameson’s Memoir on the Geognosy of Criffel, Kirk- bean, and the Needle’s Eye in Galloway, in the 4th volume of the Me- moirs of the Wernerian Society. CRIFFEL DISTRICT. 147 of formation. The felspar which enters into the composi- tion of the granite and syenite varies in colour from white to grey and light brick-red, while the quartz is invariably of the usual grey colour ; the mica is in general brown, and occurs only in minute scales. In several places, the granite assumes a porphyritic aspect, the crystals which produce this arrangement being invariably of felspar ; but on the large scale there is no example of determinate structure,—that tabular appearance which is so often to be observed in ex- tensive granite districts never occurring here. The syenite which is associated with the true granite is, like it, small gra- nular, and from the hornblende varying in quantity, the rock assumes various aspects. Sphene occurs in minute crystals, and may be observed in the syenitic cliffs about two miles to the north of New Abbey. Contempora- neous veins occur in the granite and syenite, and appear to have been produced during a state of the rock capable of allowing the free motion of its constituent minerals ; some of these veins are composed of quartz, while others consist of a granite of a smaller grain than that which they traverse. They run courses more or less tortuous, pass more or less into the bounding walls, and when well exposed may be found thinning completely out at both extremities. On examining any considerable tract of this country, numerous concretionary masses are to be observed in the syenite. They vary from a small size to one or two feet, being either of angular or ovoidal shapes, and in general are ¢com- posed principally of hornblende; frequently all the con‘ stituents of the syenite, however, enter into the composi- tion of these masses, and sometimes they become porphy- ritic by containing crystals of felspar. In regard to the appearance of the concretions at the planes of contact with the rock in which they occur, it may be remarked K 2 148 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. that they vary from a perfect distinct boundary line to one of the most indefinite character, one in which the minerals of the rock containing the concretions occur interlaminated with those of the concretion. We shall now detail the relations of the granite to the greywacke, which are observable at two points. The Needle’s-Eye, a perforated rock which occurs near the mouth of the Southwick water, is a point where both rocks may be found in immediate connection, and the first ap- pearance, which is most striking, is the intimate blending of the one with the other. The whole scene in this respect is one of the greatest confusion, and certainly if the igneous origin of granite were not supported by appearances more indicative of a plutonic formation than those observable here, its synchronism with the greywacke, and perfect simi- larity of formation, would be based on no insecure founda- tion. To describe all the minute modes of junction of the grey- wacke and the granite at this point would, if the nature of the ground did not render it impossible, be an unnecessary labour ; we shall, however, give a detailed account of their junction taken as a whole. When considered as a mass the granite of this point appears to be chiefly distributed through the greywacke in the form of veins, which occur of all mag- nitudes, and run courses which in some instances are al- most straight, while in others they are highly tortuous. On examining the immediate planes of junction of the granite with the greywacke, these will be found to vary much in appearance, sometimes both rocks having a decided and well marked boundary, while at other times they make a gradual transition into each other. Throughout the same vein both of these appearances may sometimes be observed ;. one part, in some instances, affording a distinct separation, CRIFFEL DISTRICT. 149 while in another there is so complete an intermixture, that it isalmost impossible to tell where the one rock begins, and where the other ends. The size of the veins bears no rela- tion to the degree of intermixture of them with the grey- wacke; on the contrary, a very large vein may pass into the rock, or it may not, or a small vein, in size perhaps not exceeding three or four lines, may be completely commingled with the greywacke which it traverses, or may have a de- terminate outline. In its mineralogical structure, the rock which forms the veins frequently differs from that which constitutes the larger masses. The several components, the quartz, felspar, and mica, or the felspar, quartz, and hornblende, become inti- mately and obscurely intermixed with one another; and in many places the veins are composed of an intermixture of quartz and felspar, which is sometimes so perfect that the veins appear to be composed of a very compact felspar. The appearances which the greywacke exhibits when in the neighbourhood of the granite and syenite, are ex- pressive of indurating or altering causes: in every instance it becomes compact, the slaty varieties passing into a spe- cies of felspar, not unlike some clinkstones. In both the granite and the greywacke, shifts may in some places be observed ; the sides of these shifts, however, are so inti- mately connected as to render it highly probable that they have taken place before the granite was in a perfectly con- solidated state. In regard to the stratification of the grey- wacke, it varies in regularity ; sometimes the rock being per- fectly amorphous, while in other places it exhibits a more or less bedded structure, the strata then dipping to the S. S.E. at angles between 30° and 70°, and resting upon the principal mass of granite and syenite. In one or two places layers of quartz occur in the greywacke ; in every instance, however, these are to be observed only near the granite ; fi, 150 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. brous amethyst is also to be found at some points. Near an isolated rock called Lot’s Wife, a vein of felspar-porphyry crosses the strata of greywacke, into which, at the planes of contact, it is gradually found to pass. Having described the appearances at the Needle’s Eye, we shall next notice some other localities where the grey- wacke is connected with granite. On proceeding along the bank of the Ladyland burn, a streamlet which crosses the road about a mile and a half to the south of Kirkbean, the greywacke is found in various altered positions, dipping at high angles, and in some places also much contorted. In several parts veins of felspar porphyry cross the strata, but junctions are in no place visi- ble. In mineralogical character these porphyry veins pre- sent a perfect similarity ; they are composed of a compact light reddish-brown felspar with imbedded crystals of fel- spar, being identical, in every respect, with other porphy- ries associated with the same strata in other parts of this great transition district. As an examination of the bed of this burn appeared to afford a chance of again ob- serving a junction of the syenite with the greywacke, we traced it through its whole extent, but unfortunately the de- sired contact was not visible. In the Kirkbean burn, how- ever, almost at its source there is a distinct exhibition of the junctional relations between the granite and the grey- wacke. In the other parts of the bed of this stream there is nothing interesting exposed: there are a few porphyry and felspar veins, but beyond their presence little else can be made out ; they cross the strata and are frequently many yards in breadth. As in the other points where the contact of the granite and greywacke is exposed, the strata are here found to abut against the unstratified rocks at high angles. Some of the varieties are highly quartzose, and approach almost to sandstone. Concerning the characters of the LOCH KEN DISTRICT. 151 greywacke when next the granite they are interesting and completely different from those exhibited at the Needle’s Eye, inasmuch as the slate invariably passes into a perfect slaty aggregate of brown micaceous scales. In regard to the positions of the two rocks to each other, they are rather remarkable: there is the most perfect intermixture, the one with the other ; layers of granite, in many instances, not more than two or three lines in breadth occurring completely isolated in the strata, and without any visible connexion with the main mass of the rock. ‘The very reverse of this is also, in many places to be observed, masses of the slate altered into brown mica, occurring imbedded in the granite. In their position these granitic masses enveloped in the slate agree with the greywacke, conforming in every instance with the contortions visible in it ; a circumstance which very frequently attends junctions of granite with stratified rocks. At the planes of junction here there is never to be observed a well marked boundary line; on the contrary, there is a transition of both rocks into each other, of such a nature that, if a theory concerning the origin of granite were to be formed only from the phenomena of this point, it would in- cline any one to consider both mineral masses as merely mo- difications of each other, and the effect of one and the same cause or system of causes. II. Loch Ken District.* Another group of granitic rocks is met with in the neigh- bourhood of Loch Ken in Kirkcudbright : as several junc- tions, however, of these rocks with the greywacke have been described in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, we shall here only notice a few localities shortly. “ The geognosy of this district is described by Dr Grierson in a me- moir and map laid before the Wernerian Society, and published in the 3d volume of the Annals of Philosophy, and also in a memoir in the 2d volume of the Wernerian Memoirs, entitled “ Mineralogical Observations on Galloway.” 152 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. Proceeding from the village of New Galloway, down the western bank of Loch Ken, the greywacke strata are found ranging in a vertical position S. W. and N. E., a position which they preserve very generally over this country. About a quarter of a mile to the south of the ancient castle of Kenmore we meet for the first time with the granite of the Ken district. It is here a compound of brick-red felspar, quartz, and mica, and for a considerable way the loch is skirted by a narrow band of the transition rocks. With the exception, however, of the junction of the Windy Shoulder, which has been described in the volume we have referred to, we only noticed one on the bank of the loch, and this is not traceable for more than a foot or a foot and a half. The greywacke, which, at a distance from the granite, is perfectly characteristic and similar to that of other quar- ters in the south of Scotland, acquires, on approaching it, the aspect of an indurated felspathic sandstone, containing a few very minute scales of mica; at the junctional planes it exhibits a tendency to pass into the granite, in a manner evincing, however, no greater or more remarkable changes than those which are often found attending junctions of trap-rocks with sandstones and shales. The other point where we bad an opportunity of exami- ning junctional relations, was at the east end of Loch Stroan, and at this point the nature of the ground renders these more apparent. Near that part of the loch, from which the Black Water of Dee rushes, a vein of granite traverses the grey- wacke: it is not found in union with the principal mass, though its joining it near this is probable from the circum- stance of the granite forming the bed of the loch here. The - visible length of this granite vein is thirty feet, being at its greatest breadth one foot, from which it gradually diminishes until at last it terminates in a mere thread. Very generally a layer of massive quartz intervenes between thegranite and the LOCH DOON DISTRICT. 153 grey wacke, and traverses the latter in numerous veins. The greywacke is intimately connected with the granite at the junction ; but there is no transition into any rock which can with any degree of propriety be referred to the primitive series of the Wernerian geognosy. The granite which occurs here isa compound of a yellowish-white felspar with the ac- companying minerals of quartz and mica. Another locality which we examined for the purpose of noticing thealtering ef- fects of granite was at the old bridge of Dee, about half a mile to the south of Clatteringshaws toll-bar. The greywacke here is indurated, but it is still greywacke, and abuts at a considerable angle against the granite which has upraised it. III. Loch Doon District.* The third granite group, which is associated with the strata of the south of Scotland, is that of the district of Loch Doon; and as connected with that metamorphic theory, which sup- poses that the gneiss and mica-slate strata are only altered sandstones and shales, the junctions exhibited in this quarter are interesting. ‘To trace the connections of granite with its associated strata, and to examine the appearances observable at their junctions, has long been an object of geological inves- tigation. In the generality of cases, however, this examina- tion can only be made in regard to the contact of granite with rocks which, though stratified, are nevertheless a com- plete crystalline aggregate, and bear impressed upon them characters as completely indicative of a consolidation from a state of fluidity as the unstratified granitic masses which oc- curamong them. If we wish to discover, therefore, whether , such rocks have lost their original mechanical characters by the action of the granite, it is evident that we must endea- vour to find an indubitable mechanical rock so connected with * Vide Dr Grierson’s Memoir on the “ Mineralogy of Galloway,” in vol. ii. Mem. Wern. Soc., for his description of the granite and grey- wacke junctions in this district. 154 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. granite, that it is to be considered in circumstances which are fitted for its undergoing a metamorphosis. It is not enough to state that gneiss and mica-slate are metamorphic ; but to prove that they are, it is necessary to find a mechani- cal deposit becoming a gneiss or mica-slate. If an object undergoes a metamorphosis, the fact of its having done so, is only to be believed from the evidence of the senses in wit- nessing the change, or from finding the original substance in all states between a complete and an incipient alteration. The junction of granite and greywacke at Loch Doon, affords no support whatever to the doctrines to which we have alluded, and certainly if such a theory is tenable, this locality is one where we might expect to find appearances in favour of it. On both sides of the loch, a junction of the granite rocks with the greywacke is visible. On the west side, however, these appearances are best exposed, and we may remark that perhaps no part of Scotland exhibits, in a more clear or marked manner, the connections of gra- nite with stratified rocks. For many yards the junctions of the two rocks are exposed in the most satisfactory man- ner, veins of granite traversing the vertical greywacke strata in all directions, and in some instances crossing them at various angles with the planes of stratification, while in others they run parallel with them. In breadth, the gra- nite veins vary from six or seven feet to the smallest size, and at their planes of contact with the greywacke, there is in general an intimate commixture of both rocks, the larger granite veins containing numerous variously sized im- “bedded angular fragments of the greywacke. The rocks on the side of Loch Doon which exhibit the junction af- ford every facility for examination, and from the action of the water they are almost as smooth as if they had been po- lished by art: the veins even of the smallest size may, from their resisting the weather better than the greywacke, GRANITE AND SANDSTONE JUNCTION—ARRAN. 155 and standing out in strong relief, be investigated through- out their most minute ramifications. As an interesting cir- cumstance in regard to this junction, we may state, that the granite does not disturb the direction of the strata in any instance. Thus, although they are traversed in every possible manner, still they preserve the same N. and S. di- rection which they had when at a distance from the granite. It is tobe particularly noticed also, that the lines of direc- tion, when visible in the imbedded masses, agree with those of the strata. At a distance from the granite, the greywacke of this district, exhibits only the usual aspect, but when in contact with it, it affords a different series of characters, and is then generally composed of very minute crystalline grains of white felspar and mica, with aslight intermixture of quartz. It has a perfect granular structure, and exhibits nothing which approaches either to gneiss or mica-slate, but, on the contrary, is only to be considered asa greywacke which has lost its mechanical aspect through the influenceof the granite rocks which rise through it.* The granite of Loch Doon is of two kinds, the one being a compound of red felspar, quartz, and mica, the other of white felspar, quartz, and mica ; hornblende frequently enters into its composition, pro- ducing then a characteristic syenite. The only structure observable is the tabular, but of this even there are no very marked examples. IV. Junction of Granite and Sandstone in Arran. The details we have just given, it is needless to say, prove that in Scotland there is a granite formation newer than the transition strata. We shall, however, adduce an instance of true mineralogical granite being also newer than the old red conglomerate. * Dr Grierson, in his “ Mineralogical Observations in Galloway,” describes this altered greywacke as a compact gneiss. 156 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. The junctional appearances of the granite and sandstone, to which we refer, occur in the island of Arran, and are only to be observed in a stream which enters the sea near the village of Corry. At this point, when at a distance from the granite, strata of slate-clay and red sandstone are found dipping S. S.E. at 30°, the sandstone frequently passing in- to conglomerate, and containing rolled masses of quartz- rock. On advancing from the sea to the mountain, how- ever, the rocks progressively assume a greater inclination, till at last, near a mural escarpment of granite, they assume a nearly vertical position ; the stratified arrangement of the sandstone also, which is in general perfectly distinct, be- comes then very much obliterated, and the red colour of the strata entirely disappears. At the immediate junction of the sandstone and granite, which is only visible for about four feet, the former passes into a perfect granular quartz- rock ; the granite also exhibits characters completely dif- ferent from those which it has when at a distance from the sandstone, and instead of being a distinct crystalline ag- gregate of quartz, felspar, and mica, it becomes a rock composed entirely of the two first, which are not arranged in distinct granular concretions, but, on the contrary, are blended intimately the one with the other. From the great thickness of the series of clay and chlorite slates, which in every part of Arran, with the exception of a short dis- tance along the base of the hills which rise above Corry, lies always between the granite and the secondary rocks, it is vain to seek for junctions of the granite and the sand- stone in other parts of the island. The one, however, which we were fortunate enough to find, though of limited extent, renders the fact that the granite has been protruded_ after the deposition of the sandstone sufficiently evident. In a paper published by Messrs Sedgwick and Murchison, in the Transactions of the Geological Society of London, ‘On GRANITE AND SANDSTONE JUNCIION—ARRAN. 157 the Geological Relations of the Secondary Strata in the Island of Arran,” it is stated “ that the granite could not have been in a fluid state at the time of its elevation ; for, had that been the case, it could never have risen into lofty mountains, and mural precipices, overhanging the second- ary strata, without ever flowing over their broken edges, or ° penetrating their mass in the form of dykes.” These rea- sons appear, however, in no way sufficient to prove that the granite of Arran has been elevated in a solid state, after its fluid protrusion through the primitive rocks with which it is connected. In regard to its having, unless elevated in a solid state, been unable to form mountains and mural pre- cipices, we have a statement which may as well be applied to all the granite and trap rocks of Scotland, as to the granite of Arran, and indeed to almost every igneous rock which does not occur in streams. Concerning the circumstances which have allowed the granite and trap to assume their existing forms, this is no place for a discussion; and be- sides, they will suggest themselves on reflection to any geo- logist. Data are awanting also to prove, either that the granite does cr does not penetrate the sandstone; and be- sides, the sandstone is so related to the granite that it might be older than it, and still not be traversed by veins; for, as we have just stated, the granite is, with one exception, always separated from the secondary rocks by a great for- mation of slate, consequently it might easily happen, that the plutonic rock might be newer than both, and still might have not sent out veins of a length sufficient to invade the secondary series. The nature of the ground, however, where a solitary instance of the sandstone being in contact with the granite may be observed, is such as to render it impos- sible to affirm whether the sandstone is crossed by granite dykes or not. 158 GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. GEOLOGICAL MAP OF THE LOTHIANS. In this map the several formations are laid down with an accuracy as perfect as the nature of the ground allowed us to do; the dotted lines which separate the formations being intended to express their limits in a general way. In regard to the Red Sandstone deposits, we wish to state that several others occur in the Lothians, in addition to those which we have marked on the map; these, however, from being on a small scale, and existing only as deposits subordinate to the white sandstone series, we considered it unnecessary to exhibit; im many instances, also, their extent of distribution, when compared with the scale of the map, rendered this impossible. Several trap-dykes have, for the same reason, been excluded ; a few, however, have been represented, though on a larger seale than that of the map. The limestone which occurs in the Lothians we have only laid down on those parts where it is quarried or other- wise exposed at thesurface. Without much chance of mistake, however, we might have connected many of these. When the covered state of the country, however, prevented us from being able to connect the limestones exposed by natural or artificial means, we have coloured the intervening portions, as the white sandstone series, from a knowledge that if lime- stone did not form the uppermost rock continuously, it was in almost every instance covered only by that group of strata. . By straight lines we have indicated the direction of the strata, and, by an arrow placed at right angles to these lines, the point of the compass to which they dip. In se- veral instances we might perhaps have drawn lines shew- ing the outgoing of a stratum over a very considerable EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 159 space: this, however, we refrained from doing, as the appa- rent accuracy might in many instances have been found by other observers to have no existence. Vertical strata are de- noted by a line shewing the direction, and by this mark +. Prats Explanatory of the colours used in the sections. Prats I. Fig. 1.—Unconformable position of the red sandstone Il. il. IV. Vi. VII. Vill. and transition strata. Heriot Water, Berwickshire. Fig. 2.—Section near Red Heugh exhibiting the same appearances. Fig. 1.—Sectional view of another junction of the tran- sition and secondary rocks, near Red Heugh. Fig. 2.—Ground plan affording the same appearances. Red Heugh. Fig. 1.—Greenstone traversing and overlying sandstone. St Leonard’s Hill. Fig. 2.—Greenstone enveloping masses of sandstone and overlying arenaceous limestone. Salisbury Crags. (The masses of sandstone are on a larger scale than the rest of the section.) Fig. 3.—Greenstone overlying and fracturing arenaceous limestone. Salisbury Crags. Section of the central part of Salisbury Crags.: Here the greenstone is found to have both contorted and enveloped masses of the sandstone. Upraised strata of sandstone are also found overlying it. . Fig 1.—Shift in sandstone. Cat Nick, Salisbury Crags. Fig. 2.—Vein of greenstone traversing the greenstone and sandstone of Salisbury Crags. This point is one of the few in the Lothians where there are indications that the trap-rocks of the district are the formation of more than one epoch. Fig. 1.—Sectional view of the northern part of Salisbury Crags. Fig. 2,.—Greenstone porphyry overlying and enveloping strata of white sandstone. Northern front of Arthur Seat. Fig. 1.—Sectional view of Arthur Seat, partly ideal. Fig. 2.—Section shewing the probable relations of the basalt which forms the summit of Arthur Seat, to the greenstone and sandstone of Salisbury Crags. Fig. 3.—Section from the Calton Hill to Leith. (The greenstone rocks of Lochend and Restalrig are on a larger scale than the rest of the section.) Fig. 1.—Greenstone traversing shale. St George’s Well, Water of Leith. Fig. 2.—Ground plan of greenstone vein traversing shale. St George’s Well, Water of Leith. 160 Puate VIII. IX. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. GEOLOGY OF THE LOTHIANS. Fig. 3.—Greenstone traversing sandstone ; Bell’s Mills, Water of Leith. (Sir J. Hall made the first of his interesting experiments in regard to slow refrigeration on specimens of thisrock.) Greenstone enveloping masses of slate and sandstone. Hound Point. . Fig. 1.—Felspar vein traversing sandstone and passing into greenstone. Inch Colm. Fig. 2.—Vein of greenstone traversing sandstone con- glomerate. Cairn Muir. Fig. 3.—Greenstone traversing and overlying red sand- stone. Sunnyside Quarry. Fig. 4.—Junction of greenstone and red sandstone. Whitberry Point. Fig. 1.—Greenstone traversing aud enveloping masses of red sandstone. Dunbar Castle. Fig. 2.—Greenstone dyke traversing sandstone ; near Broxmouth. Fig. 1.—Trap-veins traversing sandstone conglomerate. Stotan Cleugh. Fig. 2.—Felspar veins traversing greywacke. Fassney Water. Fig. 3.—Trap overlying strata of mountain limestone and trap-tufa. Kirkton, Bathgate. Fig. 1—Greenstone traversing sandstone and enveloping slate-clay. Wainchburgh. Fig. 2.—Greenstone traversing and overlying sandstone. Winchburgh. Greenstone cliff near the harbour of Aberdour, in which are enveloped masses of sandstone and slate-clay. Fig. 1.—Greenstone traversing sandstone and _ shale, near Alexander's Crag. oan 2 vein traversing the coal series. Whinny lll. Strata of sandstone and limestone traversed by a vein of felsparand overlaid by greenstone. Tyrie near Kirkaldy. | a i PRIZE ESSAY ON THE NATURAL AND ECONOMICAL HISTORY OF THE FISHES, MARINE, FLUVIATILE, AND LACUSTRINE, OF THE RIVER DISTRICT OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH.* BY RICHARD PARNELL, M.D., F. B.S. E. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. In connection with the study of the-species in Natural His- tory which belong to any particular district of land and water, some consideration is due to the ascertainable circum- stances by which its capabilities, as an, abode of animated nature, can be determined. On this account, a short notice of the general character of the river Forth and its estuary, cannot be out of place as a preliminary to a paper on the Fishes to be found there. A notice of this kind must ne- cessarily be imperfect, not less owing to the brief space that can be devoted to it, than to the investigation of the — facts becoming difficult, nearly in proportion to their inte- rest and immediate bearing on the subject. And, indeed, all that I can promise under this head is, rather to indicate * The Wernerian Natural History Society’s honorary Premium of a gold medal, value Ten Sovereigns, was adjudged to Dr Parnell for this essay, 1837. VOL. VII. L 162 DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. than to investigate some of the most important points that deserve to be inquired into. The physical geography of the German Ocean, of which the Firth of Forth is so large an estuary, should not be omitted in an extended investigation of such a kind; the shallow bottom of that sea, the peculiarity of its tides, and the immense banks that traverse it, one of which juts out from the entrance of the Firth of Forth to a distance of one hundred miles north-eastward, cannot but exert a decided influence on the determination of the kinds of Fishes that frequent its estuaries. A comparison also be- tween the physical geography and natural productions of this Firth, with those of the other estuaries of the same sea, such as the Firth of Tay, the Humber, and the Wash, would prove a source of interesting investigation. But to proceed to the Firth of Forth itself, which is more than enough for my limits at present. ‘The breadth of this estuary, at its junction with the ocean, as measured from St Abb’s Head on the south side, to Fifeness on the north, does not fall short of thirty-five or forty miles : it contracts rapidly from these points, so that, between Elie Point and Yellow Craig, though no more than ten miles above Fifeness, and owing to the trending eastward of the southern border not less than twenty-five miles of St Abb’s Head, the breadth does not exceed seven miles. From there it expands into a wide basin, the greatest extent of which, between Mussel- burgh and Largo, is not much short of twenty miles; while its medium breadth, as between Guillon Point and Buck- haven, is about twelve miles in a straight line. Above, it contracts again to nine miles, and proceeds, gradually be- DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 163 coming narrower, through a course of nine or ten miles to Queensferry, where it is about two miles across. Here it ex- pands again in a beautiful basin, varying in width from three to four miles, through an extent of thirteen or four- teen miles; above this it assumes more of the character of a river, and here, therefore, the estuary may be said to ter- minate. The Islands of the Firth are important in its physical geo- graphy, as exerting an important influence on its currents, and thereby on the depositions from the water at the bottom, and on its encroachments on its banks. The Bass, distin- guished as the abode of the Gannet (Swsa Bassana) ; and the May, on which a light-house is situated, are the most conspi- cuous near its junction with the ocean. Higher up, Inchkeith occupies the middle space near the upper contraction of its greatest basin, and determines, by its influence on the tide, the banks, channels, and bays, through an extent of several miles. Between this island and Queensferry, Cramond Island, Inch Mickery, and Inchcolme, intersect the Firth nearly in a line across, being at the distance of three or four miles from Queensferry. Inchgarvey, the highest island that deserves notice, occupies the middle of the contraction be- tween North and South Queensferry. The Depth of the Forth, below the Isle of May, is up- wards of thirty fathoms, declining to fourteen or fifteen fathoms, as the northern or southern border is approached. In the first contraction, between Elie point and Yellow Craig, the greatest depth is about twenty-eight fathoms ; from which, in the middle of the channel up to Inchkeith, Te sao 164 DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the depth varies to sixteen or seventeen fathoms. From Inchkeith a great bank, termed the Middle Bank, extends towards Hound Point: on the north of this bank runs a deep channel, named the North Channel, the depth of which varies from sixteen to twenty-five fathoms in its direct course. On the south side, in the neighbourhood of Leith, numerous rocks project, between which. and the middle bank there is a channel, termed the South Channel or Leith Roads, which varies from three to sixteen fathoms in depth. Between South Queensferry and Inchgarvey the greatest depth is about nine fathoms; but between that island and. North Queensferry the depth increases to thirty-seven fa- thoms, which is the greatest depth observed above the Isle of May. At a short distance above this point, the depth is still twenty-one fathoms; from thence the basin gradual- ly shallows upwards. Numerous streams pour themselves into these basins of the Firth, among the principal of which are the Tyne, the Esk, the Leith, the Almond, and Avon, on the south side ; while the Leven, arising from Lochleven, is the only con- siderable stream which joins it on the north side. The Forth itself, one of the largest rivers in Scotland, arises from the north side of Benlomond : it is first called the Avendow or the Black River, and receives the name of Forth onentering the parish of Port : it then expands into a lake (Lochard), and flows through the vale to Stirling. Here it is augmented by the addition of the Teith and the Allan, and, after taking a winding course of twenty-four miles, finishes by joining with the termination of the estuary. The first part of the course of the river Forth is through: DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. 165 deep clay ; it then takes its course through a country con- taining extensive beds of coal, limestone, and ironstone, so that, under the lowest part of the river and the highest ba- sin of the Firth, coal is dug on both sides from beneath the channel. Thick beds of alluvial clay and copious depositions of sand are found on both sides of the Firth, wherever the so- lid rock does not appear. Between Musselburgh and Guil- lon Point, numerous patches of turfy beach, over which the tide rises, are met with. The Firth appears, on account of the large extensive sand-beds, and the immense quantity of algze which it contains, to be favourable for the deposition of the spawn of fishes. How far the Firth is fitted to be a receptacle for fishes, by the kinds of food favourable to their increase which it supplies, is a question that can be but im- perfectly answered at present. Molluscous animals, which certainly constitute the chief food of fishes, next at least to their own tribe, abound in the Firth ; but, as yet, little is known as to the comparative favour in which the several species of these are held among fishes, nor have we any means of ascertaining the relative proportions in which the different molluscous animals found in it abound. As might be anticipated, from the extent and irregulari- ties of this estuary, the tide derived from the German Ocean exhibits some anomalies. ‘The tide flows to a mile from Stirling Bridge, a distance of near eighty miles from the ocean in a straight line. It is there interrupted by a rock which crosses the river, and at stream tides the rise on that rock is five feet. The regular flow and ebb of the tide is twice in twenty-four hours, but both run about two hours longer in the middle of the channel than along the shore, 166 DESCRIPTION OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Above Queensferry some singular irregularities, termed Leakies, occur. Before high-water the tide begins to ebb, then, after a time, turns and continues to flow till high water; also before low water the tide begins to flow, then turns and ebbs till low water. This has been ascribed to the contraction at Queensferry ;—enough of water cannot in consequence flow in to supply the level places of the shore ; the tide therefore flows back from the river to serve this purpose. The velocity of the tide varies in different parts of the Firth, and this variation is connected with the . place of the moon and the force of the winds. CHABT AN FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH AND TRIBUTARIES. CLASS PISCES. Vertebrated animals with red blood respiring by gills or branchize, and moving in*water by the aid of fins. SUB-CLASS I.—PISCES OSSEI. Bones fibrous; cranium divided by distinct sutures, branchiz free, membrane furnished with rays. ORDER I.—ACANTHOPTERYGII. First portion of the dorsal-fin, or the entire first dorsal, when two are present, with simple spinous rays ; first ray of the anal fin always spinous, and generally the first ray of the ventrals. Famity I. PERCID.—Operculum, or preoperculum, denticulated or spiny ; scales generally ciliated ; jaws, front of the vomer, and almost always the palatine bones, furnish- ed with teeth, Grnus PERC A.—Dorsal-fins two ; preoperculum notch- ed below ; operculum ending in a flattened point ; tongue smooth, without teeth. 168 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. PeERCA FLUVIATILIS.*—THE PERCH. Specific Characters.—Back dusky green; sides with dusky bands. Description.—F rom a specimen nine inches in length. Body ra- ther deep ; back arched; sides compressed, marked with about six dark brown bands passing from above downwards. Colour above the la- teral line dusky green, below it rather lighter, with a tinge of red ; belly white ; dorsals and pectorals light brown ; anal of a rich scar- let, as well as the ventral and caudal fins ; posterior portion of the first dorsal occasionally black ; irides bright yellow. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, as well as on the vomer, palatines, and pha- ryngeals. First dorsal fin commencing over the posterior half of the operculum, and ending within a short space of the origin of the se- cond dorsal ; all its spines sharp and stout ; the third and fourth the longest ; the remainder gradually decreasing. Second dorsal fin soft and flexible, with each ray, except the first, branched at the summit. Anal fin commencing in a line under *the fourth ray of the second dorsal, and terminating under the last ray but three of the same fin ; first two rays spinous, shorter than the third, which is soft and flexi- ble, as well as the remaining rays in that fin. Pectoral fin taking its origin in a line under the second ray of the first dorsal, and ter- minating in a line under the ninth or tenth ray of the same fin. Anal fin placed rather behind the origin of the pectorals ; first two rays spinous, much shorter than the others, which are branched and flexi- ble. Tail forked ; the middle ray rather more than half as long as ‘the longest ray in the same fin. Margin of the preoperculum finely serrated, the teeth being stronger on the lower border; operculum triangular, terminating behind in a long flattened point. Body co- vered with hard scales, strongly ciliated at their free margins, render- ing a roughness to the surface of the fish when the hand is passed from tail tohead. Lateral line commencing over the operculum, tak- ing a course nearly parallel with the line of the dorsal curve, and ending at the base of the middle caudal rays. Number of fin rays— Ist D.14; 24 D. 16; P. 14; A.10; C,17; V.6. The only British fish it is likely to be mistaken for is the Bass, the tongue of which is covered with teeth ; where- as that of the Perch is perfectly smooth. * Perca fluviatilis. Cuvier et Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poiss.—Yar- rell, Brit. Fishes.—Pennant, Brit. Zool.—Donovan, Brit. Fishes.—Fleming, Brit. Animals.—Linneus, Syst. Nat.—Bloch, Ichth.—Jenyns, Brit. Verte- brate Animals. ~ THE PERCH. 169 According to the arrangement of Baron Cuvier, Britain possesses but one species of the genus Perca, universally known by the name of Common Perch. In general it is a gregarious fish, found inhabiting most of the lakes in Scot- land, as well as those in England and Ireland. According to Cuvier, it occurs over the whole of the temperate parts of Europe, as well as in most of the northern districts of Asia. In the neighbourhood of Edinburgh it is of common occurrence, particularly in the Union Canal, Duddingston Loch, and Lochend. It is met with in some of the rivers leading into the Forth, and, on some few occasions, speci- mens have been taken in the estuary itself; but when found in this latter situation, or in brackish water, it has been carried down, through the medium of high floods, from some distant pond. Pallas, it is said, found perch in the Caspian Sea. The habits of the perch most persons are acquainted with. It prefers deep lochs or canals, or those slow-running wa- ters, where the banks are shaded and covered with weeds, in preference to the more rapid running rivers, so favour- able to the habits of most of the fresh-water fishes. Perch, on some occasions, attain to a large size. Bloch alludes to one, the head of which alone measured twelve inches in length. Pennant speaks of one taken in the Serpentine River, in Hyde Park, which weighed nine pounds. Colonel Montagu saw a perch of eight pounds weight taken in the Avon, in Wiltshire, by a line baited with a roach. In Loch Lomond it is not unfrequently taken of the weight of five pounds, but beyond that it is seldom met with. The spawning seasonof theperch is about the end of April, when the ova, as noticed by Aristotle, are united together by a viscid matter in lengthened strings. Bloch has observed 170 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the same appearance while a fish was depositing its spawn in a vessel kept in a room. The number of eggs that are sometimes found in an ordinary-sized perch, is said to amount to nearly a million. The principal food is insects, worms, and small fishes. It is very tenacious of life, and will live several hours after it has been taken from the water. As an article of food it is very wholesome if in season, when the flesh is white, firm, and well-flavoured. It is out of condition in April, May, and June. Genus LABRAX.—Dorsal fins two; scaly operculum terminating behind in two spines; bedy covered with hard scales ; tongue rough with teeth ; preoperculum toothed. LABRAX LUPUS.*—THE Bass. Specific Characters—Operculum with a dusky spot; ventrals whitish. Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches in length. Body more elongated than that of the perch; colour of the back dusky grey ; sides rather lighter ; belly silvery-white ; gill-covers tinged with yellow; operculum with a large dark spot on its upper and posterior border ; dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins dusky ; ventrals whitish. First dorsal fin commencing over the middle of the pecto- rals, and ending in a line a little anterior to the vent ; all the spines stout, taking a slight curve backwards; the first and last ray of equal length; the third, fourth, and fifth, the longest. Second dor- sal fin commencing immediately behind the termination of the first ; all the rays soft and flexible, except the first, which is sharp and spiny ; the anterior rays longer than the terminating ones. Anal fin a little smaller than the second dorsal, and placed rathernearer the tail. Ventral fins commencing behind the origin of the pectorals. Tail lu- nated when expanded, twice and ahalf the length of the middle ray. Scales rather large and hard ; ciliated at their free margins ; suboper- culum without serratures; preoperculum notched below, and serrated on its posterior edge; operculum ending in two points directed backwards ; body, cheeks, operculum, and preoperculum, covered * Labrax lupus, Cuy., Yar. Perea labraz, Lin. Pen., Flem., Don. Bass, Sea Perch. THF BASS. 171 with adherent scales. Lateral line taking the curve of the back to the commencement of the last dorsal fin, from thence straight to the tail ; eyes moderate, placed half way between the point of the snout and the posterior margin of the preoperculum: under jaw longest when the mouth is opened half an inch. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, as well as on the vomer, palatines, and tongue ; branchio- stegous rays seven. The young fish, as stated by most authors, is marked aboye the lateral line with dark spots. Number of fin rays— Ist D.9; 2d D.14; A. 14; C.17; P.17; V.6; Vertebree 26. This fish differs from the Serranus and the Ru/ffe, in hav- ing two dorsal fins; and from the Perch by the tongue be- ing furnished with teeth. The Bass sometimes attains the weight of fifteen, and, according to Duhamel, even of thirty pounds. It was known to the ancients, who, on account of its strength, activity, and voraciousness, gave it the appropriate name of Lupus. In the Mediterranean it is of common occurrence, where it is said to increase to a much larger size than on our coasts. It does not appear to exist in so great abun- — dance on the coasts of Scotland as on those of England: now and then it makes its appearance in the Firth of Forth, more particularly in the months of July and August, when it is taken with lines on rocky parts, and occasionally in the salmon nets near Queensferry. ‘The Bass, in general, ap- pears to feed on small crustaceous animals. In the stomach of a specimen which I examined were found several speci- mens of Astacus linearis, and two of the Cuncer longicor- nis, together with part of a Blennius gunnellus. Myr Yar- rell states, on the authority of Mr Couch, that it is parti- cularly fond of the Onisci which are washed from the rocks in stormy weather, when these fish are seen in pursuit of them. Dr Neill took from the stomach of one, the fry of the sand-launce, and two young specimens of the father- lasher.* The flesh of this fish is firm and well-flavoured, * Wernertan Memoirs, vol. i. 172 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. particularly in the autumn months, and is said to be greatly improved when boiled in salt-water. ‘ Several have been retained with success in Mr Arnold’s fresh-water lake, in Guernsey, and Dr M‘Culloch has vouched for the superio- rity of the flavour obtained by the change.”* The Bass is brought occasionally to the Edinburgh market, and sold at a low rate. Genus TRACHURUS.—First dorsal fin very short, the . second very long ; operculum furnished with a strong sharp spine directed backwards ; preoperculum notched below. TRACHINUS VIPERA.|—THE Stinc-FIsuH. Specific Characters.—Second dorsal-fin with twenty-four rays ; no spine before the eye. Description —From a specimen five inches long. Body rather elongated ; sides compressed, marked by a number of oblique lines . forming an angle below the lateral line ; back nearly straight ; abdo- minal line slightly convex. Colour of the back, as far as a little be- low the lateral line, reddish-grey ; sides and belly silvery-white ; first dorsal-fin black ; second dorsal and pectorals of the same colour as the back; anal and ventrals white ; caudal-fin even at the extre- mity, and margined with black.{ (Mr Jenyns says there is a black spot at the extremity of the caudal fin.) Scales small, thin, and en- tire ; cheeks and operculum without scales ; eyes moderate, with- out spines in front, situated high on the head, placed nearer the point of the jaw than to the posterior margin of the preoperculum ; oper- culum with a long sharp spine directing backwards over the shoul- der; lateral line nearly straight throughout its course ; lower jaw longest, sloping greatly upwards. Teeth small and fine on the maxillaries, vomer, palatines and pharyngeans. First dorsal fin com- mencing over the base of the pectorals, and ending in a line with the second ray of the anal; all its spies simple and very sharp, * Varrell’s British Fishes. +- Trachinus vipera, Cuv. Yar. Jen. ; T. draco, Pen. Flem. Donoy. Sting- Fish, Otter-Pike, Lesser-Weever, Adder- Pile, Black-fin. + Dr Fleming states, in his work on British Animals, that the tail is xounded, and that there are two spines in front of the eyes. TUE STING-FISH. 173 three first nearly of equal length ; second dorsal-fin commencimg close behind the first, and ending near the tail, over the last ray but three of the anal fin ; rays soft and flexible, branched at the summit, gra- dually decreasing in height from the fifth ; ventral-fins placed before the pectorals, the tips of the rays reaching as far as the vent ; num- ber of fin rays— Poe > 2d), 24; P. 153 V.6-; A. 25; C..12. It is distinguished from the Great Weever, 7’.draco, the only other British species in this genus, by having no spine before the eyes, and in the second dorsal fin being composed of twenty-four rays; whereas the 7’. draco has a strong hooked spine before each eye, and thirty rays on the second dorsal fin. This fish is of common occurrence on the south western shores of Scotland, and more particularly in the Solway Firth, than on any other part of the British coast. I have seen it captured occasionally on the sand banks off Exmouth, on the coast of Devon, and more frequently at Brixham while drawing the drag-net. Mr Yarrell says it occurs in the bays of Dublin and Belfast. It is met with at the mouth of the Tay, but very seldom seen in the Firth of Forth. In the year 1831, Mr Stark took specimens on the sands of Portobello. It has been observed once in the sands above Queensferry ; and in 1834, in the month of August, a very fine specimen six and a half inches long was sent me from Musselburgh, where it was taken with a hook baited for flounders. Since then two other instances of its capture have occurred from the same quarter. It approaches the shores only in the warm summer months, when it is found inhabiting water from two to three feet deep. During the day it conceals itself in the sands, leaving only its nose and eyes above the soil uncovered; when approached, it imme- diately erects the first dorsal-fin, and if trod on (as frequent- ly happens while persons are bathing), its sharp spines ~ v2 174 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. inflict a severe and painful wound, causing the part affect- ed to swell, and become almost immediately of a dark brown appearance, which remains for five or six hours and then gradually subsides. The best application for a wound of this description is hot water, which relieves the pain and diminishes the swelling in the space of half an hour. The most common size of this fish is from four to four and a half inches in length, Dr Fleming and other au- thors state that it grows to the length of a foot; while the oldest fishermen on the Solway Firth never saw or heard of one more than six inches long. As an article of food it is never made use of. It feeds on crustaceous ani- mals and young gobies, and deposits its spawn about the middle of spring. Famirty II. LORICATI.—Suborbital bone extending over the cheek, and articulating behind with the preopercu- lum; head mailed, or otherwise armed. Genus TRIGLA.—Dorsal fins two; body scaly ; three detached rays under the base of the pectorals. TRIGLA CUCULUS.*—THE RED GURNARD. Specific Characters.—Lateral line crossed throughout its length by lines not reaching below the middle of the sides. (See Plate XVIII.) Description.—From a specimen fourteen inches in length. Body rather elongated; sides rounded, particularly near the caudal ex- tremity ; back nearly straight; head of a square form, falling ob- liquely from the orbit to the point of the snout. Colour of the head, sides, back, dorsal and caudal fins, rose-red ; belly, ven- tral, and anal fins, dull white, more or less tinged with red; pec- torals bluish ; scales of moderate size, ciliated at their free mar- gins, rendering the body rough to the touch ; cheeks and upper * Trigla cuculus, Lin. Cuv.; T. pini, Bloch. Jen.; 7. lineata, Mont. Flem. Red Gurnard, Ted Crooner, Cuckoo Gurnard. THE RED GURNARD. 175 part of the head rough, without scales ; eyes large, placed high on the head ; four spines on the upper and front part of each orbit ; operculum with two sharp spines on the upper and posterior border ; scapular spines extending back as far as in a line under the third dorsal ray ; lateral line commencing over the upper part of the operculum, taking a straight course to the base of the tail where it divides into two, and extends down the caudal fin, crossed through- out its length with lines half an inch long, placed one-eighth of an inch apart ; upper jaw longest. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, and on front of the vomer; dorsal ridge strongly toothed. First dorsal fin commences over the base of the pectorals and ends in a line over a little in front of the vent; all its spines simple ; the second the longest, the remainder gradually decreasing ; second dorsal fin beginning a little behind the first, and ending over the last ray of the anal ; all its rays, except the first, branched at their sum- mits; anal fin corresponding with the last dorsal, but somewhat shorter ; pectorals reaching as far as the first'ray of the anal; ven- trals commencing close under the base of the pectorals, the tips of the rays reaching a little anterior to the vent; three detached rays under the base of each pectoral fin, the last ray the longest ; tail lu- nated. Number of fin rays— oe: 2d D. 1s: PL. ies C12: A. F723 Vo6. Branehiat rays 7. The principal character which distinguishes this species from the rest of the gurnards is the form of the scale, which crosses the lateral line. (See Plate XVIII.) There is, how- ever, a British species (7. lineata) that has not, as yet, been noticed on the Scottish coast, in which the lateral line is also crossed by lines, but these lines, instead of reaching only a short way down the sides, pass round as far as the anal fin. (See Plate XIX.) The Red Gurnard occurs, on the Devonshire coast, in great numbers ; and, on some occasions, thousands of them may be seen exposed for sale daily, especially in those small towns where the trawl-boat fishing is carried on. Mr Yar- rell states that ‘¢ it is very common in Ireland, and is taken from Waterford on the south up the eastern shore to Lon- donderry in the north, but seldom found larger than twelve 176 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. or fourteen inches in length.” On the east coast of Scot- land it is seldom seen in any numbers. In the Firth of Forth a few are taken occasionally with lines during the sum- mer months, and a solitary specimen may sometimes be found entangled in the salmon nets at the lower part of the Firth. The flesh is firm and well flavoured, and held in high estimation as food. It spawns about the month of June, and continues out of season until August; from October till March it is in the greatest perfection for the table. It feeds principally on crustacea. i ‘TRIGLA HIRUNDO.*—THE SarPpHIRINE GURNARD. Specifie Characters.—Lateral line plain and smooth ; scales entire at their free margins, not ciliated ; pectorals reaching beyond the se- cond ray of theanal. (See Pl. XX.) Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches in length. Bodyrather elongated and rounded, tapering from the head to the base of the tail ; head of a square form, falling obliquely from the forehead to the end of the nose. Colour of the head, sides, and back, brownish-red, tingéd with green; pectorals on their inner surface bluish-green, edged and spotted with bright blue ; on their outer surface brownish- ved ; dorsal and caudal fins reddish; ventrals, anal, and abdomen, whitish. . Scales rather small, oval, and entire ; head rough ; cheeks granulated, radiating from different centres ; eyes large, placed high on the head ; two spines on the upper aud anterior edge of each or- bit ; operculum with two short spines on the upper and posterior border ; scapular spines extending a short way back, over the base of the pectorals. Lateral line straight, perfectly smooth, and slightly elevated, commencing over the base of the scapular spine, taking a straight course to the base of the tail, where it bifurcates and extends down the caudal fin ; composed of a number of short straight lines slightly bent at the lower extremity ; under jaw longer than the up- per ; teeth small and fine in both jaws, and on front of the vomer ; dorsal ridge in young specimens strongly serrated ; when two feet in length the serratures become crenated, and rough. First dor- sal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals, of a triangular * Trigla hirundo, Cuv., Yarr., Pen., Don., Linn. T. levis. Mont., Flem. Sapphirine Gurnard, Tub-fish, Smooth-sides. THE RED GURNARD. 177 form, and terminating in a line over the end of the ventral rays ; first ray shorter than the second, all sharp and spmy. Second dorsal fin commencing close behind the termination of the first, and ending over the last ray of the anal; tail lunated ; anal fin corresponding with the second dorsal ; pectorals large, reaching a little beyond the third ray of the anal ; ventrals terminating in front of the anal aper- ture ; three detached rays at the base of the pectorals, of which the last is the longest ; number of fin rays— Ist D. 9; 2d D. 16; P.10; V.6; C. 11; A. 15. Fleming, Pennant, and Donovan, have all very incor- rectly adopted the characters of Linnzeus, in considering the lateral line of this fish rough ; but on close examination, it is found to be perfectly smooth, which misled Montagu in supposing he had obtained a new species, to which he gave the name of 7'rigla levis. The present fish can be readily distinguished from all the other species of gurnards, except the 7". lyra, by the lateral line being smooth and simple, composed of a nuinber of short lines bent at the lower end. (See Plate 20.) It differs from 7’. dyra in many respects, in having the scales of the body entire, scapular spines short, and the se- cond ray of the first dorsal fin the longest ; whereas the scales of lyraare ciliated, scapular spines extending halfway down the pectorals ; the third ray of the first dorsal fin the longest, and the short lines, which form the lateral line, straight. (See Plate 21.) | This species is common in the Mediterranean, and also on the English coast, more particularly on that of Corn- wall, where it is sometimes taken the length of two feet, al- though the more common length is from a foot to fourteen inches. On the west coast of Scotland it is of frequent oc- currence, but not so on the east coast. In the Firth of VOL. VII. M 178 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Forth it is very rare, the only imstance I am aware of its capture in the estuary was during the month of August, near Queensferry, where it was found in a pool of water left by the receding of the tide ; occasionally it is taken beyond the Isle of May and brought to the Edinburgh Market. 'The ova in the month of January appear to be in a fit state to be deposited. Its food is crustaceous animals and small fishes ; its flesh is firm and wholesome, and is considered by some to be superior tothe last species, but in general more dry. Tn the north of Europe it is salted for keeping ; it is out of season in December, January, and February. — TRIGLA GURNARDUS.*—THE GREY GuRNARD. Specific Characters.—Pectoral and ventral fins of equal length ; not reaching to the first ray of the anal fin ; lateral line crenated. (See Plate 22.) Description.—F rom a specimen a foot in length. Body elongated and rounded, tapering from the nape to the base of the tail; back straight ; head somewhat of a square form, falling obliquely from the forehead to the end of the snout. Colour of the head, back, and sides, as far as a little below the lateral line, brownish-grey, marked with irregular white spots and a few black ones ; dorsal, caudal, and pec- toral fins, dusky ; abdomen, lateral line, ventral and anal fins, pure white. In young specimens, the head, back, and sides, are red, with a black spot on the first dorsal fin ; scales small, ciliated at their free margins (Mr Yarrell says the seales are smooth) ; head and cheeks rough, with granulations disposed in lines radiating from different centres ; eyes large, placed high on the head ; two spines in front of each orbit ; operculum on the upper and posterior edge ending in two spines, the lower one much the longest ; scapular spine ending in a sharp point directing back over the base of the pectoral fin; lateral line straight, bifurcating at the caudal extremity, and extending down the caudal fin, composed, as far as the base of that fin, of a number of elevated scales (in young. specimens these scales and " Trigla gurnardus, Cuv., Yar., Penn., Jen., Flem., Lin., Bloch, Don Grey Gurnard, Crooner in Scotland. THE GREY GURNARD. 179 dorsal ridge are strongly serrated) which in old specimens, together with the dorsal ridge, become crenated,* allowing the finger to pass as easily from tail to head as in the contrary direction ; under jaw shortest ; teeth small and fine in each jaw and on front of the vomer ; first dorsal fin commencing a little behind the base of the pectorals, first ray shorter than the second ; second and third rays longer and stouter than the rest; second dorsal fin commencing at a short dis- tance from the termination of the first, and ending in a line over the last anal ray ; first rays longer than the succeeding ones ; anal fin corresponding neatly with the second dorsal ; pectoral and ventral fins of equal length not reaching to the vent; three detached rays under the base of the pectorals, of which the last is the longest.— Number of fin rays— Ist D. 8; 2d D. 20; P.9;V.6; A.19; C.11; air-bladder bilobed. This species is one of the most common on the east coast of Scotland. “It is taken along the line of our southern coast generally ; up the eastern coast going northwards, on the coast of Scotland, and at the Orkney Islands; it is found also in the Baltic, and on the west coast of Norway ; it oc- curs in Ireland in all the localities which produce the red gurnard, namely from Waterford in the south, up the east- ern coast to Londonderry in the north.” + It occurs frequently in the Firth of Forth during the summer months, seldom found higher up the estuary than a little above Queensferry. Off Burntisland it is occasion- ally taken, but not in such numbers as at the mouth of the Firth. Pennant states, ‘ that it sometimes attains the length of two feet and a half ;” although one half that size is con- * Mr Jenyns, in his Manual of British Vertebrate Animals, page 342, states, that the lateral line is sharply serrated. Mr Yarrell says the lateral line is strongly marked with a sharp crest. Dr Fleming in his work, page 215, mentions, that the lateral line and dorsal ridge are serrated. This diver- sity of opinions will be accounted for in the peanel, when speaking of the characters at different ages of the gL + Yarrell’s British Fishes. M 2 189 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. sidered beyond the average length. It feeds cn crustacea and small fishes, and is taken generally with hooks baited with muscles; it spawns in May and June, when it is out of season for the table. As food, it is considered by all fishermen to be richer and sweeter than most of the other gurnards, although in the market it is less sought after than the red gurnard, which is the drier and worse-flavoured of the two. This fish when a foot in length is distinguished by hav- ing short pectoral fins not reaching beyond the vent; the dorsal ridge and lateral line crenated but not serrated, allow- ing the finger to pass as freely from tail to head as in the contrary direction; and in having the first three dorsal spines granulated ; the pectoral fins in all the other species (except T. Blochii of Yar.) reach to or beyond the first ray of the anal fin. In a specimen nine inches in length the dorsal ridge is partly crenated and partly serrated, the granula- tions appearing first on the back of those scales nearest the tail; each scale forming the lateral line has a small sharp point directing backwards, with two or three granulations pointing outwards; the first dorsal fin with a faint dark spot. If a specimen seven inches in length be examined, we shall find the dorsal ridge and lateral line strongly serrated, al- lowing the finger to be readily passed down, but not in the opposite direction ; the first dorsal spine granulated in front, the second on the right side, and the third on the left; a distinct dark spot on the first dorsal fin, and a dark band down the middle of the second dorsal. In a specimen six inches long, the base of the three first dorsal spines is but very faintly granulated ; and in one five inches long the granulations are not apparent, and the pectoral fins reach te the vent. BLOCH’S GURNARD. 181 TrigLa Biocuti.*—Buiocu’s GuURNARD. Specific Characters.—First dorsal fin with a black spot ; dorsal ridge strongly serrated. (See PI. 23.) Description.—F rom a specimen five inches in length. Body elonga- ted, tapering from the posterior part of the head to the tail; head somewhat of a square form, falling obliquely from the forehead to the tip of the nose ; back straight. Colour of the head, back, sides, dor- sal, and caudal fins, rose red ; abdomen, lateral line, ventral and anal fins, dull white ; first dorsal fin with a large black spot placed on the upper part of the membrane between the third, fourth, and fifth rays ; pectorals dusky grey. Eyes large, placed high on the head; two spines in front of each orbit, directing backward. Head and cheeks hard and rough, with granulations disposed in lines radiating from different centres ; operculum ending in two sharp spines, the upper not projecting beyond the membrane ; the lower one extending half way over the scapular spine ; scapular spine rather long, ending in a sharp point directing backwards over the base of the pectorals. La- teral line straight, slightly turned at its origin, much raised and bi- fureated at the caudal extremity ; each scale composing it has two teeth of unequal length, the lower one pointing towards the tail, the other directing slightly upwards ; the finger can be passed with ease down the scales, but not in the contrary direction. Dorsal ridge strongly serrated, each scale or plate ending in a sharp point direct- ing backward. Teeth small and fine in each jaw, and on front of the vomer. First dorsal fin commencing a little behind the base of the pectorals ; first ray shorter than the second, second and third rays the longest ; the remainder gradually decreasing ; second dorsal com- mencing at a short distance from the termination of the first, and end- ing nearly in a line over the base of the last anal ray ; first rays longer than the rest. Anal fin corresponding with the second dorsal; pec- torals reaching to the vent and longer than the ventrals; three de- tached rays under the base of the pectorals, the first shorter than the succeeding ones ; tail lunated. Number of fin rays— Ist D.8 ; 2d D. 20; V.6; A.18; P.9; C.11; Branchiostegous rays 7. This fish, according to the statements of authors, is found in the Channel of Boulcgne, and is very abundant in the Mediterranean. It is equally common with the grey gur- * Trigla Blochii, Yarr. T. cuculus, Cuy., Penn., Jen., Bloch, Montagu. + Mr Yarrell has represented the first ray as being /onger than the second, 182 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTS. nard throughout the whole of the British coast, although it is said to be of less common occurrence. Colonel Montagu, as well as myself, have seen many of these taken on the Devonshire coast, by small drag-nets, and returned again to the water, the fishermen considering them as the young of some of the other species of gurnards. In the Firth of Forth, in the month of August, I pro- cured several specimens about three inches in length, above North Queensferry, in a pool of water which had heen left by the tide, where there were at least two dozen ; they re- mained in the same station for five weeks, although the tide covered them daily with three feet of water; they did not appear in the least shy but swam about in shoals, one always taking the lead ; when they were suddenly ap- proached they became stationary, and erected their first dorsal fin, which, with the black spot on the upper part of each, gave the shoal a beautiful appearance; when they were unmolested this fin became deflexed. In those I exa- mined, their stomachs were filled with small shrimps and star-fish. The spawning season of this species is not known, as no ova has yet been found in it of any size, although specimens can be obtained all the year through. From a close examination of several specimens of this fish, of all sizes, I am induced to consider it as nothing else than the young of the T'rigla gurnardus or grey gurnard, notwithstanding the high authorities of Cuvier, Jenyns, Montagu, and others, who, from personal examination, con- sider it as a distinct species. The characters by which this fish is said to be distin- guished from the grey gurnard, are, first dorsal fin with a black spot ; dorsal ridge strongly serrated, and the first three dorsal rays smooth, not granulated. These characters de- THE SHORT-SPINED COTTUS. 183 pend on the age of the fish, as shewn when treating of the last species, T'rigla gurnardus. Mr Yarrell, in speaking of this fish, says, “ The spot on the first dorsal fin, however, must not be considered as sufficient alone to identify this species ; the two specimens under comparison, both having this black spot, are in reality only varieties of the grey gurnard.” Certainly if we examine a specimen of 7’. Blo- chit and a full grown one of 7’. gurnardus, we shall find them to differ widely from one another ; but if a specimen of either, nine inches in length, be examined, it will be found to possess the characters of both, namely, the first dorsal fin will have the rudiments of a dark spot; the dorsal ridge partly crenated and partly serrated, the lateral line rough and serrated, and the body of a reddish-grey appear- ance. Mr Jenyns states that it never attains the size of the grey gurnard. In no instance have I ever found the young of the grey gurnard possessing the characters of an adult, but bearing always those which are assigned to T’. Blochi.* Genus COTTUS.—Dorsal fins two; body without scales ; teeth in front of the vomer, but none on the pala- tines. Cortus scorrius.t—Tur SHort-sPinep Cortus. Specific Characters.—Preoperculum with three spines, the longest not extending beyond the operculum. Description.—F rom a specimen a foot in length. Body rounded, without scales, tapering gradually to the base of the tail ; head large, * Plate 24. is here added to make the number of the British gurnards complete, and to serve as a comparison should the fish be found to occur on the Scottish coast. It has recently been added to the British Fauna.—See Magazine of Zoology and Botany, vol. i. + Cottus scorpius, Cuy., Yar., Jen., Bloch. Short-spined Cotius, Sea Scorpion, Sea Bullhead, Scotland. 184 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. armed with spines. Colour of the head, back, and sides reddish brown ; belly whitish, with large spots of light brown ; all the fins beautifully marbled with black and white. The colours are very va- riable, depending greatly on the time of the year in which they are examined ; in July and August they are the most vivid, when I have found the roe far advanced. Lateral line smooth, rather prominent, commencing over the upper part of the operculum, taking a slight curve to the end of the first dorsal fin, from thence straight to the base of the tail where it terminates; occasionally there are a number of small rough tubercles scattered over the body, sometimes arranged in rows presenting an appearance as if there were a second lateral line. (Mr Yarrell has well represented this second line in his figure of this fish.) Eyes moderate, situated rather high, placed nearer the point of the nose than to the operculum. In front of each orbit is placed a short, stout, sharp spine, and a small tubercle on the upper and posterior margin. Operculum with a stout, sharp spine directing over the base of the pectorals ; suboperculum with two short spines, one pointing down towards the base of the ventral fin, the other directing to the first ray of the pectoral fin. Preoperculum with three spines ; the first, which is the longest, points towards the base of the first ray of the pectorals, and does not extend beyond the posterior border of the operculum ; the second, which arises at the base of the former, is about one-half its length, and points towards the base of the tenth ray of the pectoral ; the third, which scarcely projects beyond the membrane, points towards the base of the lower jaw. First dorsal fin commencing over the middle of the base of the pectorals, and terminating in a line over the anterior part of the vent ; all its rays spinous and slender ; the middle ones the longest. Second dorsal commencing close be- hind the first, and ending rather behind the termination of the anal fin ; its middle rays the longest. Anal corresponding with the second dorsal, but somewhat shorter ; pectorals broad and rounded, extend- ing rather under the throat, the seventh, eighth, and ninth ray the longest ; ventrals placed under the base of the lower part of the pectorals. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, and on front of the vomer ; under jaw the shortest ; a conical elevation between the nasal spines ; tail rounded at the end ; occipital spine short ; scapu- lar spine directing backwards and slightly upwards. Number of fin rays— Ist D.9; 24 D. 16; P.16; V.4; A.11; C. 12; Branchiostegous rays 6. It is distinguished from the Cottus bubalis in the lateral Ime being smooth ; the long spine of’ the preoperculum not THE LONG-SPINED COTTUS. 185 extending beyond the posterior margin of the operculum ; and in having a conical elevation between the nasal spines. Whereas the lateral line in Cottus bubalis 1s rough; the spine of the preoperculum extends beyond the posterior margin of the operculum ; and no elevation between the nasal spines. We have reason to suppose that this fish does not exist in the Mediterranean, since Risso makes no mention of it in his Ichthyologie de Nice, nor is it found so plentiful on the southern coast of England as on the east and west coasts of Scotland. It is common in the Firth of Forth in the months of July and August, and is found as far up as opposite Kincardine, where a few are occasionally taken. The flesh is eaten on some parts of the coast, but is by no means considered a delicate morsel. It feeds on crustacea generally, and small fishes, keeps not far from shore, and is frequently found in small pools left by the receding tide. The common length is from seven to nine inches, although occasionally specimens are found to exceed a foot. CorTus BUBALIS.*—THE LonG-sPpINED Corrtus. Specific Characters.—Preoperculum with four spines ; the longest extending beyond the operculum. Description.—From a specimen five inches in length. Body rounded, without scales, tapering gradually to the base of the tail. Head large, armed with spines, some directing backwards, others downwards. Colour of the head, back, and sides, reddish-brown ; belly dull white ; fins more or less mottled with dark-brown, with a shade of orange, but very variable ; more brilliant in the spawning season. Lateral line elevated, rough, more so behind the pectorals, taking a slight bend at its origin and passing straight to the tail. Eyes nearer the nose than to the posterior margin of the operculum ; * Cottus bubalus, Cuy., Yar., Jen. Long-spined Cottus, Father Lasher, Lucky Proach, Scotland. 186 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. in front of each orbit a small sharp spine, and on the upper and pos- terior margin a small tubercle, whence proceeds an elevated ridge passing backwards, terminating ina sharp point. Operculum with a Strong granulated spine directing over the base of the pectorals, and inclining a little upwards ; suboperculum with two spines, one pointing backwards, and the other downwards towards the base of the ventrals. Preoperculum with four spines, the first the longest, directing backwards, over the base of the pectorals and inclining a little upwards ; the second very short, about one-fifth the length of the first, commencing at its base, directing backwards and outwards ; the third similar to the last ; the fourth pointing downwards to the base of the lower jaw. First dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals, and terminating in a line over the anterior part of the vent ; all its rays spinous and slender, the middle ones the longest, the last shortest ; second dorsal fin commencing at a short distance from the termination of the first, and ending a little behind the last ray of the anal, its middle rays rather the longest. Tail rounded ; anal fin corresponding with the second dorsal, but shorter ; pectorals broad and rounded, extending rather under the throat ; sixth, seventh, and eighth rays the longest, the remainder on the lower border gra- dually decreasing ; ventrals short, commencing under the base. of the lower part of the pectorals. Teeth small and fine in both jaws and in front of the vomer, lower jaw shortest ; scapular spine direct- ing backwards and inclining a little upwards. Number of fin rays— Ist D.8; 2dD.12; P.16; V.4; A.9; C.10; Branchiostegous rays 6. This species is distinguished from Cottus scorpius in the lateral line being rough, the spine of the operculum gvra- nulated ; preoperculum with four spines, the longest reach- ing to the base of the pectorals. Whereas the lateral line and spine of the operculum in C. scorpius are smooth, pre- operculum with three spines, the longest not reaching to the base of the pectorals. It was not unti] after the appearance of Mr Yarrell’s valuable work on the British Fishes, that naturalists in this country could distinguish the difference between this and the last species, being constantly confounded under one synonym, the Father Lasher. It is now well known that two species, equally common, THE LONG-SPINED COTTUS. 187 are found to inhabit the coasts of Britain, which are not only distinguished from one another by certain specific characters, but differ likewise in their habits and peculia- rities. Mr Yarrell, who was the first naturalist to discover the Cottus bubalis as British, says that the “ Father Lasher is immediately recognised by its well-armed head and long spines, but seldom measures more than from six to ten inches in length on our shores. During the greater part of the year it is to be found on the coast from Cornwall to the Orkneys, and is frequently left by the receding of the tide in small pools among rocks. The general appearance of the fish is forbidding ; when touched it distends its gill- covers, and sets out its numerous spines, assuming a most threatening appearance. It spawns in January, and the ova at that time are very large, and of a fine orange-yellow colour. These are deposited near the sea-shore, frequently in the estuaries and sometimes even in rivers; the fish hav- ing prepared itself for this change by its previous residence in the brackish water, after which it appears to be able to bear either extreme. Its food is small crustaceous animals, and it is said to be particularly partial to feeding on the fry of the blennies. In Greenland it is in such great request, that Pallas tells us it forms the principal food of the natives, and the soup made of it is said to be agreeable as well as wholesome.” ‘This fish is as frequently met with in the Firth of Forth as the Cottus scorpius, and is common throughout the Firth, but seldom found higher up the estuary than a little above Queensferry. Near North Ber- wick, as many as nine were taken from a small pool that had been left by the tide. The most favourable locality for this fish appears to be rocky situations, or where there are large stones covered with fuci, among which it secures 188. FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. itself by crawling a far way underneath ; it takes the bait eagerly, and a number are taken off the pier-head at Leith with hooks baited with muscle. In the stomachs of many I found small shells and the remains of star-fish. Genus ASPIDOPHORUS.— Dorsal fins two; body covered with scaly plates; vomer and palatines without teeth. ASPIDOPHORUS EUROP£US.*—THE ARMED BoLLuEapD. Specific Characters.—Chin with thread-like filaments ; vent’ under the middle of the pectorals. Description.—F rom a specimen four inches in length. Body an- gular, tapering to the tail; covered with a number of hard scaly plates ; head depressed ; dorsal, pectoral, and caudal fins rounded ; the body behind the pectorals hexagonal; from the termination of the pectorals to the end of the second dorsal octagonal ; from thence to the tail hexagonal.’ Colour of the head, back, dorsal, and caudal fins, light brown ; belly and anal fin white ; pectorals slightly mot- tled with brown ; body with three, or sometimes more, broad, trans- verse dark bands. Lateral line commencing over the base of the pec- torals, making a slight bend to the end of the pectoral rays, thence straight to the tail, composed of a series of small elevated dots, placed a little apart from each other. Operculum rounded, entire, without spines ; preoperculum with a stout curved spine on its lower mar- gin, extending back nearly to the posterior border of the operculum. A little before this is another spine, much smaller, pointing outwards and upwards ; infra-orbitals with three or four small tubercles on the inferior margin ; snout with four strong erect spines, two on each side ; eyes moderate, placed nearer the point of the nose than to the pos- terior margin of the operculum ; from the posterior border of the or- bit extends an elevated bony ridge, which terminates at the nape ; jaws furnished with a number of small fine teeth, but none on the vomer or palatines ; under jaw the shortest. First dorsal fin com- mencing over the middle of the pectorals, and ending a very little beyond them ;T second dorsal fin commencing close behind the first, * Aspidophorus Europeus, Cuv., Yar., Jen. Cottus cataphractus, Linn., Pen., Don. Cataphractus Schoneveldii, Flem. Armed Bulihead, Pogge, Lyre, Sea-poacher, Pluck, Noble, Shell- backed Bullhead, Scotland. + The position of the dorsal fins is liable to vary a little according to the size of the fish; in aspecimen six inches in length the first dorsal fin com- mences over the lower third of the pectorals. THE ARMED BULLHEAD. 189 and terminating behind the last ray of the anal ; anal fin placed under the second dorsal, with its last rays the longest ; pectorals rather large ; ventrals commencing under the base of the pectorals, and ex- tending to alittle behind the vent, which is situated under the middle of the pectorals ; chin and branchiostegous membrane furnished with a number of thread-like appendages. Number of fin rays— Ist D.5; 24 D.6; P.16; V.3; A.7; C.11; Branchiostegous rays 6. This species is readily distinguished from its congeners, by the body being covered with osseous plates, and the chin fringed with thread-like appendages. Mr Yarrell says, on the authority of Mr Couch, that “this species is not very common in Cornwall, and that, when found, it is most frequently near the mouths of rivers, but occasionally taken far out at sea.” In the county of Devon, in the sandy bays of Exmouth, I have frequently met with it, although Colonel Montagu considers it rare on the south coast of Devon. Mr Yarrell states that it is well known along the line of our southern coast; and the young of small size are frequently taken by the shrimpers in most of the sandy bays in the mouth of the ‘Thames, and of other rivers. In the Firth of Forth it is very common- ly taken in the oyster dredges off Newhaven, as well as in the cruives at Kincardine. It occurs on the coast of Nor- way, and in all the northern seas as far as Greenland. Mr Jenyns states that it conceals itself in the sand, and feeds on small crustacea and marine insects. According to Bloch, it spawns in May: its flesh is said to be firm and good. Average length about four inches. Genus GASTEROSTEUS.—Dorsal fin one, with from three to fifteen spines in front; teeth in both jaws; none on the vomer or palatines. 190 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. (ZASTEROSTEUS LEIURUS.*—THE QUARTER-ARMED STICKLEBACK. Specific Characters.—Back armed with three spines; lateral plates not extending beyond the second dorsal spine, (See Plate 25.) Description.—From a specimen two inches in length. Body ra- ther elongated of an oval form ; sides compressed ; head granulated ; cheeks smooth ; colour of the back and sides yellowish-brown ; tho- rax and belly silvery-white; male individuals, especially in ,the spawning season, are red under the throat and breast, and shaded with bright green on the sides, but liable to great variation. Late- ral line commencing over the scapular plate, and taking the curve of the back to the base of the tail; sides, over the pectorals, armed with three or four scaly plates, which terminate under the second dorsal spine, and not extending beyond the end of the pectoral rays ; from the second dorsal spine to the tail, the sides are smooth with- out scales, marked with transverse linear depressions, forming an angle at the junction with the lateral line. Scapular plate and operculum rounded ; preoperculum slightly produced at its inferior posterior margin ; ascending portion of the pelvic plate passing behind the pec- torals, and ending in two points a little under the lateral line. First dorsal spine placed over the base of the pectorals ; the second, which is the longest, over the last lateral plate ; the third, which is much the smallest, over the termination of the pelvic plate. Dorsal fin com- mencing close behind the last spine, and ending nearly in a line over the termination of the anal fin ; tail fin slightly concave at the end; anal fin corresponding with the dorsal, but commencing farther back ; a small bent spine in front of the first ray ; each ventral fin composed of a strong serrated spine ; pectorals not reaching beyond the mem- brane of the second dorsal spine; eyes large ; jaws furnished with small fine teeth; none on the vomer or palatines; under jaw the longest ; base of the tail never keeled. Number of fin rays— D.11; P.10; V.2; A.8; C.12; Branchial rays 3. It is distinguished from G. trachurus and G. semiarma-_ tus by the lateral plates not extending beyond the second dorsal spine ; but in what respect it differs from G. brachy- centrus, both of equal length, I am not prepared to say. * Gasterosteus leiurus, Cuv., Yar. G. aculeatus, Penn. (p. lxi.) Quar- ter-armed Stickleback, Smooth-tailed Stickleback, Banstickle, Scotland. THE QUARTER-ARMED STICKLEBACK. 191 This species is said to be extremely common in all the fresh waters of Europe. It is known throughout England by the name of Stickleback, and in Scotland is denomi- nated Banstickle. It is far more common in the districts of the Firth than G. ¢rachurus, and is found in Lochend, Dud- dingston Loch, and in most of the pools and ditches in the neighbourhood. It is an active and greedy little fish, ex- tremely destructive to the fry of other species, and conse- quently injurious in ponds where these are sought to be preserved.” We are informed by Mr Baker, that it will spring not less than a foot perpendicularly out of the water, and to a much greater distance in an oblique direction, when it desires to overcome any opposing obstacle. It is scarce- ly to be conceived what damage these little fish do, and how greatly detrimental they are to the increase of all the fish in general among which they live; for it is with the utmost industry, sagacity, and greediness that they seek out and destroy all the young fry that come in their way, which are pursued with the utmost eagerness, and swallowed down without distinction, provided they are not too large ; and in proof of this I must assert, that a banstickle which I kept for some time, did, on the 4th of May, devour in five hours’ time, seventy-four young dace, which were about a quarter of an inch long, and of the thickness of a horse-hair. T'wo days after, it swallowed sixty-two; and would, I am per- suaded, have eat as many every day could I have procured them for it.* It spawns in May ; its flesh, although whole- some and palatable, is seldom made use of as food. * Encyclopedia Britannica, article Ichthyology. J. Wilson, Esq., Edin- burgh. 192 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. GASTEROSTEUS SEMIARMATUS.*—THE HaLF-ARMED STICKLEBACK. Specific Characters.—Back armed with three spines ; lateral plates not extending beyond the line of the vent. (See Plate XXV.) Description.—From a specimen two inches in length. Body ra- ther elongated of an oval form ; scapular plate, operculum, and pre- operculum, rounded at their posterior margin ; under jaw the long- est ; dorsal and anal fins gradually diminishing’in height from the an- terior rays; caudal fin even at the end, or very slightly concave ; second dorsal spine the longest ; the third very small, not half the size of the first. Colour of the head, back, and sides, yellowish- brown, with a shade of green; cheeks, thorax, and belly, silvery- white. Lateral line commencing over the upper part of the opercu- lum, following the curve of the back, and terminates at the base of the tail ; sides armed by a number of scaly plates, which do not extend beyond the line of the vent, from thence to the tail the sides are nak- ed, marked with transverse linear depressions, forming an angle at their junction with the lateral line. First dorsal spine placed over the base of the pectorals ; the second over the ventral spine; the third over the termination of the pelvic plate. Dorsal fin commenc- ing close behind the last dorsal spine; anal fin commencing behind the vent, and both fins terminating in the same line ; each ventral fin composed of a strong serrated spine, commencing at the base of the as- cending portion of the pelvic plate ; pectorals small, even at the end ; eyes large ; teeth fine and sharp in both jaws; none of the vomer or ‘palatines ; base of the tail smooth, never keeled ; a small curved spine at the base of the first anal ray. Number of fin rays— D.10; P.10; V.2;A.9; C. 12; Branchial rays 3. This fish is of much less frequent occurrence than G. biurus, or G. trachurus, although found to inhabit the same places. It seldom exceeds two inches and a half in length, and is supposed by Jenyns to be only a variety of the detu- rus. They certainly are very much alike, but the fact of the lateral plates extending beyond the end of the pecto- rals aud not passing the vent, is considered by Cuvier and Yarrell as a sufficient character to constitute it a distinct species. It is found occasionally in the marshes below Kincardine, and in the ditches in Guillon Links. * Gasterosteus semiarmatus, Cuy., Yarr. THE FULL-ARMED STICKLEBACK. 193 - Mr Jenyns, who appears to have paid much attention to the characters of these fish, says, that “ G. letwrus, G. se- miarmatus, G. trachurus, and G. brachycentrus, are mere varieties, subject to great variation, not only in the num- ber of the lateral plates, but in several other less obvious respects. The former may occasionally be found of every intermediate number, down to that which characterizes G. trachurus. This number, moreover, is sometimes found constant in specimens which differ remarkably in other re- spects; at other times varying, when all other characters remain the same.” Mr Yarrell states, that ‘“* he has taken specimens of G. semiarmatus of all sizes, which were uni- form in the number of lateral plates, and close examination by a friend who has paid particular attention to this sub- ject, has shewn that no point of ossification or induration is to be found posterior to the last perfect latera] plate which seldom passes beyond the line of the vent.” GASTEROSTEUS TRACHURUS.*—THE FULL-ARMED STICKLEBACK. Specific Characters.— Back armed with three spines ; lateral plates extending to the base of the tail. (Plate XXV.) Description —From a specimen two inches and a half in length. Body rather elongated of an oval form ; sides compressed ; scapular plate, operculum, and preoperculum, rounded at the posterior bor- der ; under jaw the longest ; dorsal and anal fins diminishing in height from before back wards, and ending in the same line; tailfinslightly con- cave at the end ; second dorsal spine the longest ; the third the short- est, not half as long as the first ; lateral line commencing over the base of the scapular plate, taking the curve of the line of the back to the base of the tail; first dorsal spine placed over the base of the pectorals ; second over the ‘ascending portion of the pelvic plate ; * Gasterosteus trachurus, Cuv., Yarr. G. aculeatus, Bloch, Don., Flem., Jen. Full-armed Stickleback, Rough-tailed Stickleback, Banstickle, Sharp- lin. VOL. VII. N 194 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the third over the point of the ventral spine ; dorsal fin commencing close behind the last dorsal spine ; anal fin commencing behind the vent, with a small bent spine placed in front of the base of its ante- rior ray ; ventral fin composed of a strong serrated spine, placed at the base of the ascending portion of the pelvic plate ; eyes large ; teeth small and fine in both jaws ; none on the vomer or palatines ; base of the tail square ; formed by a horizontal expansion of skin placed on both sides. Colour of the head, back, and sides, brown- ish-grey, shaded with green ; cheeks, thorax, and abdomen, silvery- white. Number of fin rays— D.10; P.10; V.2; A.9; C.12; Branchial rays 3. It is readily distinguished by two constant characters, namely, the sides armed with plates extending from the base of the pectorals to the tail; and the base of the tail being square, formed by a horizontal expansion of skin on both sides. Mr Jenyns considers this stickleback as a mere variety of the preceding ones; but, as far as my observations have led me, I agree with Cuvier and Yarrell, in considering it a constant and well-marked species. I have examined care- fully several hundred, from half an inch to two inches and a half in length, and in all the specimens the lateral plates were constant ; nor does the square tail exist in the other species, however variable the characters may be in other respects. _ This species is known throughout the whole of the British coast, but is found more plentiful in some situations than in others. Pennant states that at Spalding, in Lincoln- shire, there are, once in seven years, amazing shoals which appear in the Welland, coming up the river in the form of a vast column. This concourse is supposed to arise from the multitudes which have been washed out of the fens by the floods of several years, and which collect in deep holes, till, overcharged with numbers, they are obliged to attempt a change of place. ‘The quantity may, perhaps, be con- ceived from the fact, that a man employed in collecting THE FULL-ARMED STICKLEBACK. 195 them gained, for a considerable time, four shillings a-day by selling them at the rate of a halfpenny a bushel.* The habits of these fish, when observed while under confinement, are extremely pugnacious. ‘‘ When a few were placed in a wooden vessel, they swam about in a shoal, apparently exploring their new habitation ; suddenly, one will take possession of a particular corner of the tub, or, as it will sometimes happen, of the bottom, and will instantly com- mence an attack upon his companions; and if any one of them ventures to oppose his sway, a regular and most fu- rious battle ensues. The two combatants swim round and round each other with the greatest rapidity, biting and en- deavouring to pierce each other with their spines, which on these occasions are projected. I have witnessed a battle of this sort which lasted several minutes before either would give way ; and when one does submit, imagination can hardly conceive the vindictive fury of the conqueror, who, in the most persevering and unrelenting way, chases his rival from one. part of the tub to another, until fairly ex- hausted with fatigue. They also use their spines with such fatal effect that, incredible as it may appear, I have seen one during a battle absolutely rip his opponent quite open, so that he sunk to the bottom and died. I have occasion- ally known three or four parts of the tub taken possession of by as many other little tyrants, who guard their territo- ries with the strictest vigilance. These are the habits of the male fish alone; the females are quite pacific, appear fat, as full of roe, and never assume the brilliant colours of the male, by whom, as far as I have observed, they are un- molested.” t However plentiful this species may be on some parts of * Encyclopedia Britannica, article Ichthyology. + Varrell’s British Fishes. 196 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the coast, it is by no means common in the Firth of Forth. The only places I know of its occurrence are between Bo- ness and South Queensferry, and in the vicinity of Aber- lady, and then seldom more than five or six are found toge- ther. Further south on the same coast, in the neighbour- hood of Berwick-upon-T weed, it is more frequently met with, inhabiting brackish water in preference to either fresh or salt water. ‘The young when disturbed are remarkably active, darting about in every direction, and will often, to avoid the pursuer, bury themselves an inch or more under the surface of the mud. They are of little or no use except as manure for the land. They spawn in spring, and feed on insects, worms, and the fry of other fishes. GASTEROSTEUS SPINULOSUS.*—THE Four-sPINED STICKLEBACK. Specific Characters.—Back armed with four spines. (See Plate XXV.) Description.—F rom a specimen one inch and a half inlength. Body of an oval form; sides compressed ; operculum, preoperculum, and scapular plate rounded at the posterior margin ; under jaw the longest ; dorsal and anal fins of the same form, gradually decreasing from before backwards ; caudal fin slightly concave; second and third dorsal spines the longest, the fourth the shortest, not half the length of the first. Lateral lime commencing over the base of the scapular plate, following the line of the curve of the back to the base of the tail. First dorsal spine placed over the base of the pectorals ; second over the ascending portion of the pelvic plate; the third over the end of the ventral spine; dorsal fin commencing close be- hind the last dorsal spine, and ending over the last ray of the anal ; anal fin commencing under the third dorsal ray. Lateral plates about three in number, extending down as far as the end of the pec- toral rays; from thence to the tail the sides are naked, marked like G. leiurus with linear transverse depressions ; ventral fin composed of a strong serrated spine, attached behind to a small ray, placed at the base of the ascending portion of the pelvic plate. Eyes large ; teeth small and fine in both jaws, none on the vomer or palatines ; * Gasterosteus spinulosus, Yar., Jen. THE FOUR-SPINED STICKLEBACK. 197 at the base of the first ray of the anal fin, a small curved spine. Co- lour of the head, back, and sides, brownish-green ; cheeks thorax, and abdomen, silvery-white. Number of fin rays— D.9; P.9; A.8; C.12; Branchial rays 3. Dr Stark was the first naturalist who noticed a four-spined species of stickleback, inhabiting the waters of Britain ; seve- ral specimens, about an inch and a quarter in length, were found by him in a ditch in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, and exhibited at a meeting of the Wernerian Natural His- tory Society in 1831. Since then I have met with it in several localities; in a stream about a mile above Scuth Queensferry ; in ditches at Guillon Links; ina ditch on the west side of Duddingston Loch, and in the neighbourhood of Berwick-upon-Tweed. In this last-named locality I found three specimens with the third spine much shorter than the fourth, which deserves to rank higher than as a mere variety. (See Plate X XV.) GASTEROSTEUS PUNGITIUS.*—THE TEN-SPINED STICKLEBACK. Specifie Characters.—Back armed with ten spines. (Plate XXVI.) Description.—From a specimen one inch and a half in length. Body rather elongated, of an oval form ; sides compressed, naked, without lateral plates ; operculum, preoperculum, and scapular plate, rounded at the posterior margin ; eyes large ; under jaw the long- est. Colour of the head, back, and sides, of a yellowish-brown, oc- casionally dark brown, and in a few instances nearly black ; cheeks, thorax, and abdomen, dull white, minutely frecked with dark olive, liable to great variation in colour. Back with ten spines, the first placed over the middle of the shoulder plate, the last, which is the longest and stoutest, placed in a line over the anterior part of the anal spine. Dorsal fin commencing close behind the last dorsal spine, and ending in a line with the last ray of the anal fin; its anterior trays the longest, gradually decreasing from before backwards; anal fin corresponding with thé dorsal: tail even at the end, or very * Gasterosteus pungitius, Cuv., Yar., Jen., Don., Pen., Flem, 198 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH: slightly concave ; ventral spine placed under the middle of the pec- torals, not as long as the abdominal plate ; lateral line commencing over the scapular plate, and taking a straight course to the base of the tail; ascending portion of the pelvic plate rather narrow, not extending so high as to meet the lateral line ; sides marked by a number of linear transverse depressions, forming an angle at their junction with the lateral line. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, none on the vomer or palatines ; number of fin rays— D.10; P.11; A.10; V.2; C. 12; Branchial rays 3. This fish is said to be equally abundant with the three- spine species of stickleback, and is found in salt, as well as in fresh water pools. In the district of the Firth of Forth, I have met with but four specimens, and those were taken in a small stream west of Prestonpans; two of them dif- fered in the number of dorsal spines, the one possessing eleven spines and the other nine,—but in other respects they were similar to those with ten spines. (See Plate X XVI.) GASTEROSTEUS SPINACHIA.*—THE FIFTEEN-SPINED STICKLEBACK. Specific Characters.—Back armed with fifteen spines. (Pl. XX VI.) Description.—F rom a specimen five inches inlength. Body much elongated, rounded in front of the dorsal fin, behind it depressed ; base of the tail compressed ; dorsal and anal fins of equal size, of a triangular form, slightly rounded at their free margins; caudal fin, when expanded, slightly rounded at the end; scapular plate, oper- culum, and preoperculum, also rounded. Colour of the head, back, and sides, brownish-yellow, occasionally bright-green ; cheeks, thorax, and abdomen silvery-white ; anterior part of the dorsal and anal fins black, the remainder transparent ; sides spotted and marked with ir- regular brown bands, passing across the lateral line in the region of the dorsal and anal fins; a bright silvery band extending from the angle of the mouth, round the inferior margin of the orbit, to the up- per half of the preoperculum. Lateral line strongly marked, much elevated, commencing over the operculum, and passing nearly in a straight line to the base of the tail, composed of a number of imbrivated * Gasterosteus spinachia, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Linn., Bloch, Don. Spina- chia vulgaris, Flem. Fifteen-spined Stickleback, Great Sea-adder, Bismore, Duckins at Berwick, THE FIFTEEN-SPINED STICKLEBACK. 199 seales, slightly carinated on the outer surface, marked by a few granulated and striated lines; dorsal spines commencing over the middle of the scapular plate, fifteen in number, all of equal length, the last excepted, which is rather longer and more curved than the pre- ceding ones. Dorsal fin commencing immediately over the vent, and ending in aline a little before the termination of the anal fin ; ventral fin commencing close behind the end of the pectorals, composed of two rays, the first strong and spiny, the other, which is placed behind, _soft and flexible ; under jaw the longest, both jaws furnished with a number of small teeth, none on the vomer or palatines, those in front are placed in a row about four in number, stouter and more bent than the others. Eyes large, situated nearer the posterior margin of the operculum than to the point of the snout ; a strong bent spine close behind the vent corresponding in size to the last dorsal spine. Num- - ber of fin rays— D7;P11;V2;A7;C 12; Branchial rays 3. This species of stickleback is considered by Mr Couch to be common on the coast of Cornwall, where, in the sum- mer months, considerable numbers of fry are seen swimming about at the margin of the sea. I have observed it on the coast of Devon as well as in many places on the west and east coasts of Scotland, and according to Mr Low it is found very frequent in the Orkneys. Perhaps, in no part of the British coast do they exist in greater numbers than on the coast of Berwick-upon-Tweed ; there have I seen in the month of June, in some of the pools which had been left by the tide, as many as a hundred young ones together, taking refuge under the large blades of, fuct which they de- light to frequent. At this time the fry are from an inch to an inch and a half in length, the parent fish which grows to the length of five inches or more keeping far in the deep. On the return of the tide specimens of large size are occa- sionally taken in the salmon nets at the mouth of the Tweed ; but are never found to ascend the river higher than. brackish water. These fish are not common in the Firth of Forth, although it seems a-place well calculated for their habits, in containing large quantities of fuci, more particularly 200 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the Chordaria flagelliformis. They are found in pools near Aberlady, but seldom more than three or four together. While undisturbed, they remain apparently motionless, mov- ing the pectorals only, and occasionally giving a dart with such velocity as almost to escape observation. Specimens have occasionally been taken at Queensferry, but they are rarely seen as high up as Alloa. They feed on small insects, and the fry of other fishes, and spawn in the early part of spring. Their flesh is never made use of as food. Famity III. SCIAANID. Preoperculum denticu- lated, operculum with spines; no teeth on the vomer or pa- latine. Genus SCIZENA. Dorsal fins two; head and body covered with scales. Sci2NaA AQuiLa.*—THE MAIGRE. Specific Character.—Anal fin with only one spine; chin without a barbule. Description.—Body elongated, resembling the Perca /abraz in form ; sides rather compressed, covered with scales ; first dorsal fin short ; the anterior rays the longest ; second dorsal, with the terminating rays, the shortest ; tail even at the end; preoperculum very slightly notched at its posterior and inferior margin; operculum ending in two flattened points directing over the base of the pectorals ; jaws nearly of equal length ; cheeks covered with scales. First dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals, and ending at a short dis- tance below the termination of the rays ; second dorsal commencing close behind the first, and ending near the base of the tail ; anal fin short, placed rather behind the middle of the second dorsal ; ventrals situated a little behind the base of the pectorals. Colour of the head and back brownish-grey ; cheeks and sides silvery-grey ; belly dull white. Lateral line commencing over the upper part of the oper- * Sciena aquila, Cuv., Yar., Jen., Flem. THE MAIGRE. 201 culum ; taking a slight bent over the pectorals, from thence falling gradually to the tail; jaws furnished with a number of sharp teeth, none in the vomer, tongue, or palatines. Number of fin rays— ist D920 D238; P.165-V.65 A. 9; C. 17; Branchial rays 7. The maigre is extremely common in many parts of the Mediterranean, especially along the Roman States. It has occurred several times on the English coasts, as well as once in Zetland. A specimen about three feet and a half in length was taken a short time since in the Firth of Forth, and is {now in the College Museum of Edinburgh, from which the above description was taken. It was found en- tangled in a salmon net at the mouth of the Esk, a short distance from Musselburgh. Paul Jovius mentions, that many are taken at the mouth of rivers, along with sturgeons, They swim in troops, and are said to utter at times a sin- gular low bellowing beneath the waters. The noise may be heard at a depth of twenty fathoms, and is often very perceptible when the ear is placed upon the gunnel of the boat. Its tone seems to vary, as some have compared it to a dull buzzing, others toa sharp whistle. Some of the fisher- men allege, that the males alone are musical during spawn- ing time, and that it is quite possible to capture them with- out any bait, merely by imitating this peculiar sound.* It is recorded that three fishermen, guided by this grunting sound, dropt their net on one occasion so successfully as to secure twenty-five of these fish at a single throw. One alluded to by Cuvier as having been entangled in a net spread along the shore at Dieppe, was at first found sleep- ing ; but on being handled, it roused itself so suddenly, and with such violence, as to precipitate the fisherman into the water and force him to call for assistance before he could “ Encyclopedia Britannica, article Ichthyology. 202, FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. become its master. High, though of course imaginary, vir- tues were formerly attributed to the bones which occur in the ear of this, as of other osseous, fishes. They were worn on the neck set in gold ; and Belon says they were called co- lic-stones, being renowned for the cure, and even prevention of that complaint. It was necessary, however, that they should be received as a gift,—such as were purchased being found to lose their virtue. As an article of food this fish is considered good as well as wholesome. Mr Yarrell states, that a specimen some time since was brought to the London market ; part of the flesh was eaten by several per- sons, and by all reported to be good, particularly by those who prepared their portions by stewing ; when boiled, it was rather dry and tasteless. This fish very much resembles the bass in appearance, but is readily distinguished from it in having no teeth on the vomer or tongue ; these parts in the bass being well fur- nished with teeth. Although I have affixed the name of aquila to the present fish, yet I am doubtful whether it be the aguila of Cuvier or a different species. ‘The fish described by Cuvier has the preoperculum strongly serrated ; the middle rays of the first dorsal fin the longest, and the anterior rays of the se- cond dorsal fin shorter than the terminating ones. In the present example the preoperculum is nearly entire, very slightly notched on the inferior border; the second, third, and fourth rays of the first dorsal the longest ; and the an- terior rays of the second dorsal longer than those succeeding. Famity IV. SPARID/.—Preoperculum and opercu- lum without denticulations or spines; palate without teeth ; vertical fins without scales. THE SPANISH BREAM. 205 j < GENUS (PAGR US»—Front teeth conical, sharp and nu- merous; molars rounded. } Diasy urd wily ore hi i (Pacets ERYTHRINUS.*-—-THE SPANISH BREAM. Specific Character.—Origin of the lateral line slightly bent. (See Plate XX VII.) Description.—F rom a specimen nineteen inches in length. Body rather deep, of an oval form ; sides compressed, covered with large scales finely ciliated at their margins ; under jaw the longest ; oper- culum and preoperculum entire, without denticulations or spines. Colour of the body, pale silvery red ; dorsal and caudal fin rose-red ; ventral and anal fins paler ; in front of the eye and on the lower half of the preoperculum, metallic grey ; space between the eyes reddish-brown. Dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pecto- rals, and ending in a line-over the last ray but two of the anal fin ; first eleven rays strong and spiny, the remaining ones soft and flexible. Anal fin commencing in a line under the last ray but seven of the dorsal, and terminating a little behind the same fin ; ventrals situated a little behind the base of the pectorals. Lateral line commencing over the upper and posterior margin of the operculum, taking a slight bend upwards, following the line of the back to the base of the tail ; composed of sixty-seven scales. Pectoral fin long, the fourth ray reaching to the first ray of the anal. Eyes small, placed nearer the posterior margin of the operculum than to the point of the upper jaw ; anterior part of the orbit situated considerably behind the angle of the mouth ; cheeks covered with scales ; no scales before the eyes or on the posterior-inferior part of the preoperculum. First three . rays of the anal fin spinous, the second spine much the stoutest and shorter than the third; the rest branched and flexible. Caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray about one-third the length of the longest ray ; the intervening membrane covered with small scales, to the end of the rays. Teeth numerous in both jaws, rather more so on the lower ; those in the first row in front, sharp and conical, those behind, fine and thickly set ; the molars rounded, arranged in two rows in the lower jaw, and in three or more rows in the upper. Number of fin rays— D. 28; P.15; A.12; V.6; C.17; Branchial rays 6. This fish is said to be very abundant in the Mediterranean, and even enters the Atlantic, advancing pretty far north. It * Pagellus erythrinus, Cuv., Yar., Jen. 204 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. is, however, very rare along the British shores. Mr Yar- rell states that ‘“* Mr Couch, with the exception of Mr Walcott, seems to have been the only British naturalist ac- quainted with its appearance on the English coast.” The former gentleman has noticed it in two or three instances on the coast of Cornwall; the latter, occasionally on the coast of Devon. In the Firth of Forth I have seen it once, where a fine specimen, nineteen inches in length, was cap- tured in a salmon-net near Musselburgh. As food for the table, this species is considered excellent. It feeds on crus- taceous and testaceous animals, and occasionally small fishes. The characters which distinguish this bream from others, are—eyes rather small; the anterior margin of the orbit placed behind the angle of the maaillary bone. Lateral line at its origin slightly bent, first taking a horizontal course for half an inch, an oblique course for an inch, from thence following the line of the dorsal curve to the tail; origin of the lateral line and base of the pectorals without a large black spot. In Pagellus acarne and Pagellus centrodontus the ante- rior part of the orbit is placed in a line immediately over the posterior angle of the maxillary bone, and the lateral line from its commencement takes the curve of the line of the back. In P. centrodontus there is a large black spot at the origin of the lateral line, and in P. acarne a dark violet colowred one, at the base of the upper part of the pectorals. erybhrrrerd (A cnrele ) /poned Jed. pA A oa ack PAGELLUS ACARNE.*+-THE AXILLARY Bream. Specific Character.—Dark violet-coloured spot at the base of the upper part of each pectoral fin. (See Plate XXVII.) * Pagellus acarne, Cuv., Parnell. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. THE AXILLARY BREAM. 20D Description.—F rom a specimen thirteen inches in length. Body of an oval form; depth in the region of the pectorals four inches ; sides compressed, covered with large ciliated scales, producing a roughness on the surface when the finger is passed from tail to head. General form resembling that of the sea-bream, but not so deep in proportion to its length. Dorsal line rounded, descending obliquely from the nape to the nostrils, from thence more suddenly to the lips. Colour of the body pale silvery-red ; dorsal and caudal fins rose-red ; ventral and anal fins paler ; space between the eyes reddish-brown ; in front of the eyes, and on the lower half of the preoperculum, metallic grey ; on the upper part of the base of the pectorals a dark violet-coloured spot, very conspicuous even in the dried fish. Eye large, placed half-way between the tip of the upper jaw and the pos- terior margin of the operculum ; its diameter one-fourth the length of the head. Operculum and preoperculum entire, without spines or den- ticulations. Lateral line commencing over the upper part of the opercu- lum, following the line of the dorsal curve to the base of the tail ; com= posed of seventy scales. Dorsal fin commencing over the posterior mar- gin of the operculum, and ending in a line with the last ray of the anal fin, its spiny rays twelve in number, sharp and stout ; the first spine short, about half the length of the second ; the fourth the longest ; the remainder gradually decreasing in height, to the commencement of the flexible rays, which are longer than the terminating spiny rays. Anal fin commencing under the third flexible ray of the dorsal, the three first rays spiny, the rest soft. Pectorals and ventrals com- mencing in the same line ; the sixth ray of the pectoral the longest, reaching to the first ray of the anal. Tail forked, the middle ray not half as long as the longest ray in the same fin. Jaws nearly of equal length, the under rather the shorter ; anterior teeth small and numerous, disposed in many rows ; the outer row composed of thirty teeth, longer and more bent than those within ; molars large, dis- posed in three rows in each jaw. (In one of the specimens under exa- mination but two rows are perceptible and the teeth irregularly placed.) The intervening membranes of the caudal, and the last two rays of the dorsal and anal fins, covered with small thin scales, diminishing in size as they approach the summit of the rays. Num- ber of fitfrays— i D. 24; P.16; V.8; A. 14; C. 20; Branchial rays 6. The above description is taken from a specimen cap- tured in the Firth of Forth, in a salmon-net near Mus- selburgh, in the early part of July. A few days after, a second specimen was taken from the same place, and brought to the Edinburgh market, where it was called a bream. It eos ed SS 206 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. appears to be an addition to the British Fauna, since no in- stance has been hitherto recorded of its occurrence on the coast of Britain. It isan inhabitant of the Mediterranean Sea, and I have reason to suppose that it has been found more than once on the English coast, but mistaken for the Pagrus vulgaris, which it greatly resembles ; for Mr Yar- rell, in his description of that fish, says, “ the pectoral fins have occasionally a violet-coloured spot at their origin,” a character which is constant in the acarne, and which has not been noticed by any other author as occurring in the Pagrus vulgaris. This species is at once distinguished from the rest of the British breams, by the dark spot at the base of the pecto- rals; besides that character it is discriminated from Pag- rus vulgaris, Pagellus erythrinus, and Pagellus centrodontus in other respects. The Pagrus has never more than six teeth in the first row, in front of each jaw, the acarne hav- ing thirty in the first row on the upper jaw. The Pagellus erythrinus has the origin of the lateral line slightly bent, and the anterior part of the orbit placed behind the posterior angle of the maxillary bone; while the acarne has the lateral line taking its course at once, parallel to the curvature of the back, and the anterior margin of the orbit in a line over the angle of the maxillary. The Pagellus centrodontus has a large black spot at the origin of the lateral line; while the acarne has the com- mencement of the lateral line perfectly plain. PaGELLUS CENTRODONTUS.*—THE SEA-BREAM. Specific Characters.—Origin of the lateral line with a large black spot. (See Plate XXVII.) Description.—From a specimen fifteen inches in length. Body of * Pagellus centrodontus, Cuy., Yar.; Sparus centrodontus, Jen. Sea- Bream, Red Gilthead, Lunated Gilthead. THE SEA-BREAM. 207 an oval form, deep in proportion to its length; sides compressed, covered with large ciliated scales, producing a roughness on the sur- face ; operculum and preoperculum entire, without spines or denti- culations. Colour of the body reddish-grey ; dorsal and caudal fins brownish-red ; ventrals and anal paler ; belly dull white ; space be- tween the eyes reddish-brown, in front of the eyes and on the lower border of the preoperculum metallic grey. Eye large, placed half way between the tip of the upper jaw and the origin of the lateral line ; lateral line commencing over the upper part of the operculum, taking its course parallel to the curvature of the back to the base of the tail, composed of about seventy-two scales. Dorsal fin com- mencing over the posterior margin of the operculum, and ending in a line with the last ray of the anal fin ; its spiny rays twelve in num- ber, sharp and stout ; the first spine shortest, about half the length of the second ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth the longest, the remainder gradually decreasing in height to the commencement of the flexible rays, which are longer than the terminating spiny rays; anal fin cor- responding with the flexible portion of the dorsal ; its three first rays spiny, the rest soft ; pectorals and ventrals commencing in the same line. (In Mr Yarrell’s figure of this fish, the ventrals are placed considerably before the base of the pectorals.) The fifth and sixth rays of the pectorals the longest, reaching beyond the vent. Tail forked, the middle ray not half as long as the longest ray in that fin ; jaws nearly of equal length, the under rather the shorter ; teeth fine and sharp in both jaws, smaller than in the two preceding spe- cies, disposed in two or three rows in front ; molars small and round- ed, placed far back, not easily seen, unless the jaws be widely ex- panded. The intervening membranes of the caudal fin covered with small thin scales. Number of fin rays— D. 24; P.17; V.6; A.15; ©.17; Branchial rays 6. The sea-bream is one of the most common species in the Mediterranean, and has been found to exist as far north as off the coast of Denmark On the authority of Mr Couch, ‘it is found on the west coast of England throughout the year, but it is most abundant in the summer and autumn months, and retreats altogether in severely cold weather. The spawn is shed in the beginning of winter in deep wa- ter; and in January the chads, about an inch in length, are found in the stomachs of large fish, taken at two or three leagues from land. In summer, when from four to 208 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. six inches long, they abound in innumerable multitudes, and are taken by anglers in harbours and from the rocks, for they bite with great eagerness at any bait, even of the flesh of their own species.” “On the Irish coast it may be traced from Waterford Bay and the north coast of Antrim, where it is called Murranroe and Barwin.”* On the De- vonshire coast I have noticed it in abundance, taken in the trawl-nets, as well as with lines, at Brixham. On the coast of Sussex it is said to be by no means uncommon, but as we advance further north on the east coast of Scotland, it seems to become scarcer. In the Firth of Forth very little is known regarding this fish, as its appearance there is of rare occurrence. ‘I'wo specimens, however, have been noticed in the Firth ; the one was taken with a line baited for cod near Inchcolm in the month of July, and the other was found in a salmon-net above Queensferry. Their sto- machs were crammed with shells and sea-weed. They feed also on crustaceous animals and small fish. The sea-bream is generally considered to be of little va- lue for the table, but this seems to depend greatly on the period of the year at which it is eaten and the mode in which it is cooked. Mr Yarrell says that he will venture to suggest a mode of preparing a sea-bream, which mate- rially improves its more ordinary flavour. ‘‘ When thorough- ly cleaned the fish should be wiped dry, but none of the scales should be taken off ; in this state it should be boiled, turning it often, and if the skin crack, flour it a little, to keep the outer case entire. When on table, the whole skin and scales turn off without difficulty ; and the muscle be- neath, saturated with its own natural juices which the outer covering has retained, will be found of good flavour.” The * Varrell’s British Fishes. RAY’S BREAM. 209 flesh is white, solid, and sweet, having much the taste of boiled lobster. This fish is considered full grown when fifteen inches long, at which time the origin of the lateral line is fur- nished with a large black spot nearly an inch in length. When the fish is young this spot is not perceptible. The characters in which it differs from its congeners were no- ticed when treating of the two preceding species. Famity V. SQUAMIPINNATI.—Dorsal and anal fins, or at least their soft portions, closely covered with scales. Genus BRAM A.—Both jaws, as well as the palatine bones, with fine teeth. Brama Rat.*—Ray’s BREEAM. Specific Character.—Base of the dorsal and anal fins, long. Description.—From a specimen eighteen inches in length. Body of an oval form, deep in the region of the pectorals, tapering gradu- ally towards the caudal extremity ; snout obtuse ; dorsal line round- ed, descending obliquely from the fin to the forehead, from thence suddenly to the upper lip. Sides compressed, covered with large strong scales ; in front of the eyes and on the posterior part of the preoperculum without scales ; colour of the back and sides silvery- grey, between and in front of the eyes reddish-brown ; dorsal and caudal fins brownish ; ventral and anal fin paler, tinged with light yellow ; lower parts of the sides and belly dull silvery ; operculum and preoperculum entire, without spines or denticulations. Eyes large, placed nearer the nose than to the origin of the lateral line ; dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals, and ending over the last ray of the anal; the fourth ray the longest, rapidly de- creasing in height to the ninth, the remainder of equal length ; anal fin similar in form to the dorsal, commencing under the sixth ray ; caudal fin lunate, each extremity greatly produced ; ventral fins * Brama Raii, Cuy., Yar., Jen.; Sparus Raii, Bloch; Toothed Gilthead, Pen. VOL. VII. oO 210 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. rather small, placed under the base of the pectorals. Under jaw the longest ; each jaw furnished with a number of sharp slender teeth, those on the outer row longer than those behind ; palatines also fur- nished with small card-like teeth. Lateral line commencing over the upper part of the operculum, taking its course parallel to the dorsal curve to the base of the tail ; nearly the whole surface of the vertical fins covered with small scales. Number of fin rays— D. 36; P!19;° V7; A. 293°C. 26°; Branchial rays 7. Cuvier supposed that this fish was peculiar to the Medi- terranean, and never found to enter the Atlantic. It has, however, not only been captured several times on the Bri- tish coast, but has been observed as far north as on the coast of Denmark. Mr Couch has obtained two or more specimens on the coast of Cornwall. Colonel Montagu has recorded it as taken in Devonshire, and another at Swansea. It is known at Belfast and said to be not un- common on the western shores of Scotland. Inthe Firth of Forth it has occurred frequently, and two or three speci- mens are now in the College Museum of Edinburgh taken from that locality. This bream seldom exceeds the length of eighteen inches. According to Cuvier it spawns In sum- mer. Its flesh is said to be good and wholesome, particu- larly in the winter months, when in season. Famity VI., SCOMBRIDA.—Vertical fins without scales ; operculum and preoperculum without spines or den- ticulations; scales small, entire. Genus SCOMBER.— Dorsal fins two, widely separate ; sides of the tail raised into two small cutaneous crests ; fin- lets behind the second dorsal and anal fins. ScoMBER sCOMBER.*—THE MAacKEREL. Specific Character.—First dorsal fin with twelve rays. * Scomber scomber, Linn., Yar., Jen.; Scomber vulgaris, Flem-. THE MACKEREL. OTA Description.—From a specimen fifteen inches in length. Body fu- siform ; sides a little compressed ; slender and slightly angular towards the tail. Colour of the back of a fine green varied with blue, mark- ed with dark undulated lines placed vertically throughout its length ; sides and belly silvery-white ; occasionally the back is of a dark green, without marks of any description. Head sharp ; nose point- ed ; first dorsal fin commencing behind the base of the pectorals, of a triangular form; the second ray the longest ; the remainder gra- dually decreasing ; second dorsal commencing a little in advance of the anal; not half the size of the first; its length twice its height ; between it and the caudal fin are five spurious finlets, placed at equal distances from each other ; anal fin corresponding to the se- eond dorsal, with the same number of finlets behind it ; tail deeply forked ; ventral fins situated a little behind the base of the pec- torals. Teeth small and sharp, placed in a single row in each jaw, as well on each side of the vomer; operculum rather small ; round- ed at its upper and posterior border; extending toa point below, at its junction with the posterior margin of the preoperculum ; suboperculum large ; preoperculum much produced ; lateral line commencing over the base of the pectorals, taking a slight curve at its origin, from thence passing nearly in a straight line to the base of the tail ; pectoral and ventral fins small, nearly of equal form and size ; first dorsal fin when unexpanded, scarcely perceptible, placed in agroove ; scales small, entire. On each side of the base of the tail, are two small cutaneous crests giving a square form to that part. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 12 ; 2d D.12; P. 18; V. 6; A.12;C. 17; Branchial rays 7. The Mackerel, although taken in the Firth of Forth with lines, in sufficient numbers to supply the different markets in the neighbourhood, cannot be considered plentiful when compared with the vast quantity caught on the English coast at various periods of the year. hey are first ob- served in the Firth of Forth about the beginning of June, confining themselves for the first month principally to the neighbourhood of the Bass. In July they are taken off Prestonpans, but more frequently at Largo, Buckhaven, and Wemyss on the opposite coast. A few straggling in- dividuals have occasionally been found as high up the o2 212 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. estuary as Queensferry, and on one occasion I saw a small specimen taken in the spirling nets near Alloa. After October they are seldom seen in the Firth, but are sup- posed to retire, like the other gregarious fishes, to the deep sea until the following summer. ‘On the coast of Ireland the mackerel is taken from the county of Kerry in the west, along the southern shore eastward to Cork and Waterford ; from thence northward to Antrim, and north-west to Londonderry and Donegal. Dr MacCul- loch says, it visits some of the lochs of the Western Is- lands, but is not considered very abundant. On the Corn- ish coast, this fish, in some seasons, occurs as early as the month of March, and appears to be pursuing a course from west to east. They are plentiful on the Devonshire coast, and swarm in West Bay about June. On the Hampshire and Sussex coast, particularly the latter, they arrive as early as March, and sometimes even in February, and the earlier in the year the fishermen go to look for them, the farther from the shore do they seek for and find them. Du- hamel says, the mackerel are caught earlier at Dunkirk, than at Dieppe or Havre ; up our eastern coast, however, the fishing is later. ‘The fishermen of Lowestoffe and Yar- mouth gain their great harvest from the mackerel in May and June, and Mr Lowin his Fauna Orcadensis, states, that they do not make their appearance there till the last week in July, or the first week in August.”* The mackerel, it is said, can be taken on the coast of Cornwall every month in the year, but in much greater plenty in the summer season than at any other time. It spawns In June, and the young are seen from four to six inches in length in the month of August, in great numbers, * Yarrell’s British Fishes. Bi Mr Yarrell was the first British naturalist to notice that the atherine, which is found so common on the southern shores of England, was not the Atherina hepsetus of Lin- nzus, as Pennant, Donovan, Fleming, and other authors supposed it ; but the Atherina presbyter of Cuvier, which is quite a different species. The atherine, says Colonel Montagu, is as plentiful on some parts of the southern coast of England as the smelt is on the eastern coast, and each appears to have its limits, so that the one does not intrude upon the other; at least, as far as our observation has gone, where one is the other is not. We have traced the smelt along the coast of Lincolnshire, and southwards into Kent, where the atherine appears to be unknown ; but in Hamp- shire the atherine is extremely plentiful, esyecially about Southampton, where, for want of knowing the true smelt, 2553. FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. this is sold under that denomination. On the south coast of Devon they are caught in great abundance in the creeks and estuaries, but never in rivers above the flow of the tide; and they appear to continue near shore through the months from autumn to spring, being caught for the table more or less during the whole of that time, but are greatly superior in the spring, when the males are full of milt as the females are of roe. The atherine is a well-flavoured fish, but, im our opinion, not so good as the smelt—it is more dry ; but when in season, and fried without being embowelled, the liver and roe make it a delicious fish. Mr Couch says it is found in Cornwall at all seasons, and sometimes in such numbers that three small boat-loads have been enclosed in a sean at once. Dr Neill states, in vol. i. of the Wernerian Transactions, that “‘ he has frequently found the atherine washed ashore about Figget W hinsin the Firth of Forth after easterly winds.” Of late years they have been undoubtedly scarce. Two in- stances only have occurred to me, in which the atherine was found in the Firth of Forth; the first was taken at Kincar- dine in company with sprats and other small fish; the se- cond was drawn ashore in a net, about two miles west of Newhaven. The fishermen said it was more frequently met with in Guillon Bay, and that they considered the fish was nothing else than a sort of mongrel spirling.* Famity VIII., GOBIAD4.—Dorsal rays slender and flexible, excepting the species Murcenoides guttata, where they are short, stout, and sharp-pointed ; scales small or entirely wanting; tail rounded at the end; body more or less elongated, with one or two dorsal fins. The genus Zoarces is destitute of spiny rays, but has an anal tubercle. * Spirling, Salmo eperlanus, very common in the Forth. THE SMOOTH BLENNY. 233 s The viscera of all the fishes pertaining to this family are nearly of the same conformation; the intestinal canal is equal, ample, and without caeca, and there is no swimming- bladder. Genus BLENNIUS.—Body rather elongated, with a single dorsal fin, composed almost entirely of simple and flexible rays; ventral fins placed before the pectorals and formed of two or three rays in each ; teeth on the vomer, and in one row in each jaw ; dorsal and caudal fins separate. BLENNIUS PHOLIS.*—THE SmMootH BuLeEyrny. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fin abbreviated in the middle; head smooth and destitute of appendages ; last tooth in each jaw slightly curved and longer than the rest. Description.—F rom a specimen five inches in length. Body be- hind, rather compressed ; head one-fourth of the entire length, tail fin not included ; sides smooth, covered with a mucous secretion ; gill- opening large ; the membrane continued across the throat. Colour very variable, some specimens quite black, others of a deep olive-green, occasionally variegated like marble. Head sloping from the nape to the orbit, from thence suddenly to the lip ; snout short and obtuse ; eye moderate, placed high up ; dorsal fin extending the whole length of the back, commencing in a line over the origin of the ventrals, and ending within a short distance of the base of the caudal rays ; all the rays simple, the first shorter than the second ; fifth, sixth and se- venth, slightly the longest ; eighth and following ones decreasing to the twelfth, which is the shortest and finest in the whole fin, from the fourteenth to the twenty-eighth nearly even, the remainder a very little shorter ; the last connected to the base of the tail by a mem- brane which passes off from the summit as not to allow the ray to take an erect position. Anal fin commencing in a line under the thirteenth ray of the dorsal, and ending in a line under the last tay of that fin ; first ray shorter than the second, the rest increasing very gradually to the last, which is somewhat shorter and connected to the base of the tail by a membrane similar to that of the last ray of the dorsal, but not extending quite so far towards the short rays * Blennius pholis, Yarr., Linn., Cuv., Jen., Pen., Don.; Pholis levis, Flem. ; Smooth Blenny, Smooth Shan, Shanny, Stone-fish. : YZ34 . FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. of the caudal. Pectoral fin large and rounded ; the middle rays the longest, extending as far as in a line under the cleventh ray of the dorsal ; ventral fins small and stout, placed before the base of the pectorals, the longest ray as long as the third ray of the pectorals. Caudal fin rounded at the end, the middle rays branched. Teeth, twenty-one in the lower jaw, and twenty-four on the upper ; ante- rior ones longest, the last stoutest and slightly curved inwards ; on the vomer four, two on each side, short, stout, and very strong. Lateral line commencing over the operculum running straight for a short course, taking a curve over the pectorals, as far as under the ninth ray of the dorsal, from thence passing straight to the base of the middle caudal ray. Number of fin rays— 750; P2155 ¥.2 028; A. 19, ©. 2; B. 6. This species of Blenny is common on most of the rocky parts of our coast, and nowhere more so than in the Firth of Forth, where it is found in great numbers under rocks and stones. In almost every pool left by the receding of the tide they abound particularly in the neighbourhood of North Berwick. ‘Though so common, however, yet spe- cimens are with difficulty procured, not only on account of their activity, but also because the large stones under which they conceal themselves are with difficulty removed; and unless that be accomplished, it will be almost impossible to obtain a single specimen. In the month of August I ob- served many of these fish in a small pool of water which had been left by the tide, and after dipping the place dry, to my astonishment, they had all disappeared, and taken refuge under some sea-weed a foot and a half distant from the pool. By means of their strong ventral fins they are enabled to crawl several feet on dry land, and will re- main six hours under stones or sea-weed, awaiting the re- turn of the tide. The Blenny is remarkably tenacious of life, and has been known to live out of water for many days in a damp situation ; but, if put into fresh water, it soon expires. ‘These fish will take eagerly a baited hook, and are often THE SPOTTED GUNNEL. 235 captured off the pier-head at Leith. Their principal food is small shells and young crabs; and I have also found their stomachs distended with sea-weed. They spawn in the month of June, and possess no swimming-bladder. They are never brought to market or used as food. All the British species of Blennius, excepting the pre- sent one, are furnished with one or more appendages placed on the head in the region of the orbits. Genus MURA NOIDES.—Body elongated, sword- shaped, with a single dorsal fin composed of short stout rays ; ventral fins placed before the pectorals, reduced nearly to a single ray ; teeth on the vomer, and in two rows in each jaw ; dorsal and caudal fins continuous. Mor2noIDkEs GuTTata.*—THeE Sporrep GuUNNEL. Description.—F rom a specimen five inches in length. Body elon- gated, compressed, similar to the blade of a sword in form; head small, one-ninth of the length of the body, caudal not included, and about equal to the depth. Colour of the body olive, with a mixture of yellow; on each side of the dorsal fin, from twelve to thirteen large dark spots, bordered by a whitish circle, placed at equal dis- tances from each other down the back ; anal fin with whitish spots from eleven to twelve in number, arranged similar to those of the back ; pectoral and caudal fins deep orange ; irides above red, below white. Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the base of the pecto- rals, extending down the back to be continuous with the caudal fin, to which it is connected by a membrane ; the rays of the dorsal short and stout, with very sharp points, all of equal length, project- ing beyond the membrane. Anal fin commencing in a line under the thirty-fifth dorsal ray ; the first ray spinous, the rest soft and flexible, branched at their summits ; the last ray connected to the eaudal fin by the intervening membrane ; the last three or four rays longer than those preceding ; ventral fin very small, composed of one short stout spine, very sharp, with a small ray immediately behind * Murencides gultaia, Yarr. Blennius gunnellus, Don., Pen., Jen. Gunnellus vulgaris, Flem. Spotted Gunnel, Butterfish, Stane-checker. 29 236 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. it ; pectorals rounded like the caudal, about one-half its size. Jaws furnished with a number of small teeth arranged in two rows on the anterior part. (Mr Yarrell states, they are placed in a single row in each jaw.) Teeth on the front of the vomer, none on the pala- tines or tongue ; under jaw the longest when the mouth is opened ; head narrow, much more compressed than the nape. Lips thin and folded back, giving an appearance as if thick and fleshy ; each oper- culum ends ina point directed over the base of the pectorals ; mem- brane continuous under the throat. Number of fin rays— Divs; P. 11 y Ved 3 ApAb ye 716. This fish which T have frequently met with on the coast of Devon, has been observed as far north as the shores of Norway. It iscommon in every part of the estuary of the Firth of Forth; more so in those situations where sea-weed grows in the greatest abundance, under which it will seek refuge for many hours after the tide has ebbed. Above North Queensferry, about a mile, I found, in the month of July, as many as from nine to twelve in number collected together under a tuft of sea-weed. These fish when first taken in the hand, are with diftliculty retained, owing to the slimy secretion with which the whole surface of the body is covered. When found in large pools of water, they are observed to swim with great rapidity, and are caught with the greatest difficulty in consequence of their moving from one place to another with extreme quickness, and creeping into every small crevice they can find. The common length of the spotted Gunnel, or, as it is named in Scotland, Stane-checker, is from four to five inches. On one occasion, I found a specimen to measure eleven inches in length, when the whole of the dorsal spots were obliterated except the first, which was scarcely per- ceptible. As the fish increases in size, the spots become less defined. We are told, that in Greenland the flesh of this fish, though hard, is dried and eaten. In this country THE VIVIPAROUS BLENNY. 237 it is seldom if ever made use of except to bait lines with. It feeds on minute crustacea and small fry, and is said to be destructive to the eggs of other fishes. This fish might probably be confounded with Blennius Yarrellii of Cuvier, a rare British species, but the want of appendages on the head will sufficiently distinguish it. Genus ZOARCES.—Body elongated, eel-shaped, with a single dorsal fin, composed of flexible branched rays ; ventral fins of three rays, placed before the pecterals; teeth in two rows in front of each jaw ; none on the vomer or pa- latines; dorsal and caudal fins continuous. ZoARCES VIViIPARUS.*—THE Vivtearous BLENNY. Specific Character.—Dorsal fin abbreviated near the caudal ex- tremity. Description.—From a specimen six inches in length. Body com- pressed behind, gradually tapering from the nape to the tip of the tail ; sides smooth, covered with a mucous secretion ; head one-sixth of the whole length, and about twice the depth of the body, not in- cluding fins. Colour of the back and sides yellowish-brown, mot- tled with dark olive ; when young, lateral line, and below it, spotted with white, which is not visible in the adult. Dorsal fin composed of flexible rays, branched at their summits, commencing over the base of the pectorals, extending down the back to be continuous with the caudal rays, when it becomes suddenly depressed, giving an appearance as if a piece had been cut out ; from this part to the nape the rays gradually increase in height. Anal fin commencing in a line under the twenty-sixth dorsal ray, and extending down to be continuous with the caudal rays ; the rays gradually diminishing in height from the third. Pectorals large and rounded; ventrals small, composed of only three rays, placed before the base of the pectorals. Lips long and thin, the upper one entire, the lower one bilobed ; when folded back, having the appearance as if thick and fleshy. Operculum triangular ending in a point, directing over the base of the first ray of the pectorals. Teeth small, conical, and blunt ; placed a little apart from each other; situated in two rows in * Zoarces viviparus, Cuy., Jen. Zoarcus viviparus, Yarr. Blennius viri- parus, Pen., Don. Eelpout, Guffer, Greenbone, Bards, Maruna Eel. 238 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. front of each jaw; none on the vomer, tongue, or palatines. (Mr Yarrell in mentioning the generic characters of this fish, states the teeth to be conical, placed in a single row. In the description he says the teeth are short, conical, sharp, with a second row round the front only of the lower jaw ; the lips fleshy.) It is probable that Mr Yarrell drew his characters from a young specimen, in which the teeth were not completely developed ; for when the fish is less than three inches in length, only one row of teeth in each jaw is visible, the second row commencing first on the lowerjaw. Number of fin rays— D. 90; P. 19; V.3; A. 70; C. 40; B. 6. This fish is scarce on the coast of Devon, but appears more common as we approach the north. In the Firth of Forth it exists in great plenty, hiding under sea-weed in rocky situations. They are often taken with lines in the winter months, and brought to market, where they fetch a ready sale at the rate of three a penny. Some people con- sider the flesh as very fine and wholesome; while others, again, announce it as dry and of a disagreeable flavour. Dr Neill, in the month of February 1807, saw a female fish fifteen inches long, from which several dozen of young escaped alive: these fry were from four to five inches in length. A short time since, in the month of March, I had a specimen sent me which measured six inches in length, from which I took fifty-six young, all alive, although the parent fish had been dead for nearly two days. Each was an inch and a quarter in length, and on being put into a glass of fresh water, they at first appeared remarkably active, but in less than half an hour after they all ex- pired. The general length of this fish is about eight inches, al- though at Berwick, at the mouth of the Tweed, specimens have been taken which measured nearly two feet in length. They are there named Maruna eels, and at Edinburgh Bards. The bones of this fish when boiled assume a green ap- {HE WOLF-FISH. 339 pearance, from which circumstance the fish often times re- _ceives the name of green-bone. Genus ANARRHICHAS.—Dorsal fine on; ventral fins wanting ; mouth armed with conical incisors and flat grinders. ANARRHICHAS LUPUS.*—THE WOLF-FISH. Specific character.—Last rays of the dorsal fin abbreviated. Description.—F rom a specimen two feet in length. Body elonga- ted; sides compressed, covered with a mucous secretion ; forehead sloping ; face wrinkled. Colour of the back and sides light grey, marked with seven or eight broad vertical bands of a bluish-grey tinge. Dorsal fin commencing at the nape, extending down the back, to be connected to the first caudal ray by a short membrane ; first ray shorter than the second, the rest, as far as the sixty-third, of equal length, the remainder gradually decreasing to the base of the first short caudal ray. Anal fin commencing in a line under the thirtieth ray of the dorsal, and ending at a short interval from the caudal ; all the rays of equal length ; no ventral fins ; pectorals broad, the rays strong and branched, the fifth, sixth, and seventh the longest, reaching in a line under the seventeenth ray of the dorsal; caudal fin rounded, rather small, about one-third the size of the pectorals, composed of branched flexible rays. Teeth remarkably strong, of two kinds in each jaw, those in front long and conical, those behind, and on the vomer, closely paved, short, and truncated ; eyes rather small, placed high on the head, on a line over the vomerine teeth. Number of fin rays— mare. b. 205 A. 455 ©. 17: B47: The Wolf-fish sometimes grows to the length of six feet, and is a rare visitant on the southern coast of England. It is found on the coasts of Norfolk and Yorkshire, and js well known along the northern shores of Europe. This large and ferocious species is the most savage and powerful of all our British fishes. It feeds on crustaceous and tes. taceous animals, and by the power of its large and strong * Anarrhichas lupus, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Pen., Don. Sea-wolf, Sea-cat, Swine-fish, Cat-fish. 240 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. temporal and masseter muscles, and broad and short molars, is enabled to grind to pieces the largest crab with the greatest facility. It is common in all the rocky parts of the Firth of Forth, is often found on the haddock lines, and occasionally taken in the salmon-nets above Queens- ferry. About June the young are two feet in length, and are sold in the market for sixpence each. The appearance of this fish is not very prepossessing in the sight of those who are not aware of its quality as food; but if properly dressed and disguised by the head being cut off, it is con- sidered equal to many of the marine fishes. The stomach is remarkably thin and transparent like that of most fish which are furnished with strong and powerful grinders. Genus GOBIUS.—Dorsal fins two; ventrals joined to- gether forming a hollow disk, placed under the thorax ; body with scales. Gostus NIGER.*—TuHe Biack Gosy. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins contiguous ; first fin with six rays, the third and fourth rays the longest ; second fin with all the rays equal. (See Pl. XXIX.) Description.—F rom a specimen four inches and a half in length. Head one-fourth of the length as far as half way down the caudal rays; dorsal line straight; profile rounded; abdomen prominent; sides behind slightly compressed. Colour of the whole fish dusky-brown, darker on the dorsal region, more or less mixed with spots and streaks ; the summit of the first dorsal fin darker than the rest of the membrane. Preoperculum rounded ; operculum slightly produced at its upper and posterior margin. First dorsal fin commencing in a line a little behind the origin of the pectorals, and terminating in a line over the vent ; the third and fourth rays the longest; like the rest of the rays in that fin, spiny and extremely flexible. Second dorsal commencing close behind the first, slightly connected to it by a fine membrane, ending in a line over the last ray of the anal fin ; all the rays except the first branched and flexible, and nearly of equal * Gobius niger, Cuy., Yarr., Jen., Mont. Black Goby, Rock-fish. THE BLACK GORY. 241 height. Anal fin commencing under the third ray of the second dor- sal, ending under the last ray of the same fin, leaving a wide space between it and the base of the caudal fin; ventrals united ; the middle rays the longest, about the length of the pectorals, placed under the chest in a line with the origin of the pectorals ; middle rays of the pectoral fin the longest, equalling the length of the caudal rays ; behind the vent a small tubercle. Teeth small and fine, placed in two or three rows in front of each jaw, those composing the first row longer and farther apart from each other than those within ; no teeth on the tongue, vomer, or palatines. Eyes high on the head, approximating, placed in a line over the angle of the jaw ; lateral line searcely perceptible, straight throughout its course. Scales large, ciliated at their free margins, about forty in the course of the lateral line ; much smaller on the nape, placed on a reddish-brown patch ; tail rounded at the end ; the first rays of the anal fin shorter than the terminating ones. Number of fin rays— ta B65 2d D. 149 P. 19 5-V..10 9h. 12; Ci 185 By. This species of goby, on account of its inhabiting rocky situations, has received the name of rock-fish, differing greatly in habits from the rest of the gobies. Mr Couch has met with it on the coast of Cornwall, and has observed a pecu- liarity in its habits, in which it resembles the shanny,—that of carrying off its prey in its mouth to a resting-place, and there struggling with it. Colonel Montagu has frequently taken it on the south coast of Devon, in the estuary of Kings- bridge. Off Brixham I myself have seen it captured of large size, measuring from six to six and a half inches in length. It can be traced as far north as the Orkneys. In the Firth of Forth I find this fish rather scarce, having seen but three specimens, and those were taken at the Joppa Rocks east of Portobello. ‘Chey spawn in June. Their flesh is of little value, serving only as food for other fishes. Before the appearance of Mr Yarrell’s very valuable work on fishes, all previous authors described the whole of the British gobies under two synonyms, that of G. niger, and VOL. VII. Q P42, FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. G. minutus ; but now, instead of having only two species, we can identify six as inhabiting the British shores, The Gobius niger is distinguished from the rest of the British gobies in its growing to three or four times the size, and in having the two dorsals contiguous, which in all the other species are more or less remote. GoBIus MINUTUS.*—THE FRECKLED Gopy. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins remote ; anterior rays of the second dorsal fin longer than the succeeding ones ; caudal fin rounded ; first dorsal with six rays. (See Pl. XXIX.) Description.—F rom a specimen two and a quarter inches in length. Dorsal line nearly straight, slightly elevated over the pectorals ; pro- file falling from the orbit to the lip ; body rounded in the abdominal region ; nape depressed ; tail compressed. Colour of the head, back, and sides reddish-brown, freckled and streaked with dark brown ; throat and belly whitish ; dorsal and caudal fins mottled with brown ; ventral and anal fins plain. Operculum and preoperculum rounded ; cheeks prominent ; under jaw longest ; on the nape a sulcus extend- ing from the orbit to the dorsal fin. Eyes approximate, situated high on the head, and in a line over the angle of the jaw. First dorsal fin commencing behind the base of the pectorals, and ending in a line over the end of the pectoral rays ; all the rays spiny and very flexi- ble ; the second and third rays longer than the fourth. Second dor- sal fin taking its origin in a line over the vent, and terminating over ‘the last ray of the anal ; the anterior rays longer than the terminating ones, all branched except the first, which is simple, and a little more than half the length of the second. Anal fin commencing in a line under the third ray of the second dorsal, and corresponding in form to that fin ; ventrals united together so as to form but one fin, placed under the chest a little behind the base of the pectorals ; the middle rays the longest, reaching nearly to the vent ; pectorals when reflect- ed reach as far as the middle of the orbit ; the centre ray the longest ; tail rounded at the end; behind the vent a small tubercle. Scales large for the size of the fish, and finely ciliated at their free margins ; lateral line straight, crossed throughout by ten or twelve dark spots; the one at the base of the tail the most conspicuous. Number of fin rays— ist- Dubs 2010, Pe16- Vee a 92 CU. 1b; B.S, * Gobius minutus, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Penn., Don. Freckled Goby, Spot- ted Goby, Polewig. THE FRECKLED GOBY. 243 The freckled goby seems to be a common fish in sandy bays throughout the British coast. I have met with it re- peatedly on the west coast of Scotland, as well as in Eng- land, on the south coast of Devon. In the Firth of Forth it is taken on the Musselburgh and Portobello sands in shrimping-nets ; and on one occasion I met with it as high up as Alloa, where it was found in a spirling-net in the early part of November. ‘Those gobies when young de- light in small shallow pools to bask more immediately under the rays of the sun, when they fall a prey to aquatic birds. When disturbed they are remarkably ac- tive, darting about in all directions ; and, in consequence of their backs being precisely of the same colour as the sand on which they repose, will, when stationary, evade the eye of the most patient observer. Their food is small marine insects. They spawn in the month of June. The flesh, although sweet and well-flavoured, is never used as food. Gobius minutus is more nearly allied to Gracilis and Uni- punctatus than to any of the rest. In Gracilis the last rays of the second dorsal fin are longer than the preceding ones ; in Minutus they are shorter. Unipunctatus has a large black spot on the membrane of the two last rays of the first dor- sal fin; Minutus has no spot in that part. GoBlUS UNIPUNCTATUS.—ITHE ONE-.spoTTED Gosy. Par. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins remote ; anterior rays of the se- cond dorsal fin longer than the succeeding ones ; caudal fin even ; first dorsal with six rays ; a large black spot on the summit of the membrane between the last two rays of the first dorsal fin. (See Plate X XIX.) Description—From a specimen two inches and a half in length, Body rather elongated, rounded in front, compressed at the tail ; flat- tened on the nape ; head long in proportion to its depth, one fourth of the length, including half the caudal rays ; operculum and preoper- a2 244 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. culum rounded. Colour of the head, back, and sides, pale brownish- yellow ; throat and belly white ; dorsal and caudal fins freckled and barred with pale brown ; first dorsal fin with a black spot between the two last rays, which assumes a beautiful appearance when newly taken from the water ; lateral line crossed by six or seven dark spots, the one at the base of the tail the most conspicuous. First dorsal fin with fine, flexible, spiny rays, of which the second and third rather the longest, commencing behind the base of the pectorals, and end- ~ ing in a line over the end of the pectoral rays ; second dorsal fin re- mote from the first, commencing in a line over the vent, and ending over the last ray of the anal, the anterior rays longer than the termi- nating ones, all flexible and branched, except the first which is sim- ple ; anal fin similar to the second dorsal, leaving a wide space be- tween its termination and the base of the caudal rays; ventral fins united so as to form but one fin, the middle rays the longest, extend- ing to the vent; each ray is branched except the first and last, which is very short and simple, between each is stretched a membrane form- ing the base of the ventral disk. Pectorals, when turned back reach- ing to the middle of the orbit ; the middle rays the longest; tail even at the end. Eyes rather large, placed high on the head, approximat- ing; cheeks tumid ; under jaw the longest; teeth small and sharp placed in two rows in each jaw, none in the tongue, palatines, or vomer; a small tubercle in front of the anal fin. Number of fin rays— Ist D.6; 2d D. 11; P- 16; V.10; A. 11; C. 15; B. 5. This fish does not appear to have been noticed by pre- vious authors. I have observed it in most of the sandy bays in the Firth of Forth, but in greater numbers and of larger size in the neighbourhood of the salmon nets above South Queensferry, where it may be found throughout the sum- mer months in water from two to three feet deep. I found it on the south coast of England, equally common with the G. minutus. | havealsofound it in many situations where the minutus was not seen; and the minuéws has been taken in many places where the G. wnipunctatus did not exist. The most northern locality in which it has yet been observed ap- pears to be the Moray Frith, where James Wilson, Esq., ob- tained a fine specimen of three and a half inches in length. THE SLENDER GOBY. 245 This fish, although closely allied to the other species of the same genus, is undoubtedly quite distinct from them ; the black spot on the first dorsal fin being far more constant ard conspicuous than any character which distingu'shes the rest of the British gobies. The only species it can well be mistaken for is the G. minutus; but differs from it in having a black spot between the fifth and sixth ray of the first dorsal fin ; the second dorsal with eleven rays, and the tail fin even at the extremity. Whereas the G. minutus has 210 black spot between the fifth and sixth ray of the first dorsal fin; the rays of the second dorsal ten in number, and the tail fin rounded at the end. GoBIUS GRACILIS.— THE SLENDER GoBy. Jen. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins remote ; anterior rays of the second dorsal fin shorter than the succeeding ones ; first dorsal fin with six rays. (See Plate X XIX.) Description.—F rom a specimen two and a quarter inches in length. Dorsal line nearly straight ; profile falling gradually from the forehead ; body rather elongated, rounded, compressed at the base of the tail ; flattened on the nape ; operculum and preoperculum rounded ; cheeks tumid; under jaw the longest. Colour of the back and sides reddish- brown ; freckled and streaked with a dark brown ; dorsal and caudal fins barred with the same ; lateral line crossed with seven or eight dark spots, occasionally the middle one extending nearly the depth of the side ; ventral and anal fins dusky, sometimes nearly black. Eyes approximating, situated high on the head, in a line over the angle of the jaw ; first dorsal fin commencing in a line over the up- per third of the pectorals, and ending over the end of the pectoral rays; all the rays spiny and flexible ; the second, third, and fourth, of equal length. _Second dorsal fin taking its origin in a line over the vent and terminating over the last ray of the anal ; the anterior rays shorter than the terminating ones, all branched except the first ; anal fin corresponding to the second dorsal, but commencing a little fur- ther back ; in front of the first ray a small adipose tubercle ; ventrals united so as to form but one fin, placed under the thorax, alittle be- hind the base of the pectorals, the middle rays the longest, reaching to the vent ; pectorals on being reflected reach back as far as the middle of the orbit ; the central rays the longest ; tail slightly rounded 246 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. at the end. Scales large for the size of the fish ; finely ciliated at their free margins and beautifully situated within. Number of fin rays— tcp. Gs 2a D. 11s Pade V. 80 7 oe tO C.. 12 2" Be. This fish was first described by Jenyns from specimens which were supposed to have been taken somewhere off the Essex coast. Mr Jenyns remarks, that it closely resembles the G. minutus, but is more elongated and slender through- out ; greatest depth barely one seventh of the whole length ; snout rather longer ; opercule approaching more to triangu- lar, the lower angle being more cut away, and the ascend- ing margin more oblique ; a larger space between it and the pectorals ; the two dorsals farther asunder ; rays of the se- cond dorsal longer ; these rays also gradually increasing in length, instead of decreasing ; the posterior ones being the longest in the fin, and rather more than equalling the whole depth ; rays of the anal, in like manner, longer than in the G. minutus ; anal and ventral fins dusky, approaching to black in some places, instead of plain white as in G. minutus. Jenyns British Vertebrate Animals. This well marked species of goby is occasionally foundin the Firth of Forth, but is not common; it inhabits similar situa- tions as the minutus, and they are frequently taken together. I have found it in the Solway Firth, and in much greater plenty on the southern coast of England. It spawns in June, and is of little value except as food for other fishes and aquatic birds. Gosius BIPUNCTATUS.—THE DouBLyY-spoTTED Gory. Yarrell. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins nearly contiguous ; first fin with seven rays; a black spot behind the pectorals, and a similar one on the base of the caudal fin. (See Plate XXIX.) THE DOUBLY-SPOTTED GOBY. 247 Description.—F rom a specimen two inches and a half in length. Body rounded, compressed towards the base of the tail; flattened on the summit of the head ; dorsal line nearly straight, slightly raised over the pectorals ; operculum and preoperculum rounded ; under jaw the longest. Colour of the back and sides dark reddish-brown, crossed with dark lines taking opposite directions ; dorsal and cau- dal fins barred with light reddish-brown ; ventral and anal fins white ; lateral line marked by nine or ten light blue spots, placed at equal distances from each other; a large black spot under the second and third rays of the first dorsal fin, partly concealed by the upper rays of the pectorals ; a similar spot at the base of the caudal rays. First dorsal fin commencing in a line over the upper thirds of the pecto- rals, and ending ina line over the vent ; the second, third, and fourth rays the longest, all simple and flexible; second dorsal fin com- mences in a line over the anal tubercle, and ends over the last ray of the anal fin ; the second ray the longest, the rest gradually decreas- ing in height ; all the rays branched except the first ; tail rounded at the end ; anal fin corresponding with the second dorsal, but com- mencing rather further back ; ventrals united together, forming but one fin, all the rays branched except the two first ; the middle rays the longest, reaching to the vent ; pectorals not as long as the vent- rals, reaching as far as in a line under the sixth ray of the dorsal. Eyes placed high on the head ; teeth small and sharp, placed in two rows in each jaw, none on the tongue, vomer, or palatines. Scales large for the size of the fish, finely ciliated at their free margin. Number of fin rays— ' ian oe 32a Datls BP. IS 34 Vol? pcAyat ~C. 12s Bas. This fish was considered by Donovan to be identical with the G. niger of Linnzus, and he figured it as such in his work on the British Fishes; but Mr Yarrell has since very clearly proved it to be a distinct species, differing widely from those found on the British coast, and from the fact of its possessing two conspicuous black spots on each side of the body, suggested to him the characteristic name of b7- punctatus. It appears to have an extensive range, and has been found on the Belfast, Cornish, Devonshire, and Dorsetshire coasts. Dr Johnston has observed it at Ber- wick, and I have repeatedly taken it at the mouth of the Firth of Forth as well as at Largo, on the opposite 948 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. shore. The bepunctatus, independent of external charac- ters, differs widely in habits from the rest of the gobies. It frequents the most rocky situations, where fuci grows in the greatest abundance, and is never found reposing on the sandy bottoms, like the rest of its congeners. It keeps but a short distance from below the surface of the water, appa- rently in a motionless position, assuming, in this respect, much the habits of the Stickleback ; when approached, it gradually lowers itself in the deep, and soon disappears, by making short, though rapid, darts among the fuct which it delights to frequent. This species is easily recognised by having more rays in the first dorsal fin than the other British gobies possess. The G. niger, G. minutus, G. unipunctatus, and G. gracilis, have six rays in the first fin. G. albus* has but five, where- as the G. bipunctatus has seven in that fin. Genus CALLIONYMUS.—LDorsal fins two; ventrals separate, placed under the throat ; body without scales. CALLIONYMUS LYRAt.—THE GEMMEOUS DRAGONET. Specific Characters.—First ray of the first dorsal fin elongated, reaching beyond the last ray of the second dorsal fin. Description.—F rom a specimen seven inches and a half in length. Head depressed, elongated ; snout sharp, very protractile ; body elongated, smooth, without scales; sides rounded. Colour of the head and sides pale yellow, striped and spotted with blue and white of different shades, assuming a sappharine appearance ; vent- rals dark purple; anal and caudal fins bluish-black ; pectorals pel- lucid white ; first dorsal fin beautifully variegated with blue, black, and pale yellow, intermixed with lines of white ; throat dark ; belly cream colour. First dorsal fin commencing a little in advance of the base of * Gobius albus, a new species of British Goby.—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1837. + Callionymus lyra, Linn., Cuv., Jen., Yarr., Penn., Gemmeous Dragonet, Yellow Skulpin, Goudie, Chanticleer. THE GEMMEOUS DRAGONET. 249 the pectorals ; the first ray very much produced, reaching when folded down to the base of the caudal fin. In some specimens this ray does not reach quite so far, but invariably extends beyond the base of the last ray of the second dorsal. The second ray about half as long as the first, the other two rays in that fin rapidly decreasing ; second dorsal fin commencing close behind the first, and ending in a line over the last ray but three of the anal ; the first ray equalling the height of the third ray of the first dorsal ; the last ray the longest, branched at the summit; the rest simple. Anal fin commencing in a line under the third ray of the second dorsal ; the last ray twice as long as the first, and reaching when folded down to the base of the caudal rays ; pectorals pointed, the middle rays the longest, ex- tending to the third ray of the anal ; all branched except the first ; ventrals placed before the pectorals; the first ray about half the length of the last, which is the longest, reaching to the first ray of the anal ; the four first rays branched on one side only, presenting a feather-like appearance. Head one-third the length of the body, caudal not included ; operculum rounded, covered by a membrane which nearly closes the branchial aperture, leaving only a small hole on each side of the nape, close by the origin of the lateral line ; pos- terior border of the preoperculum greatly produced, ending in four strong short spines, two of which are directed upwards, the third points towards the base of the pectorals, and the fourth, which is placed underneath, points towzrds the snout. Most authors state the preoperculum to have but three spines. Eyes rather large, placed high on the head, approximating ; under jaw the shortest. Teeth small and fine, placed in many rows in front of each jaw, none on the tongue, vomer, or palatines ; lateral line prominent, commencing immediately above the branchial aperture, taking a slight curve over the base of the pectorals, from thence passing straight to the tail ; both lines unite at the nape by extending across the occiput to meet with its fellow on the opposite side ; caudal fin rounded at the end ; _all the rays branched except the two lateral ones. Number of finrays— isn. 23.20 D9: Pi 205. V..6: A.9:.C,.9. The Gemmeous Dragonet is an inhabitant of the Medi- terranean, and, according to authors, has been found as far north as off the coast of Norway. Mr Yarrell considers it as not a common fish on our coast. It has been taken on the coast of Cumberland and Belfast, and occasionally in Cornwall. Colonel Montagu considers it rate at Salcombe, on the coast of Devon; yet at Exmouth I found it not 250 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. unfrequent. At one haul of a sean I procured five speci- mens, and have often seen them taken in shrimping-nets, though of small size. It has been obtained at Weymouth and Hastings, and Pennant says it is not unfrequent on the Scarborough coast, where it is taken by the hook in thirty or forty fathoms of water. Dr Neill records it as common in the Firth of Forth, and often found on Had- dock lines. In this latter locality I find them not so plen- tiful as they formerly appear to have been; they are principally confined to the mouth of the Firth, in deep water, especially near the Isle of May; seldom found high up the Firth, although one or two solitary instances have occurred in which specimens were taken at Alloa and Kin- cardine, after strong easterly winds. This fish is said to grow to the length of a foot. Its food, according to Mr Yarrell, is testaceous animals, which are swallowed whole, molluscous animals, and worms. ‘The flesh is said to be white, firm, and of good flavour. Cod, it is recorded, oc- casionally feed on the young. CALLIONYMUS DRACUNCULUsS.*—THE Sorpip DRAGONET. Specific Characters.—First ray of the first dorsal fin moderate ; not extending beyond the sixth ray of the second dorsal. Description.—From a specimen seven inches and a half in length. Body rather elongated, depressed, sides rounded ; head triangular, broader than the body, rather more than one-fourth of the whole length, caudal excepted; snout protractile. Operculum rounded, covered by a membrane which nearly closes the branchial opening, leaving only a small hole, on each side of the nape, close by the origin of the lateral line; preoperculum greatly prolonged behind, terminating in four strong, short, spines, which are said to be capa- ble of inflicting a severe wound ; two of the spines are directed up- wards, the third towards the base of the pectorals, and the fourth placed below pointing towards the snout. Colour of the back and * Callionymus dracunculus Linn., Jen., Yarr., Penn., Cuv. Sordid Drago- net, Fox, Skulpin. THE SORDID DRAGONET. 951 sides, reddish brown, mottled with dark-brown ; belly dull white , ventrals dusky ; pectoral and anal fins white ; dorsals pale uniform brown ; irides yellowish. First dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals ; the first ray the longest, reaching to the third ray of the second dorsal fin ; the second ray nearly of the same length as the first ; the third and fourth much shorter ; second dorsal fin com- mencing close behind the termination of the first, and ending in a line over the last anal ray but three; the first ray of the same height as the second ray of the first dorsal, the seventh and eighth ray the shortest, the last not longer than the first ; all simple except the terminating one which is branched. Anal fin commencing in a line under the third ray of the second dorsal ; the last ray the long- est ; pectorals pointed, middle ray the longest, extending to the third ray of the anal, all branched except the first ; ventrals placed before the pectorals, the first ray not half the length of the last, which is the longest, reaching to the first ray of the anal ; the first four rays branched on one side only. Caudal fin rounded at the end, all the rays branched except the first on each side. Eyes rather large, placed high on the head, approximating ; under jaw the shortest. Teeth small and fine, placed in many rows in front of each jaw, none on the tongue, vomer, or palatines ; lateral line prominent, commencing im- mediately over the branchial aperture, taking a slight bend over the base of the pectorals, from thence passing straight to the tail; on the nape it joins with its fellow on the opposite side, by extending across the occiput ; body smooth without scales. Number of fin rays— is. 4 ; 2d DEO; P20 3-V.'5 5 A. OCLC 10. This species like the last appears to be widely distributed, and is found frequenting the same places. According to Dr Neill it is rather common near the mouth of the Firth of Forth, where it inhabits water from twelve to twenty fathoms deep, and is often taken on haddock lines baited with mussels. I have occasionally seen specimens taken myself from this locality, and off North Berwick and Largo, but it is seldom found higher up the estuary than Inchcolm. Dr Neill, after dissecting some dozens of specimens of Ca/l- honymus lyra and C. dracunculus, and finding the former all milters, and the latter all spawners, came to a conclu- sion that they were male and female of the same species. 952 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. This also is the opinion of M. Valenciennes. Dr George Johnson of Berwick, has, on the other hand, recorded in the third volume of the Zoological Journal, page 336, that he had found a Sordid Dragonet with a milt. Mr Yarrell also considers them as distinct. Mr Couch has observed a certain difference in their habits. “ The Yellow Skulpin,” says Mr Couch, “ prefers deeper water ; whereas the other will often approach the margin of the tide, where I have watched its actions with great interest. They keep at the bottom, among sand or stones, and never rise but to pass from one situation to another, which is done with great sud- denness and rapidity. They possess great quickness of sight, and dart with swiftness when alarmed, though not to a great distance: and J have seen the Sordid Skulpin repeatedly mount after prey, and invariably return to the same spot again. ‘This motion is chiefly performed by the ventral fins ; and the eye is well adapted to the habit, the muscles of that organ being fitted to direct the sight upward but not downwards. ‘They sometimes take the hook, though rarely ; and are much devoured by the larger fish, in the stomachs of which they are often found. ‘They feed cn shell-fish, worms, and molluscous animals.” Mr Yarrell says that, “ in proof of the distinction of the species, it may be stated that the colours of the body and fins are decidedly different ; that in C. lyra the head is to the whole length as one to four; the eyes removed two dia- meters from the end of the nose; the head elongated and elevated ; the distance from the point of the nose to the pos- terior edge of the orbit, and thence to the origin of the first dorsal fin ray, equal; the mouth large; the lateral line pro- minent. In C. dracunculus, the head is to the whole fish as one to five; the eyes but one diameter above the snout ; the liead depressed, strictly triangular ; the distance from THE SEA-DEVIL. 253 the eye to the first dorsal fin ray double that of the dis- tance from the point of the nose to the eye; the lateral line much less distinct, and the mouth only half as deeply di- vided.” In addition to these characters I may add, that in C. lyra the first ray of the first dorsal fin always reaches beyond the last ray of the second dorsal fin; and the last ray of the second dorsal fin is twice as long as the first ray in the same fin; whereas in C. dracunculus the first ray never reaches beyond the sixth ray of the second dorsal and the last ray of the second dorsal is seldom longer than the first ray in the same fin. Famity IX. LOPHIADAZ.—Carpal bone elongated in order to form a kind of arm, which supports the pectorals ; body without scales ; skeleton semi-cartilaginous. Grnus LOPHIUS.—Head broad, depressed ; excessive- ly large in proportion to the rest of the body ; dorsal fins two; ventrals placed before the pectorals, and of a glove- like form. LopuHIus PISCATORIUS.*—THE SEA-DEVIL. Specific Characters.—Head with three long filaments, two of which are placed close behind the upper lip. Description.— From a specimen two feet in length. Head large, broad, depressed, about one-third of the entire length, caudal fin included ; body tapering rapidly from behind the pectorals, becoming rounded towards the base of the tail ; covered with a thin loose skin, very smooth, without scales. Colour of the head, back, and dorsal fins uniform brown, pectoral and caudal darker ; under the throat and belly pure white ; anal fin dusky ; occasionally the whole body is marked with large white spots very much resembling white paint. First dorsal fin small, placed in a line with the base of the pectorals ; the last ray about one-third the length of the first. Second dorsal * Lophius piscatorius, Linn., Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Penn. Fishing-frog, Angler, Wide Gape, Devil-fish, Mirring. 254 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. remote from the first, and much more conspicuous; of a rounded form, the middle rays being rather the longest ; the last ray connect- ed to the base of the tail by a membrane which passes off from its whole length ; anal fin corresponding in form to the second dorsal, but rather smaller, commencing under the fourth ray, and ending a little behind the last ray of the second dorsal; tail rather small, rounded at the end ; ventrals small, very much resembling a glove in form, placed a little in advance of the pectorals. In front of the eyes, a little behind the upper lip, are two long slender filaments nearly the length of the head, the anterior one is furnished on the summit with a small triangular piece of skin, often ofa sappharine appearance, which the fish uses as a bait for its prey ; on the occiput is another filament nearly of the same length, connected at the base witha small membrane, which greatly limits its freedom. Eyes rather small, placed high on the head ; orbits on the upper and posterior borders with four or five bony tubercles, having in front of the two first a number of small bony granulations ; snout in front of each eye, also with two bony tubercles; occiput and cheeks with scattered pro- cesses of a similar kind. Teeth long and slender, capable of easy flexion inwards, but not outwards, placed in two rows in each jaw, those in the outer row being about half the length of the inner ones ; palate and tongue also furnished with teeth with their points direct- ing inwards. Mouth large, allowing of great expansion ; under jaw the longest ; chin, under the cheeks, down the sides to the base of the tail, furnished with a row of short prolongations of the cuticle. Branchial opening under the pectorals, in which situation there is a large sack or pouch from twelve to fourteen inches deep, where the young are supposed by some writers to take refuge in time of dan- ger. Number of fin rays— Ist D.3 ; 2d D. IL; P. 28; V. 5; A. 10; C.8; B 6. This fish, or the Angler, as it was first named by Pen- nant, is sometimes taken the length of five feet, but the more common size is from two feet and a half to three in length. The great resemblance it bears to a frog in the tadpole state, and the peculiar mode in which it procures its food, had suggested the name of Fishing-frog to the earliest writers. It is said by authors to be found in all the seas in Europe; it is, however, a common fish all round the British coasts, and has been found as far north as off the coast of Norway. According to Mr Couch, “ it THE SEA-DEVIL. 255 is very voracious, making little difference what the prey is, either in respect to size or quality. A fisherman had hooked a cod fish, and, while drawing it up, he felt a heavier weight attach itself to his line ; this proved to be an angler of large size, which he compelled to quit its hold by a heavy blow on its head. In another instance an angler seized a conger eel that had taken the hook, but after the latter had been engulphed in the enormous jaws, and per- haps stomach, it struggled through the gill aperture of the angler, and in that situation both were drawn up together. It has been known to swallow the large ball of cork em- ployed as a buoy to a deep-sea line. ‘They are very com- mon in Cornwall, and we are informed that it is not an un- frequent occurrence to take in a trawl-net a dozen at once.*” The long filaments on the upper and anterior part of the head of the angler are supposed to be of service in pro- curing it subsistence. The first filament, according to Mr Bailly, is supplied with twenty-two muscles, so that it has the power of being moved in all directions ; “ The uses to which they are applied are singular. While couching close to the ground, the fish, by the action of its ventrals, tail, and pectorals, stirs up the mud; hidden by the ob- scurity thus produced, it elevates these appendages, moves them in various directions by way of attraction as a bait, and the small fishes approaching either to examine or to seize them immediately fall a prey to the invidious angler.” In the Firth of Forth the angler is frequently taken both with the hook and net, and is common in almost every part of the estuary. Occasionally specimens have been taken in the spirling-nets as far up as Alloa, but beyond that they are scarcely ever met with. The flesh is considered good, par- ticularly that near the tail. * Yarrell’s British Fishes. 256 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. A short time since some fishermen at Queensferry ob- serving the water very much discoloured at a particular spot near the shore, proceeded to discover the cause, and on poking the bottom a few seconds with a long handled mop, found that a sea-devil had taken hold of it with an intent of making it a mouthful, and the fish not being able to ex- tricate its teeth in sufficient time from the woolly substance of the mop, it was hauled into the boat by the fishermen. It measured four feet nine inches in length. Famity X. LABRIDA.—Body oblong, covered with large scales ; dorsal fin one, with the greater part of the rays spinous, and the intervening membrane extending a little beyond their point ; lips thin and doubled back, giving an appearance as if thick and fleshy ; pharyngeal bone armed with blunt teeth; the tail fin of all those inhabiting the British waters is rounded at the extremity. Genus LABRUS.—Preoperculum without dentations ; cheeks and operculum scaly. LaBrus MACULATUS.*—THE BALLAN WRASSE. Specific Character.—Last ray but five of the dorsal fin more than twice the length of the third ray of the same fin. Description—From a specimen fifteen inches in length. Head one-fourth of the entire length, caudal fin included ; body of an ob- long oval form ; dorsal line from the soft part of the dorsal fin to the nape nearly straight, from thence falling gradually to the upper lip ; sides but slightly compressed ; covered with large thin scales, about fifty forming the lateral line. Colour of the head, back, and sides, bluish-green, with an obscure white spot on each scale, presenting a mottled appearance ; belly orange-red ; cheeks greenish, striped with pale red ; dorsal, caudal, and anal fins bluish-green, with pale light blue spots ; pectoral and ventrals orange-red ; in some specimens the whole body, fins included, of a uniform reddish-brown, but liable to great variation in colour. Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the * Labrus maculatus, Yarr., Jen., Penn., Bloch. Labrus tinca, Don. THE BALLAN WRASSE. 257 base of the pectorals, extending down nearly the whole length of the back, to within a short distance of the base of the tail; the first twenty rays short and spiny, nearly all of equal length, with the in- tervening membranes extending beyond their points, in the form of fine filaments ; the remaining portion of the fin, soft and flexible, the rays, which are branched on their summits, being much longer than the spinous ones. Anal fin commencing in a line under the eight- eenth ray of the dorsal, and ending ina line beneath the last ray but four of the same fin; the first three rays spiny, of which the first is the shortest ; the rest of the rays soft and flexible, branched at their summits ; the last but four the longest: ventrals shorter than the pectorals, and placed Lehind the base: pectorals rounded at the end with the middle rays the longest ; operculum rounded ; preoperculum smooth not denticulated, the ascending margin rather oblique ; cheeks and operculum scaly, compressed. Nose pointed ; under jaw the shortest ; lips long and thin, rugose on the under surface and, wh n folded back, having the appearance as if thick and fleshy. Eyes ra- ther small, placed half way between the point of the upper jaw and the posterior margin of the operculum. Teeth stout and conically arranged in two rows in front of each jaw ; the front row in the up- per jaw has eighteen teeth; the same row in the lower jaw has twenty ; in the second row they are small and few, not exceeding eight in number; pharyngeals armed with short blunt teeth ; none on the tongue, vomer, or palatines; lateral line commencing over the operculum, taking a slight bend over the base of the pectorals, running parallel with the dorsal line as far as the last ray but four, where it makes a short bend down, from thence passes straight to the tail ; scales six in number in an oblique row between the middle of the dorsal fin and lateral line; between it and the vent twelve ; between the rays of the caudal fin, half way down, a number of small imbricated scales ; preoperculum without scales ; corners of the tail rounded. Number of fin rays— eee be 15> V6; A. 12; C. 13. The Ballan Wrasse is a rare fish in the Firth of Forth, although found in tolerable numbers in most of the rocky places round the British coast. A fine specimen was sent me by Mr M‘Queen, which was taken in the salmon nets at Hopetoun in the month of August ; it measured seventeen inches in length, and six in depth. I feel myself indebted to that gentleman for his uniform kindness in sending me VOL. VII. R 258 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. many fish of value and interest; the specimen was full of roe apparently in a fit state to be deposited ; perhaps the spawning time of this species is later in the north than on the more southern parts of the coast, since it is stated by Mr Couch of Cornwall, that “ the spawn is shed in April, and the young, scarcely more than an inch in length, are seen about the margin of the rocks in shallow water through- out the suminer.” This fish is occasionally taken at North Berwick with the hook and brought to the Edinburgh market for sale, but the flesh is little sought after, being white, soft, and very insipid. It feeds on crustaceous and testaceous animals. ‘The Wrasses greatly resemble each other in their external form, and their colours being liable to great variation, have created much confusion in the identification of the species. This fish is distinguished by having the soft rays of the dorsal fin about twice the length of the spiny rays; where- as in the rest of the British Labri the soft rays in that fin are scarcely longer than the spiny ones, and frequently of equal length. LaBrus carRNEUs.*—Ture Rep WRassE. Specific Character——Posterior rays of the dorsal fin very little longer than the spiny rays ; body red, with three dark spots on each side ; two at the base of the dorsal fin, and one between the dorsal and caudal. Description.—N ot possessing a specimen of this fish, the following is from the work of Mr Yarrell. Prevailing colour a fine orange-red over all the upper part of the body, becoming lighter as it descends the sides ; all the fins a rich yellow, with a tinge of dark at the edges of the membranes ; part of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin, a fine rich purple, with two spots at the base of the hinder soft-rayed * Labrus carneus, Cuv., Yar., Bloch. Labrus trimaoulatus, Jen., Penn.. Don. Red Wrasse, Three-spotted Wrasse, Double-spotted Wrasse. THE RED WRASSE. 259 part of the same fin, and one of the same deep purple colour still far- ther back at the upper part of the fleshy portion of the tail. Alter- nating with the last three dark spots, are four lighter coloured ones, of a delicate rose colour, which appears to have given origin to the name of Double-Spotted Wrasse. There are occasionally but two dark spots at the hinder part of the body. The length of the head measuring from the teeth to the backward projecting angle of the operculum, is, to the head and body taken together, without includ- ing the caudal rays. as one to three ; the depth of the body and dor- sal fin, equal to the length of the head ; the depth of the body alone in a line with the origin of the ventral fins, is, to the whole length of the fish, as one to four; the scales small. Number of fin rays— Dems b. to: V. GA. 145 C14. The red wrasse, or trimaculated wrasse as it is occasion- ally named, has been noticed by naturalists on the coasts of Cornwall and Devonshire, as well as in the Baltic and on the coast of Norway. Dr Neill has recorded it in the Wer- nerian Transactions, as found in the Firth of Forth. In this locality it is undoubtedly a rare fish, as not a single specimen has yet occurred to me from that quarter. ‘The flesh is said to be good food. Genus CRENILABRUS. Margin of the preopercu- lum dentated. CRENILABRUS TINCA*.—THE ConnonR.. Specific Character.—Base of the tail under the lateral line without ° a black spot ; depth less than one-third of the length; intervening membranes of the dorsal fin without scales. Description.—F rom a specimen five inches in length. Dorsal line slightly curved, falling gradually from the first ray to the snout ; head compressed, more than one fourth of the whole length ; in a speci- men seven inches long, the head is not one fourth of the entire length. Colour of the upper parts, in the region of the back, bluish-green, _ tinged with brownish-red ; side lighter, with longitudinal lines of * Crenilabrus tinca, Yar., Flem. Labrus tinca, Linn., Jen. Ancient Wrasse, Pena. Gilt-head, Connor, Golden maid. nr Q ~ . 260 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. dusky blue ; cheeks bluish-green with longitudinal lines of red ; belly pale ; dorsal, caudal, and anal fins, blue, spotted and streaked with red ; pectorals yellowish-blue without spots or marks. Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the posterior margin of the operculum and ending, the length of the ventral fin rays, from the base of the tail ; the first ray the shortest about one third the length of the pectorals, the rest gradually increasing to the last ray but three of the soft por- tion, the first seventeen rays sharp and spiny, the rest soft and flexi- ble. Anal fin commencing in a line under the fourteenth ray of the dorsal and terminating immediately under the last ray of the same fin ; the first three rays strong and spiny, the rest branched and flexi- ble; the terminating rays, except the last ray, rather the longest ; ventrals placed behind the base of the pectorals, the rays not reach- ing to the vent; pectorals rounded at the end, the upper rays the tongest, reaching as far as in a line under the ninth ray of the dorsal fin ; tail rounded at the end, with all the rays branched except the two or three lateral ones. Hyes placed high on the head, the upper margin of the orbit in a line with the ascending extremity of the pre- operculum. Teeth stout and conical, arranged in two rows in each jaw, the second row very indistinct, confined to the anterior part, about six above and four below, those in the first row, ten above and fourteen below, the front ones longer and stouter than the rest, no teeth on the tongue, vomer, or palatines : opereulum smooth, end- ing in two soft points, directing back over the base of the pectorals ; preoperculum angular, margined with a number of sharp minute points, scarcely perceptible except in the dried state. Scales on the body large and thin, those on the operculum and cheeks smaller ; pre- operculum without scales. Lateral line commencing over the middle of the upperpart of the operculum, taking a slight bend at its origin, fol- lowing the dorsal curve as far as the posterior part of the flexible rays, where it makes an oblique turn down for a short course, from thence passing straight to the base of the middle caudal ray. Number of fin ravs— BD. 245 P. 14; V.6; A. 18 3 :C. 13: This fish has no particular name in the Firth of Forth further than that of wrasse or old wife, and is not distin- guished by the fishermen from the last species, with which they always confound it. On the rocky parts of Preston- pans, North Berwick, Largo, and Burntisland, they are net * unfrequently met with, and, what is singular, they are scarce- ly ever taken with the hook, but mostly found in crab-cages THE CONNOR. 261 and lobster-pots. The largest specimen I have met with does not exceed the length of seven inches and a half, and the stomach of most of those that were examined was filled — with shrimps and small star-fish. The flesh when boiled has a bluish-white appearance with a very disagreeable tarry flavour. They are said to spawn in the month of April. We are informed by Mr Yarrell that this species has much the habits of the goldsinny, and is not uncommon on the Sussex, Hampshire, and Devonshire coasts, and that it has been taken at Londonderry, Dublin, and in Belfast Bay. This fish is distinguished from the last in having the pre- operculum dentictlated, and from the following one in the base of the tail below the lateral line being without a black spot. There are, however, three other British Wrasses that have dentations on the preoperculum, closely resem- bling the present one, viz., Crenilabrus gibbus, C. luscus, and C. rupestris, which, I have no doubt, have occasion- ally occurred on the west coast of Scotland, but have been confounded with C. tinca. C. gibbus is distinguished from C. tinca in being much deeper in proportion to its length, the depth being considerably more than one-third the length of the whole fish ; in C. ¢inca the depth is not more than one third of the length, if so much. C. duscus has the interven- ing membranes of the dorsal rays furnished with imbricated scales ; in C. tinca there are no scales on that part. C. rupes- tris is recognised by having a conspicuous dark spot on the base of the upper part of the tail, and no spot below the caudal extremity of the lateral line ; in C. ¢inca there is no dark spot on the base of the tail either above or below the lateral line. Crenilubrus rupestrisi the same as Lut- janus rupestris of Bloch, and Labrus Cornubicus of Pen- 262 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. nant’s description, but not the Labrus Cornubicus of Jenyns or Crenilabrus Cornubicus of Yarrell, or the Corkwing of Couch. CRENILABRUS CorNUBICUS.*—THE GOLDSINNY. Specific Characters.—Base of the tail, with a black spot, below the lateral line, Description.—F rom a specimen four inches in length. Dorsal line more rounded than in the last species ; head rather more than one- fourth the length of the whole fish ; depth greater than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides reddish-brown, tinged with greenish-blue, marked with twelve or fifteen longitudinal lines of a darker shade ; belly pale orange-red ; dorsal, caudal, and anal fins, bluish green, with spots and stripes of orange-red. Dorsal fin com- mencing in a line over the margin of the operculum, and ending the distance of the length of the ventral fin rays from the base of the tail ; the first ray the shortest, the rest very gradually increase in length to the last ray but one ; the seventeen first rays spiny ; the remainder soft and flexible: anal fin commencing in a line under the twelfth ray of the dorsal, and ending under the last ray but one of the same fin; the first three rays spiny, the rest rather longer and flexible ; ventrals behind the base of the pectorals ; upper rays of the pectorals the longest, reaching down as far as in a line under the ninth ray of the dorsal fin ; tail rounded at the end, all the rays branched except the short lateral ones. Eyes placed high on the head and rather re- mote from the point of the snout. Operculum smooth, ending in a soft flattened point, over the base of the pectorals; preoper- culum angular, finely dentated at the free margin. Teeth [rather small in both jaws, pointing slightly outwards ; scales large and thin, those on the cheeks smaller than the rest ; preoperculum without scales. Lateral line commencing over the operculum, following the curve of the back to the end of the dorsal rays, there taking a short oblique bend down, from thence passing straight to the base of the tail, a large black spot a little below the caudal extremity of the la- teral line. Number of fin rays— D. 24; P.14; V.6; A.13; C. 14. The habits of this species are similar to those of the Wrasses generally, that of frequenting deep and rocky * Crenilabrus Cornubicus, Yar. Labrus Cornubicus, Jen., but not of Penn. Lutjanus Geoffry, Risso. Corkwing, Goldsinny. THE GOLDSINNY. 263 recesses in preference to more open and sandy situations. They feed on small shells and crustacea, which are found in the greatest abundance in those places they inhabit, and on some occasions I have noticed their stomachs filled with vegetable matter, and apparently the roe of other fishes. At Brixham, one of the principal fishing ports on the south coast of Devon, I had an opportunity of witnessing several of these fish taken at the mouth of the harbour, in company with the Labrus maculatus and Crenilabrus tinca, which were in equal plenty. All the specimens were nearly of equal dimensions, not exceeding four inches and a half in length, which appears to be the average size, although on two occasions I observed them considerably larger, one measuring seven, and the other eight inches in length, with the tail-spot well developed in each. Mr Jenyns has ob- served this fish at Weymouth, and I have occasionally met with it in the Firth of Forth, which is the most northern locality in which it has yet been noticed. In the month of August I obtained three specimens in a pool of water at Inchkeith, and at Prestonpans they are now and then taken by small hooks baited with pieces of mussel, their mouths being too small to admit of being taken by the or- dinary sized hook used for sea-fishing. Although I have followed Mr Yarrell in the synonyms of this fish, yet there is little doubt but that it has been confounded by him and other authors with the Goldsinny of Jago, which is the Lutjanus rupestris of Bloch, and Labrus Cornubicus of Pen- nant. Perhaps the mistake first originated with Pennant, who has described the Goldsinny of Jago, and figured the Goldsinny of Yarrell, but forgotten to delineate the tail- spot. Although his description is laconic, yet it is certain it refers to the Goldsinny of Jago, for he says, “ near the tail is a remarkable black spot ; the first rays of the dorsal 264 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. fin are tinged with black,” this last mark decides it, as being one of the characters peculiar to that fish. The Crenila- brus Cornubicus of Yarrell is the Labrus Cornubicus of Jenyns and of Donovan ; the Corkwing of Couch, and the Lutjanus Geoffroy of Risso. This species is readily distinguished by having a black spot at the base of the tail delow the lateral line, a charac- ter which none of the other British Wrasses possess. CRENILABRUS RUPESTRIS.*—J AGO's GOLDSINNY. Specific Characters.—Anterior part of the dorsal fin, as far as the fifth ray, black ; a large black spot at the base of the upper caudal rays. Description.—F rom a specimen five inches in length. Head one- fourth of the whole length, caudal rays included ; depth of the body less than the length of the head; dorsal line nearly straight, falling gradually in front from the nape to the point of the snout ; sides rather compressed. Colour of the head and back yellowish-brown ; sides somewhat lighter ; belly dull white ; the membranes between the first four dorsal spines deep black ; a large conspicuous black spot at the base of the upper part of the caudal fin ; dorsal fin com- mencing in a line over the base of the pectorals and running down the back to within a short distance of the base of the caudal, leaving a space between, about equalling the length of the pectoral rays ; the anterior seventeen rays, strong and spiny, nearly all of equal length, except the first two or three which are rather the shortest ; the posterior rays soft and branched, and longer than those preced- ing, the middle flexible rays being half as long again as the spiny rays, presenting a rounded form to that portion of the fin ; the mem- brane between each dorsal spine terminating in a fine pointed fila- ment; caudal fin rounded, all the rays branched except two or three of the lateral ones, which are simple ; the middle ray as long as the base of the nine first dorsal spines ; pectorals rounded, the fifth and sixth rays the longest, equalling the length of the base of the anal fin ; all the rays, except the first, soft and branched ; ventrals taking their origin rather behind the base of the pectorals ; the first ray stout and spiny, the rest soft ; the longest ray about half the length of the * Labrus Cornubicus, Penn. (Description, not figure.) Lutjanus rupestris, Bloch. JAGO’S GOLDSINNY. 265 head ; anal fin commencing in a line under the fourteenth ray of the dorsal, and terminating immediately under the last ray but one of the same fin; all the rays nearly of equal length, except the three first, which are stout and spiny, and somewhat shorter, the rest soft and flexible, the longest rays being as long as the base of the first six dorsal spines, and equalling the length of the middle flexible rays of the same fin; head in front of the ascending margin of the pre- operculum somewhat of a triangular form; snout pointed; mouth small; jaws of equal length. Teeth, on the anterior part of each jaw, long and sharp, with their points bending slightly inwards ; those behind much smaller and more numerous; eyes moderate, placed high on the head and half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the posterior margin of the operculum ; cheeks, gill-covers, and body, covered with scales, as well as the intervening membranes of the caudal fin, those on the sides being much larger than else- where. Preoperculum angular, the posterior margin finely serrated, the lower border entire ; operculum terminating over the base of the pectoral in a small flattened point, the lower margin somewhat sinu- ous; lateral line placed high up, commencing at the upper part of the operculum, running parallel with the dorsal line as far as ina line under the last ray of the dorsal fin where it takes a sudden bend, thence passing straight to the base of the middle caudal ray ; four seales in an oblique row between the middle of the dorsal fin and lateral line ; along the course of the lateral line, as far as the base of the caudal fin, thirty-seven scales. Number of fin rays— Pees Po Ve Gs AST CO. 14: This species, which was first observed by Mr Jago, on the Cornish coast, has been obtained by Mr Couch from the same quarter, and a specimen of three inches in length is figured in Mr Yarrell’s work on the British Fish, vol. i. page 301, under the name of the Scale-rayed Wrasse. Several examples have since been observed on the Northum- berland and Berwickshire coasts, and specimens are occa- sionally found in the Firth of Forth, washed ashore after strong easterly gales. It is a fish of little value for the table, its flesh, like most of the species in this genus, being soft and insipid. 266 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ORDER Il.—MALACOPTERYGII. All the fin rays soft and flexible, except sometimes the first of the dorsal or pectoral fins. I. ABDOMINALES. Ventral fins placed on the lower part of the abdomen, under the first dorsal fin, or nearly so. Famity I. CYPRINIDA.—Dorsal fin one; mouth small, mostly without teeth ; belly not compressed, never serrated ; intestinal canal short, destitute of czca. Inha- bitants of fresh waters; swimming bladder generally di- vided into two lobes. Genus LEUCISCUS.—Dorsal and anal fins short ; nose without cirri, tail forked. LEuciIscus RUTILUS.*—THE Roacu. Specific Characters.—Body deep, scales large ; anal fin red; base of the tail without a black spot. Description.—F rom a specimen six inches and a half in length. Dorsal line more convex than that of the abdomen ; head one-fifth the length of the whole fish, caudal fin included ; depth of the body at the commencement of the dorsal fin one-fourth the length, as far as to the end of the middle caudal rays. Colour of the back dusky- blue, sides lighter, cheeks and abdomen silvery, irides yellowish ; dorsal and caudal fins pale red ; ventrals and anal bright red; pec- torals pale orange, sometimes dusky red. First ray of the dorsal fin commencing exactly half-way between the point of the nose and the * Leuciscus rutilus, Cuy., Yarr. ; Cyprinus rutilus, Linn., Penn., Jen. THE ROACH. 267 base of the middle caudal ray ; the first ray short, not half the length of the second ; the third ray the longest in that fin ; the rest gradu- ally diminishing in height ; the last ray about the length of the first ; the sixth ray equalling the length of the base of the fin; first two rays simple, the rest branched. Anal fin commencing in a vertical line under the tip of the last ray but one of the dorsal fin, when fold- ed down; the first ray short, not half the length of the second, both simple ; the remainder branched ; the third ray the longest, the sixth as long as the base of the fin. Ventral fins of the same length as the pectorals, arising in a vertical line under the base of the first ray of the dorsal. Pectorals as long as from the tip of the nose to the base of the occiput, the first ray simple, the second the longest in that fin, and, like the remainder, branched at the summit. Eye rather large, the lower margin of the orbit extending below the middle of the cheek ; operculum and suboperculum, taken together, rounded at their free margins ; preoperculum more angular; mouth small ; the jaws nearly equal ; teeth wanting. Scales large, each marked with three or four radiating lines beside concentric ones ; the number of scales forming the lateral line forty-three ; in an oblique row between the dorsal fin and lateral line, seven and a half ; between the lateral line and ventral fin, three and a half. Lateral line commencing over the upper part of the operculum, and taking a descending course below the middle to the base of the tail ; caudal fin deeply forked ; the mid~ dle ray one-third the length of the longest ray in the same fin ; the longest ray equalling the length of the head. Number of fin rays— Pett eer iGs V.95 4.12; €.19; B.S. The Roach is a gregarious fish, keeping in large shoals, and is said to be abundant in all the rivers throughout the temperate parts of Europe. It seldom grows to a large size ; one of three pound weight is considered uncommon, although it is recorded by Pennant to weigh occasionally five pounds. Every summer in the early part of May, im- mense shoals of Roach are observed to leave Loch Lomond, to ascend the different tributary streams for the purpose of depositing their spawn. During this period, which sel- dom lasts more than three days, the rivers are literally swarming with their numbers, giving a fine green appearance to the whole surface of the water. On this occasion, every basket and net in the neighbouring villages are immediately 268 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. put in requisition, and the thousands thus taken afford food. to the villagers for a short period. It is remarked by anglers, that during the time these fish are in the streams, and for a week after their departure, not a trout can be taken either with the minnow, worm, or fly, in consequence of the favourite food being at that time the roe of the Roach, with which the trout gorge themselves to a considerable extent. By Donovan it is supposed, that Roach come up in large shoals from the sea to deposit their spawn, and Montagu expres_ ses his belief, that the Roach could not exist in sea-water at all. To this I may add, that, although the sea is not the natural abode of the Roach, yet, sometimes it is found there, being carried down from rivers or lakes after high floods. In the Solway Firth, I saw in the month of June five examples taken in the salmon-nets, and, I was informed by the fishermen there, that in the early part of the season they frequently captured them after a flood. This fish as food, is little sought after, but is in the best condition for the table in the month of October. It feeds on worms and small insects. The only locality known for the Roach in the neighbourhood of Edinburgh, is the Union Canal, where it was first noticed by James Wilson, Esq. LEvciscus PHOXINUS.*—-THE MInNNow. Specific Characters.—Body elongated ; scales small; base of the tail with a black spot. Description—From a specimen two inches and a half in length. Dorsal and ventral line but slightly convex; head one-fifth of the whole length, caudal fin included ; depth rather less than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides as far as the lateral line, in those which inhabit deep and slow running waters, olive-brown ; belly silvery white, often tinged with yellow ; head dark olive with a * Leuciscus phoxinus. Cuv., Yar., Flem. Cyprinus phovinus. Jen., Penn., Don. Minnow, Bagies, Cumberland. THE MINNOW. 969 dark line extending from the nape to the dorsal fin, from thence to the tail; dorsal and caudal fins light brown; ventrals and anal fin, pale yellow ; sides marked by a broad olive band extending from the eye to the base of the tail. In those which frequent rapid and shal- low streams the back is of a deep olive; sides of a lighter shade, beautifully mottled with black, yellow, green, and white ; belly white, tinged with red; under part of the throat black ; base of the pectorals, ventrals and anal fin, deep crimson ; head dark olive, marked with a number of white elevated portions of the cuticle ; the whole fish is liable to much variation in colour, depending on the period of the season and the places in which it inhabits. First ray of the dorsal fin commencing exactly half-way between the point of the snout and the tip of the long caudal rays ; the first ray short, not half as long as the second; the third the longest in the fin; the sixth as long as the base of the fin, the last about the length of the first ; the first and second rays simple, the rest branched. Caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray half the length of the longest ray ; a black spot at the base of the tail. Anal fin commencing in a vertical line under the last ray but one of the dorsal fin, and answering in every other respect to that of the dorsal. Ventrals arising a little in advance of the dorsal, and extending to the vent; pectorals as long as from the tip of the nose to the posterior margin of the preoperculum ; the first ray simple, the remainder branched, the second longest in the fin. Eyes moderate, placed nearer the point of the snout than to the pos- terior margin of the operculum ; mouth small ; jaws of equal length. Lateral line scarcely perceptible, commencing over the operculum, and taking a descending course below the middle to the base of the tail; scales small, none on the head or cheeks. Number of fin rays— , Daas. 16; V.83 A. 9; C. 19. In the north of Scotland the Minnow does not seem to exist, as not a single specimen was observed by a party of Ichthyologists who lately visited the different lakes and rivers in the county of Sutherland. It is however found in some of the tributaries of the Dee, appearing more plentiful as we advance south. It inhabits all the rivers entering the Firth of Forth, but in the Teith, about fifteen miles above Stirling, it becomes very scarce, although of a larger size than usual, measuring from three to three and a 270 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. half inches in length. The Minnow abounds in great num- bers in some of the rivers in England, particularly in those in the county of Devon, where it is not an uncommon oc- currence, by making small bays, and by the aid of a net, to procure from a peck toa peck and a half of these beauti- ful little fish in the space of an hour. After the month of June when most of them have finished spawning, the males ascend the shallows in large shoals, occupying sometimes the space of several feet in circumference, and giving the water an appearance, with their little white spotted heads, of abed of Ranunculus aquatilis before the buds have fully expanded. These fish are considered good, being sweet and well flavoured, equalling any of the fresh-water fish as food. When a sufficient number can be obtained for a fry, they are in general cooked without being scraped or embowelled, which adds greatly to their richness. Worms and aquatic insects appear to be their principal food, although they are sometimes observed to feed on dead animal matter. Genus COBITIS.—Dorsal and anal fins short ; nose with cirri ; tail even. CoBITIS BARBATULA.*—THE Loacu. Specific Characters.—Snout with six cirri ; nose without spines. Description—From a specimen three inches in length. Body elongated ; dorsal and ventral outline similar ; head one-sixth of the whole length. caudal included ; depth less than the length’of the head. Colour of the back and sides, yellowish-white, beautifully mottled with dark brown ; dorsal, caudal, and pectorals of the same appear- ance ; ventrals and anal nearly plain. First ray of the dorsal fin com- mencing exactly midway between the point of the nose and base of * Cobitis barbatula, Linn., Yarr., Jen., Penn. Loach, Beardte. THE LOACH. oe middle caudal rays ; the third and fourth rays the longest, the last the shortest, equalling the length of the base of the fin; the first two simple, the remainder branched ; caudal fin even at the end, the rays equalling the length of the head. Anal fin far behind the dorsal, the first ray commencing half way between the base of the ventral fin and the base of the middle caudal rays ; the third ray the longest, the last the shortest, as long as the base of the fin, the first two rays simple, the rest branched. Ventrals the length of the anal, placed in a vertical line under the fourth ray of the dorsal, the third ray the longest ; pectorals equalling the length of the dorsal, the third and fourth rays the longest. Snout blunt; lips fleshy; under jaw the shortest ; eyes small, placed high on the head ; barbules six in num- ber, one at each corner of the mouth; two in front of the upper lip, and two immediately behind it. Scales small and adherent ; lateral line commencing over the upper part of the operculum, and running straight to the base of the middle caudal ray ; body invested with a mucous secretion. Number of fin rays— PaeoisP. 11s V.7 5 ALT > C.18 3 Bi. The Loach is found in most of our rivers in England, as well as in many streams in the north of Scotland, and in all the rivers entering the Firth of Forth. It prefers in- habiting streams where the bottom is gravelly and covered with large stones, under which it lurks, and so being often overlooked is sometimes considered scarce. When the rivers become muddy and much increased in size by heavy falls of rain, these fish are found to leave the middle of the streams, and seek refuge under banks and small tufts of grass, where they are taken in nets by anglers and greatly prized as bait for trout. The food of the Loach is aquatic insects and worms; and it seldom moves three inches out of its way to take a bait, however tempting, but seizes it with great eagerness when placed at its nose. This fish is often eaten as a dainty morsel, and by some is said to rival the Minnow as food. It is occasionally preserved in the same manner as Anchovies, and considered superior both in flavour and richness. 979° FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Cobitis barbatulu is very much allied to Betia tenia, dif- fering from it in having no spines in front of the nose ; whereas B. tenia has a large spine just behind each nos- tril. In September last, I rather think that a specimen of Betia tenia came under my observation in the river Teith, as far as I was able to judge through the dense medium in which it was placed, but failed in obtaining it, in conse- quence of the wind being high, and the water discoloured. Famity IT. ESOCIDAl.— Dorsal fin one; mouth large, . with sharp teeth ; intestinal canal short, destitute of czeca; body shaped like the Pike; nearly all possess a swimming bladder. Genus ESOX.—Snout rounded, broad, and depressed ; teeth in both jaws, as well as on the vomer, palatines, tongue and pharyngeans. Esox Lucius.*—'l'HE Pike. Specific Characters.—Kye placed half-way between the tip of the snout and the posterior margin of the operculum. Description—F rom a specimen two feet in length. Body rather elongated; greatest depth less than the length of the head; head one-fourth of the whole length, caudal fin included. Colour liable to much variation. ‘‘ During the earliest stage of its life it is of a greenish hue ; in the second year it becomes grey with pale spots, the latter ultimately acquiring a yellowish colour. Instances have occurred of its being perfectly white.” Dorsal fin placed near the tail, the first ray commencing a little in advance of the vent, the last ray in a line over the eleventh ray of the anal; the middle rays the longest, as long as the base of the fin ; anal fin arising in a vertical line under the seventh ray of the dorsal ; the middle rays the long- est, more than equalling the base of the fin ; caudal fin forked, the * Esox lucius, Linn., Cuv., Yar., Jen.,Penn., Don. Pike, Jack, Pickerell, Luce, Gedd. THE PIKE. 273 middle ray half the length of the longest ray in the same fin ; ventral fins situated half-way between the point of the lower jaw and the tip of the long caudal ray, about equalling the length of the pecto- tals; pectorals as long as from the point of the upper jaw to the middle of the eye; the fifth and sixth ray the longest; operculum and preoperculum rounded ; eyes moderate, placed high on the head, half-way between the point of the snout, and the posterior margin of the operculum ; mouth large, under jaw the longest ; vomer, palatines, tongue, intermaxillaries, pharyngeans, and branchial arches, fur- nished with sharp teeth ; also a row of teeth on the lower jaw, those on the sides much the longest ; cheeks, upper part of the operculum, and body, covered with small adherent scales, invested in a mucous secretion ; lateral line nearly straight, very indistinct. Number of . fin rays— Be tos bo 145° V 405° ART? 2 C219; BIA. This fish is said to grow with great rapidity. ‘ In the first year it is often from eight to ten inches long ; the second year from twelve to fourteen, and in the third year from eighteen to twenty inches in length.” Individuals are re- corded as measuring from five to nine feet in length. They frequently weigh above thirty pounds in the lakes of the north of England ; and Dr Grierson mentions one taken in Loch Ken in Galloway, which weighed sixty-one pounds. The most remarkable pike, however, of which we have any authentic account, is that caught at Kaiserslautern, near Manheim, in 1497, which was nearly nineteen feet in length, and weighed 340 pounds. It was supposed to have been upwards of 235 years old.” The pike occurs in great abundance in Asia and North America, and inhabits almost all the fresh-waters of Europe, but seems to flourish most inthe northernand middle counties It is one of the most voracious and destructive tish in ex- istence ; there seems indeed to be no bounds to its glut- tony, for it devours indiscriminately whatever edible sub- stance falls in its way, and almost every animal it is able to subdue. This fish is not only gifted with strength, VOL. VII. s 274 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and size, but is also adorned with great richness and variety of colour. It is in rivers, lakes, and ponds, that this formidable species is to be found. It is never seen but accidentally in the sea, and Rondelet informs us that such as are taken by chance in the mouth of the Rhine, or in salt pools which border the Mediterranean, are dry, and without flavour. In the Forth they are frequently seen in the brackish water ; and are often observed, off Stirling Bridge basking in the shallows. They are also found in Duddingston Loch and’ Lochend, but few in number and of small size. The pike spawns in, February and March, and deposits its ova on stones and plants; more than one hundred and forty-eight thousand eggs have been counted'in a female of the middle size. ‘* The flesh of the pike is white, firm, savoury, and easy of digestion. It is never very fat, and is, therefore, a suitable aliment for convalescents and other persons who have a weak stomach, especially if it be the flesh of a young fish. Its liver is very good, but its eggs excite nausea, and even violent purging. In some places, it is said, indeed, that their eggs are used as a cathartic.”* Genus BELONE.—Snout attenuated, greatly prolong- ed; teeth in both jaws, none on the palatines or tongue ; dorsal and anal fins entire. BELONE vULGARIs.t—Tue Gar-Fisn. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fin with seventeen or eighteen rays. Description.—From a specimen two feet in length. Body elongat- ed, tapering behind the dorsal and anal fins ; from the tip of the jaws to the posterior margin of the operculum, one-fourth of the whole * Encyclopedia Britannica. + Belone vulgaris, Cuv., Yarr., Flem. sow belone, Linn., Jen., Penn., Don. Gar-fish, Sea-pike, Mackerell-guide, Green-bone, Long-nose, Gorebill. THE GAR-FISH. 275 length ; abdomen bounded on each side by a longitudinal series of large imbricated scales ; cheeks compressed ; head flat on the sum- mit, marked by a number of radiating lines; snout very much pro- duced, ending in a sharp point, slightly raised in front of the nos- trils. Operculum and preoperculum rounded; eyes large, extending below the middle of the cheek, placed nearer the angle of the mouth than to the posterior border of the preoperculum. Colour of the head, back, and sides, bluish-green ; gill-covers and belly silvery- white ; pectorals, ventrals, and anal, pale straw colour; dorsal and caudal dusky ; dorsal fin situated near the tail, commencing in a line over the second ray of the anal, and terminating in a vertical line over the last ray but one of the same fin ; the third ray the longest, the fourth, fifth, and sixth, suddenly diminishing in height, the se- venth as long as the base of the five first rays, the remainder of the rays of equal length ; anal fin commencing a little in advance of the dorsal, and ending a little behind the last ray of that fin ; the first and second rays simple, the rest branched, the third the longest, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth, suddenly diminishing in height, the remainder of equal length ; caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray one-third the length of the longest ray ; ventral fins short- er than the pectorals, situated about the length of the upper jaw from the commencement of the anal ; the first ray broad and simple, the rest branched, the second the longest in the fin ; pectorals of the same form as the ventrals. Body covered with large deciduous © scales ; cheeks, head, and opercle, also with scales ; teeth small and fine in both jaws, as well as on the vomer.* Number of fin rays— Dits- Bois: V.6%3 A..22 5 OC. 16. The Gar-fish has been noticed on the coast of Cornwall, on the Essex coast, and’ as far north as on the shores of Norway and Sweden. It has also been observed on the coast of Ireland, from Cork to Londonderry. It enters the Firth of Forth in large shoals about the beginning of July, in company with the Mackerel, and remains till the end of August ; but is seldom found to ascend the Firth to any dis- tance, but confiningitself principally to tle neighbourhood of the Bass and the May. These fish are caught both with the * Mr Jenyns, in his Manual of British Vertebrate Animals, states that the head and opercle are without scales, and the vomer without teeth. gn j 276 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. net and hook, and are sometimes found on haddock lines, which had been baited with mussels. They are occasionally brought to market, and considered by many persons to be superior to the mackerel as food, being firmer and whiter in the flesh, and possessing much of the same flavour. The bones, which are always green, frequently create disgust. This species is distinguished from the Scomberesox sau- ris, in having the dorsal and anal fins entire, which-in the S. sauris are divided behind into five or more finlets as in the mackerel. Genus SCOMBERESOX.—Snout attenuated, greatly prolonged ; teeth in both jaws, more on the palatines or tongues ; dorsal and anal fins divided behind into finlets. ScoMBERESOX SAURIS.*—THE Saury PIKE. Specific Character.—Dorsal fin with five, and anal with eight spu- rious fins. Description.—*‘ From a specimen fourteen inches and. three-quar- ters in length. Body elongated, considerably deeper for its length than that of the gar-fish ; length of the jaws and head, compared to the whole length of the fish, as one to four; the depth of the body two inches, or, as compared to the whole, as two to seven. Pecto- ral fins small; a keel-like edge, commencing on each side in a line with the low edge of the gill-covers, passes the whole length of the body ; the space between these lines not wider than one quarter of an inch, except where they dilate a little to include or pass outside of the ventral fins ; the dorsal and anal fins placed far back, and com- mence on the same plane ; the dorsal fin with five finlets behind it ; anal with seven finlets behind it ; tail deeply forked ; the two por- tions divided as far as the posterior edge of a scale-like appendage with which the fleshy portion terminates. Cheeks and gill-covers silvery-white ; irides golden-yellow ; pupil rather elongated verti- cally ; upper part of the head and back, of a fine dark blue, lighter on the sides, and tinged with green ; lower part of the sides and * Scomberesox saurus, Cuv., Yarr. Esox sauris, Penn., Don., Jen- Saury Pike, Skipper, Gowdnook, Gofnick. bor A THE SAURY PIKE. 277 belly silvery-white ; all the fins dusky-brown. Number of fin rays— Dp. 9,V ; Polis; V.6; A.11, VIL; C. 19.”—Yarrell. Mr Couch says, that the Saury Pike is common in Corn- wall, and is more strictly a migratory fish than the gar-pike, never being seen in the channel until the month of June, and commonly departs before the end of autumn. “It is gregarious, and is sometimes seen to rise to the surface in large shoals, and flit over a considerable space. When closely pursued by the porpoises, tunny, and bonito, which are their greatest enemies, they will singly spring to the height of several feet, leap over each other in singular confusion, and again sink beneath. Still further urged, they rise again, and rush along the surface by repeated starts for more than a hundred feet, without once dipping beneath, or scarcely seeming to touch the water. More than twenty thousand, by computation, have been seen out of the water at one time.” They have been observed as far north as the Orkneys. According to Dr Neill it is not an uncommon fish in the Firth of Forth, where it is found as high up as Kincardine ; but of late years, not a single specimen has been observed in the Firth. In November 1768, great numbers of these fish were thrown ashore on the sands of Leith after a great storm from the east. It is considered a stupid inactive fish, and is said to be frequently found in the shallows when the tide retires, with its long nose imbedded in the mud. Famity III. SALMONIDA.—Dorsal fins two; the first with rays; second adipose without rays. Genus SALMO.—Branchiostegous membrane with more than eight rays; anal fin with less than twelve rays; gape wide ; teeth sharp and stout; intestinal canal provided with numerous ceca, : 278 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. SALMO SALAR.*—THE SALMON. Specific Characters.—Lower third of the pectorals, as well as the membranes between the three first rays of the ventral fins, black ; middle ray of the caudal fin not exceeding half the length of the longest ray in the same fin ; vomerine teeth confined to the anterior extremity. (See Plate XXXII. Fig. 1.) Description.—From a female specimen three feet and a half in length. The whole fish of an elongated oval form; greatest depth in front of the dorsal fin; head one-fifth of the whole length, cau- dal fin not included; snout rather sharp ; jaws nearly equal ; pos- terior margin of the gill-cover rounded ; preoperculum rather angu- lar; lower margin of the operculum directed obliquely upwards and backwards, in a line with the base of the first ray of the dorsal fin. Co- lour of the back and sides, as far as a little above the lateral line, bluish-grey ; below the line silvery-white, occasionally with blue re~ flections ; summit of the head dark olive-green ; dorsal and caudal fins dusky black; ventrals and anal whitish, with the membranes, be- tween the first three rays of the former, tinged with black ; pectorals behind dusk ; the lower third black ; above the lateral line a num- ber of black scattered spots ; below it, in the region of the pectorals, three spots (few individuals exceed six spots below the line) ; oper- culum with a round black spot (occasionally there are three spots). First dorsal fin placed exactly half-way between the point of the upper jaw.and the base of the middle caudal rays ; the first ray short and simple, not half the length of the second ray, which is also simple ; the rest branched ; the third the longest, not quite equalling the length of the base of the fin ; the last two rays of equal height, exactly half the length of the sixth ray. Second dorsal fin adipose, without rays, placed nearer the dorsal fin than to the end of the caudal rays, and situated in a vertical line over the base of the last anal ray. Tail fin lunated, the middle ray not quite half the length of the longest ray in the same fin. The sixth ray of the anal fin equalling the length of the base of that fin; the first two rays simple, the rest branched ; the third the longest, the last the shortest, about half the length of the sixth. Ventral fin arisingin a vertical line under the base of the last ray but four of the dorsal ; the first ray simple, the rest branched ; the second the longest, equalling the length of the fifth dorsal ray ; the last ray the shortest, rather more than half the length of the long- est ray. Pectorals as long as the base of the dorsal fin ; the first ray simple, the rest branched ; the second and third rays the longest, * Salmo salar, Cuy., Linn., Yarr., Jen., Penn., Flem. THE SALMON. 279 the last the shortest, about half the length of the fourth. Eye placed half way between the point of the snout and the upper corner of the gill-cover ; mouth large ; maxillaries extending back, as far as in a vertical line with the posterior margin of the orbit. Teeth sharp and stout in both jaws, as well as on the tongue, vomer, and palatines ; those on the vomer but two in number, confined to the most ante- rior part ; those on the tongue four (never exceeding six, sometimes only one). Scales on the body large and thin, about 120 forming the lateral line ; in an oblique backward row, between the middle of the dorsal fin and lateral line twenty-one scales; between the middle of the anal fin and lateral line in an oblique row fourteen scales. Late- ral line straight throughout its course, dividing the body, in the re- gion of the dorsal and ventral fins, into two equal parts; cecal ap- pendages sixty-two, seldom or never less than fifty-eight. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 12; P.18; V.9; A. 10; C.19; “Vertebree 60.” The*Salmo salar is the largest species of the Salmonidz, and is said to attain sometimes the weight of eighty pounds or more, but one of half that size in the present age is con- sidered worthy of notice, the average size being from eighteen to twenty pounds in weight. ‘* The common sal- mon inhabits the seas around Great Britain, and extends to the north of Europe and to Asia, but it is not properly as- certained that those found in North America are identical. There is no doubt that the true abode of the salmon is the sea, for as soon as it has entered the rivers, it begins to de- teriorate in condition, the scales lose their brilliant silvery lustre, and the flesh becomes soft and pale; and that they are drawn to the fresh waters by a natural instinct widely implanted by Almighty power, for the purpose of repro- duction, an instinct which enables them to stem the cur- rent of the most rapid waters, to ascend precipitous falls, and to pass through weirs and other obstacles of human art, which no other power could overcome. The necessity of a suitable place being found, in which to deposit their ova, together with the advantage of destroying the marine insects, which infest and torment them, is the principal pur- 280 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. pose of their being made to seek the rivers. Salmon gene- rally delay entering fresh water in great numbers, until the streams become somewhat swollen by rain, although in the large rivers there may be said to be a limited daily run. When the flood has fairly mingled with, and to a certain extent saturated, the estuaries, the run of fish is often very great, especially if there has been a continued tract of dry weather. In the latter case they collect at the mouths of rivers and are often taken in vast numbers; but they do not then attempt an ascent, deterred perhaps by the clear- ness of the stream, or by some instinctive feeling that the waters would yet be deficient to carry them ,through.*” During the continuation of the floods, when the waters be- come discoloured, the fish rush up with the greatest velocity, and make wonderful efforts to surmount cascades and other impediments, by leaping elevations of from eight to ten feet, so as to gain the waters above and pursue their course. The rate at which they travel is supposed to be from fifteen to twenty-five miles daily, and probably at a much greater speed where the waters are deeper and the interruptions less frequent. Having ascended the river to a considerable distance they proceed more slowly, resting for a time in pools by the way, or in some chosen spot where they remain until called forth by that law of nature which compels them to seek the shallows to deposit their spawn. ‘“ As the spawn advances the symmetry of the form is disfigured ; the fe- male becomes disproportionately large, the colours lose the brightness of their silvery tints, and become dull and grey. The male becomes thin upon the back, the nose elongates, ‘and the under jaw turns up in a large and strong hook, which enters a hollow in the nose before the inter-maxil- lary bone. The colours and markings become brown and * Encyclopedia Britannica. THE SALMON. °- 281 red, those on the head and gill-covers being particularly brilliant, and disposed in lines almost like the markings of a Labrus. In this full breeding dress, the male and fe- male» seek some ford or shallow streams, and commence to excavate a trench or furrow. In this the spawn is deposit- ed and impregnated at the same time, and finally covered with gravel by the exertions of the fish. The furrow is generally from six to nine inches in depth, and when the spawn has appeared to be covered beyond that depth, this has occurred from some other circumstances, such as the stream or floods having carried downwards additional masses of gravel, &. After this great effort has been ac- complished, both sexes are reduced to a state of remarkable emaciation. The elongated nose, and hooked jaw, and the brilliant colours, are alinost immediately lost, the old scales are cast, and the fish retire to some pool to regain their strength. They finally redescend to the sea by easy stages, where their former condition and silvery lustre are regained,* their strength invigorated, and all their functions so re- paired as to enable them ere long to renew their visit to the flowing streams, again to multiply their race.”+ Thespawnis shed indifferent rivers, sooner or later, between the month of October and the end of April, and continues covered by the gravel from about a hundred to a hundred and fourteen days, after which it begins to vivify ; and it is probable, under certain circumstances, such as the tempera- ture of the water and the mildness of the season, that the ova may become developed much sooner, or within a few weeks after their deposition. The spawn, if deposited in the commencement of October, will exclude the young dur- * Their silvery lustre is frequently regained before they reach the sea. + Encyclopedia Britannica. 282 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ing some part of January or perhaps earlier, when the fry may be observed a little more than half an inch in length, with a part of the ovum adhering to the abdominal region, which remains about a month attached and then becomes absorbed. At this age the fry are of a translucent, shape- less appearance, the head small and rounded ; the eyes large ; the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins continuous, and the tail rounded at the end. In February they are found one inch in length, assuming more the appearance of a fish ; the head one-fourth the whole length, caudal not included; all the fins separate, with the caudal slightly notched at the ex- tremity ; along the course of the depressed lateral line, are placed from nine to eleven transverse dusky bars, which are as yet obscurely visible. In March they are about two inches in length with the lateral bars more conspicuous, and the tail-fin deeper notched. In April they are seen in the Tweed from three to four inches in length, with the back of a dark blue and slightly spotted ; belly and under the throat pure white ; lateral bars very conspicuous, having a bright red spot placed between each; the sides below the bars are frequently tinged with yellowish-green ; pectorals dusky; ventrals and anal pale straw colour; operculum with one or two large black spots, tinged occasionally with red ; caudal deeply forked. In May they are observed the length of from four to five inches or more, and at the end of that month they perform their first migration to the sea ; they are now of a fine silvery appearance, the back of a deep glossy blue, the cheeks, sides, and belly of a pure silvery-white ; the ends of the pectorals black ; the dorsal and caudal dusky ; ventrals and anal, and the last two rays of the dorsal, white ; the spots on the gill-covers rather ob- scure ; the scales very deciduous, which when removed from THE SALMON. 283 along the sides, bring the lateral bars and the bright ver- milion-coloured spots more distinctly into view ; the mouth small; the maxillary reaching back to beneath the middle of the pupil; teeth m the jaws small and slender ; those on the vomer about twelve in number, extending the whole way. (See Plate XXX.) The spawn deposited in the months of November and December produces fry sooner or later according to circumstances, as before mentioned, and in May following they will be found of various sizes, their growth depending principally on the quantity and qua- lity of food they receive. The spawn shed in February, March, and April, does not appear to produce fry of suffi- cient size to migrate the following May, but they remain in the river all the summer, autumn, and winter, and depart for the sea in about the first week of the May following, with a size of from six to eight and a half inches in length. (See Plate XXXII.) The bright silvery ap- pearance which they assume in this month is caused by the casting off their old dusky scales, and by having them re- placed with a new clear set, which change is very apparent in the second or third week of April, when specimens may be obtained of every intermediate stage ; the same change / takes place in the fry of all the migratory trout. This fact, which is well known to many practical fishermen, seems to have escaped the notice of naturalists generally. After the fry or smolts reach the sea, we lose sight of them for two months or ten weeks, and can only infer their growth from the fact that, after the lapse of that period, we find them again returning to the rivers with a weight of from two and a half to four pounds. They are then known under the name of the grilse or salmon-peal. The body is now long, narrow, and elegantly shaped; the head small; the nose sharp; the gill-covers rounded; the teeth sharp and slender in both jaws, four teeth usually on the tongue, ee ee 284 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and from two to five on the anterior part of the vomer; the colour of the head is of a greenish-blue; the cheeks, gill-covers, and the whole of the body below the lateral line, of a fine silvery-white ; the back, as far as a little above that line, dusky with metallic blue reflections; the pectoral, dorsal, and caudal fins, black ; ventral and anal white; the caudal acutely forked. After they have re- mained a short pericd in fresh water, they lose their silvery lustre, and the ventral and anal fins assume a dusky ap- pearance. During the ensuing winter the most of them spawn, after which they return to the sea, and are taken in the following year from ten to fifteen pounds weight, when they receive the name of salmon. It is the opinion entertained by all naturalists who have hitherto written on this subject, that the fry of the salmon grow to the length of seven inches or more, in less than two months, and that all of them emigrate to the sea the same spring in which they are excluded from the ova; but this theory, I have little doubt, would no longer be found ten- able, were naturalists to direct their attention to the natu- ral growth of these animals, and to examine the young at different periods and stages of growth for themselves, since I have repeatedly ascertained, from personal observation, that a certain number of salmon fry (probably of a late brood) remain in the rivers during the autumn months in com- pany with their congeners,—and being at that period of the year very similar in their external appearance to the fry of the Bull-Trout, the Salmon-Trout, and Parr, have given rise to such divided opinions as to what these small fish really are,—some persons supposing them to be all Parrs, while others again announce them as being the young of the Salmon. Mr Shaw (who has performed some interesting expe- riments on the ova of the Salmon), by keeping salmon THE SALMON. 285 fry in small artificial ponds, and observing their growth, is led to surmise that none of the salmon fry leave the river in which they are hatched until they have acquir- ed the age of two years, and during the whole of that pe- riod he believes their growth to be not more than six inches in length, or three inches for the first twelve months.* Un- der this head, I may here remark that allanimals while placed under confinement, and deprived of their natural food, are found to make but little progress in their growth ; in proof of which, it is recorded in the second volume of Mr Yar- rell’s British Fishes, that a trout about a pound weight had lived for twenty-eight years in a well at Dumbarton Castle, and had never increased in size from the time of its being put in. The kind of food exerts a material influence on the growth of fishes, as mentioned by Mr Stodart in his in- teresting work on the Art of Angling. “ Trout were placed in three separate tanks, one of which was supplied daily with worms, another with live minnows, and the third with those small dark coloured water-flies which are to be found moving about on the surface under banks and sheltered places. The trout fed with worms grew slowly, and had a lean appearance ; those nourished on minnows, which, it was observed, they darted at with great voracity, became much larger; while such as were fattened upon flies only, attained in a short time prodigious dimensions, weighing twice as much as both the others together, although the quantity of food swallowed was im nowise so great.” The natural and most nutritious food of the salmon fry during the months of March, April, and May, is, there is no doubt, flies and the larva of insects, which, in small and recent ar- tificial ponds, are comparatively scarce. Edin. Phil. Jour. for 1836 and 1838. 286 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. The Salmon, although a common fish in the Firth of Forth, is not accounted plentiful when compared with the number that are occasionally taken in the Tweed and in other fishing districts of the north. In some seasons they make their appearance in the Forth in much greater plenty than at others; and when that is the case, it is said, there is generally a diminished proportion ohserved in the rivers of the south. It seems certain that Salmon rove to a con- siderable distance when’ at sea, and that they do not’ uni- versally return to the same stream in which they were ex- cluded from the ova, since numbers are taken in the Firth of Forth which aad been previously marked when fry in the Tweed; and it is probable that, on certain occasions, depending perhaps on the disturbed state of the ocean, they enter the first stream they meet with which seems best to suit their purpose. The Firth of Forth is bordered on both sides with stake-nets, besides other nets and snares of diffe- rent descriptions used for the purpose of! capturing’ salmon. July is the principal month for the run of salmon, when it is not an uncommon occurrence for some of the nets to take from fifty to eighty at each tide successively for a fortnight. Pennant states that a boat-load of Salmon, and sometimes nearly double that quantity, are often taken in the Tweed in a tide, and that some years before he wrote, above seven hundred were taken at one haul of a net. The Edinburgh market is supplied with Salmon from the Firth of Forth until the early part of August, after which they are sent from the Tweed, and, in some seasons, sold at the rate of sixpence a pound. Few persons have been’ able to’ agree as to the precise food of the Salmon, for on opening the stomach seldom any thing but thick mucus is observed to line it. Dr Knox states, that the food of the salmon, while in the sea, consists solely THE SALMON. ' 987 of the ova of various kinds Echinodermata and some of the Crustacea.* But, if we consider the strength of the jaws, the temporal and masseter muscles, and examine the ar- rangement and sizeof the teeth, we should be inclined to infer that it exists on something more solid than the food which Dr Knox supposes; besides, the ova of the Echino- dermata and Crustacea are shed at a period when most of the Salmon have entered the rivers. Mr Yarrell, on open- ing the stomach of a Salmon, found the remains of a Sand- lance. Faber, in his Natural History of the Fishes of Ice- Jand, remarks, that the common salmon feeds on small fish and various small marine animals. Dr Fleming says their favourite food is the Sand-eel. Sir William Jardine says, in the north of Sutherland, they are often taken by a hook baited with Sand-cels. At North Queensferry, the Salmon is said to have been occasionally taken with a fly. In the county of Devon, as well as in Loch Lomond in the north, Lhave taken grilse with the minnow, and the common earth- wormpis a deadly bait for the clean salmon. On dissecting the alimentary canal of several dozen of salmon that were taken in: salt water, I seldom failed in discovering the re- mains of some kind of food in the lower intestine, the sto- mach itself being almost invariably empty. In one out of five I found the remains of crustacea and bones, apparent- ly of the Sand-eel and other small fish. I have repeatedly found the remains of worms and aquatic insects in the in- testines of these salmon: that were taken in rivers and lakes ; but, in those fish which were far advanced in roe, both sto- mach and intestine were observed to be almost invariably empty. . It is mentioned by Mr Yarrell, on the authority of Sir * Trans. Royal Soc. Edin. 288 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. William Jardine, that an angler, whilst fishing in the Tweed, hooked a Salmon that carried away his tackle ; after put- ting on a new set, baited as before with a worm, in ten mi- nutes after he hooked and killed the same fish with the for- mer hook in its mouth. This, adds Mr Yarrell, will either prove extreme voracity, or little sensibility in the parts of the mouth. Salmon, as food, are in the best season from March till August, after which the generality of them become pale in the flesh, soft, and very unwholesome. There is occasionally taken in the Firth of Forth, a small species of Salmon, or rather a variety, which is said to oc- cur more frequently in some of the large rivers further north, where it is commonly known by the name of Nor- way Salmon. Plate XXXII. Fig. 2. It is seldom found to exceed the length of two feet, and much resembles the com- mon Salmon in miniature. The characters agree in every re- spect with those I have given of Salmo salar, excepting that it is of much smaller size ; the dorsal fin rather nearer the head than to the base of the tail; the pectorals and ventrals rounded at the end; the fifth, sixth, and seventh rays being longer in proportion ; the pectoral, dorsal, and caudal fins, dark grey, instead of dusky black; twenty scales in an oblique row between the dorsal fin and the lateral line, and the flesh is not so red or so well flavoured as that of the Salmo salar. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 13; P. 14; V.9; A. 10; C. 20.* Satmo rerRtox.t—TuHeE Bourr-Trovr. Specific Characters.—Lower end of the pectorals dusky ; membranes between the rays of the ventral fins, plain ; middle ray of the caudal * Sir William Jardine and Dr Johnston have also observed the same va- riety of Salmon in the Tweed. + Salmo eriov of Yarrell and Jenyns; descriptions of other authors be- THE BULL-TROUT. 289 fin more than half the length of the longest ray in the same fin ; vo- merine teeth confined to the anterior extremity. (Plate XXXII. Fig. 3.) Description—F rom a female specimen two feet six inches in length. Dorsal line straighter and higher over the shoulders than in a salmon of equal size ; head larger, of a more clumsy make, and the caudal extremity of the body thicker ; snout rather blunt ; jaws nearly equal ; head one-fifth of the whole length, caudal fin included. In male specimens the head is much longer, especially in the spawning sea- son; the elongation takes place in front of the nostrils, and not in the gill-covers. Mr Yarrell’s figure of the Bull-Trout was taken from a male individual, in which the length of the head, compared to that of the body only, is as one to four. Posterior margin of the opercu- lum but slightly rounded, that of the suboperculum rather more so at its inferior part ; preoperculum sinuous, and rather curved at its posterior border ; the line of union between the subopercle and pre- opercle is not so oblique as in the salmon. Colour of the back dark grey ; sides lighter; belly white; dorsal and caudal fins light grey ; pectorals dusky grey at the lower half ; ventrals and anal dull white ; spots above the lateral line numerous, of various forms, extending to the base of the tail, those below the line about thirty, rather smaller, and not extending to the anal fin; no spots over the shoulders or on the dorsal line ; opercle with three round spots, and one on the pre- opercle. During the spawning season the male fish assumes a red- dish-brown appearance, and if it remains any length of time in fresh “water the ventral and anal fins become dusky, and the whole fish of a darker colour. First dorsal fin situated half-way between the point of the snout and the base of the middle caudal rays; the first ray short and simple, not half the length of the second, which is also simple, the rest of the rays branched, the third the longest, as long as the base of the fin, the last two of equal length, exactly half the length of the fourth ; second dorsal fin adipose, without rays, situated in a vertical line over the base of the last anal ray; caudal fin even at the end, the middle ray considerably more than half as long as the long- est ray in the same fin; the sixth ray of the anal fin equalling the length of the base of that fin, the first two rays simple, the rest branch - ed, the third the longest, the last the shortest, about half the length of the fifth ; ventral fins arising in a vertical line under the last ray but six of the dorsal ; the first ray simple, the rest branched, the second ing too short to form any idea as to what species or variety they allude. in the Firth of Forth the young of this fish is named Sea-Trout ; at Kelso, far up the Tweed, it is called Whitling, which is not the Whitling at Ber- wick. VOL. VII. T 990 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and third of equal length, as long as the third dorsal ray, the last the shortest, considerably more than half the length of the longest ray ; pectorals much longer than the base of the dorsal fin, and of the same length as the long caudal ray ; the first ray simple, the rest branched, the second and third the longest, the last the shortest, about half the length of the seventh ray. Eye placed half-way between the point of the snout, and the upper corner of the gill-cover ; mouth large ; jaws nearly equal ; maxillaries extending back as far as in a line with the posterior margin of the orbit. Teeth stont and sharp in both jaws, as well as on the tongue, vomer, and palatines ; those on the vomer four in number, confined to the most anterior part ; those on the tongue four, never exceeding eight. The vomerine teeth in young fish less than nine inches in length, are from nine to twelve in number, extending far back (See Plate XXX), and which disap- pear as the fish increases in age. Scales large and strong, twenty- two in an oblique row backward, between the base of the middle ray of the dorsal fin and the lateral line ; lateral line straight, pass- ing down the middle of the side to the base of the tail; cecal ap- pendages fifty-four ; flesh pale yellow. Number of fin rays— Est D210 5 PPIs Vise A. 1OC: 19. | This migratory species of trout, when fully grown, leaves the sea about the end of July to enter the fresh-water streams, where it deposits its spawn in the months of Oc- tober, November, and December, and after this law of Na- ture is fulfilled, it, like the salmon, returns again to the sea. During the spawning season, the males become of a brownish-red colour on the back, the spots shew themselves more vividly, and the vertical elongation of the lower jaw becomes developed similar to that observed in the male sal- mon at the same period, but not to such an extent. The weight that this fish attains to, is from twenty to five-and.. twenty pounds, and sometimes more, as a fine example was taken a few years since in the Newby stake-net in the Sol- way Firth, that exceeded the weight of twenty-eight pounds. It was sent to the Carlisle market, where it received an in- different sale, as the flesh when cut exhibited a coarse chalk- white appearance ; the red fleshed trout, as food, receiving THE BULL TROUT. 291 ‘at all times the preference. Of the Bull Trout of Yarrell there appear to be numerous varieties, differmg, however, not sufficiently from one another to be considered by ichthye- logists as deserving to rank as distinct species. The Bull- Trout, when about nine inches in length, has the caudal fin acutely forked ; the middle rays elongating with the growth of the fish, and the fin ultimately becoming even at the end. When the fish reaches the length of twenty inches, the mid- dle ray of the tail is more than half the length of the long- est ray of the same fin, whereas the same ray in the salmon is never half as long as the longest ray of that fin at any age, a character that may be strictly depended on. Mr Yarrell places much dependence, as a character, on the formation of the subopereulum, and its line of union with the operculum compared to the axis of the body of the fish. In some examples I have recognised this character, but in others I have found it to vary too much to form a uniform mark of distinction. In the Firth of Forth I have met with the following varieties of Salmo Eriox :— (Plate XXXII. Fig. 4.—Salmon-spotted Bull-Trout.)—Length twenty-seven inches; female ; four teeth on the anterior part of the vomer ; basal margin of the operculum very oblique ; tail even at the end, six spots below the lateral line, twenty-eight above it; flesh red ; czeca fifty-four. Salmon-Trout of the Firth of Forth, Solway Firth, and at Berwick-upon-Tweed ; in the latter locality it is fre- quently named Whitling. (Plate XX XIII. Fig.5.—Few-spotted Bull- Trout.—Length twenty- five inches ; female ; two teeth on the anterior part of the vomer ; suboperculum very narrow ; basal margin of the operculum oblique, in a line with the summit of the first dorsal ray ; preoperculum sinuous ; tail slightly forked ; no spots below the lateral lie, and only four obscure ones above it; flesh deep red, ceca fifty-five. Salmon-Trout of the Firth of Forth, Solway Firth, and Tweed, rather rare. (Plate XXXIII. Fig. 6.—Thickly-spotted Bull-Trout—Length twenty-four inches ; female ; one tooth on the vomer ; suboperculum narrow, produced at its upper and posterior margin ; preoperculum TR 292 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. slightly sinuous ; basal margin of the operculum oblique, in a line with the base of the first dorsal ray; tail even at the end; spots large, irregular, many of a square form ; forty-two below the lateral line, about one hundred and eighty above it; flesh pale yellow ; ceca forty-eight. Bull-Trout of the Firth of Forth, Solway Firth, and Tweed, not common. : (Plate XXXIII. Fig. 7.— Large-headed Bull-Trout.) —Length twenty-six inches; male; three teeth on the anterior part of the vomer ; tail even at the end; suboperculum large ; basal margin of the operculum very oblique ; preoperculum sinuous ; spots large, many of a square form, eighteen below the lateral line, and ninety above it; flesh pale yellow; ceeca fifty. Bull-Trout of the Firth of Forth, Solway Firth, and Tweed, frequent. (Plate XXXIII. Fig. 8.—Curved-spotted Bull-Trout.)—Length twenty-seven inches ; female ; three teeth on the anterior part of the vomer ; tail even at the end ; operculum and suboperculum narrow ; preoperculum slightly sinuous; basal margin of the operculum very oblique ; flesh deep salmon colour, rich, and well flavoured. Rare in the Firth of Forth, scarcely known in the Solway Firth, but com- mon in the Tweed at Berwick, where it is named Whitling, and is seldom found to ascend more than five miles up the river; beyond that the fishermen call the young of the Bull-Trout, Whitling, for want of knowing the true Whitling. It is supposed that these fish deposit their spawn not far from brackish water, and that the young enter the sea a week or more before their congeners. One of two feet in length is of a very unusual size, the average length being about eighteen inches. A specimen now before me of seventeen inches in length, presents the following description. Shape much re- sembling the salmon ; greatest depth a little in front of the dorsal fin ; head one-fifth the whole length, caudal fin not included. Co- lour of the back, dark glossy blue ; sides lighter ; belly silvery-white ; dorsal and caudal fins dark ; ventrals and anal white ; pectorals at their free ends nearly black, the base smoky blue ; spots of the form _ of an Italic @; ten below the lateral line and about seventy above it. Basal margin of the operculum oblique; preoperculum rather sinuous ; three teeth in front of the vomer, four on the tongue, thirty on the upper jaw, eighteen on the lower, and nine on each of the palatines. First dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the snout and the base of the tail ; adipose fin nearer the end of the tail than to the first dorsal ; caudal fin sinuous, the middle ray rather more than half the length of the longest ray in the same fin. Ven- trals placed in a vertical line under the last ray but four of the first dorsal. Pectorals rather more than the length of the base of the dorsal. Scales twenty-two in an oblique row between the base of the THE BULL TROUT. 993 middle dorsal ray and lateral line; ceeca fifty-four. Number of fin rays—Ist D. 12; P.12; V.9; A. 10; C. 18. (Plate XX XIII.*—Salmon Bull-Trout. )}—Length eighteen inches ; female ; three teeth on the anterior part of vomer; operculum rounded ; suboperculum rather large, its line of union with the operculum, oblique ; back bluish-black ; pectorals dusky ; caudal dark at the margin ; spots having the form of x ; flesh deep red ; ceeca fifty-four. Number of fin rays—D. 11; P.138; V.9; A.10; C.20. Salmon- Trout of Firth of Forth, Solway Firth, and Tweed, frequent; at Berwick it is occasionally named Whitling. (Plate XXXIV. Fig. 9.—Crescent-tailed Bull-Trout.)—Length twenty-two inches ; female; one tooth in front of the vomer ; tail tunate ; gill-cover rounded ; suboperculum narrow ; the basal margin of the operculum very oblique and much curved; preoperculum slightly sinuous ; spots large and distinct, of various forms, thirty- seven below the line, and about eighty above it; third ray of the dorsal fin as long as the base of that fin ; all the fins as long in pro- portion ; flesh red ; twenty-six scales in an oblique row between the base of the middle ray of the dorsal fin and lateral line ; ceca fifty. Bull-Trout of the Firth of Forth rare. (Plate XXXIV. Fig. 10.—Norway Bull-Trout.)—Length twenty- two inches ; female ; body much elongated ; five teeth in front of the vomer; caudal fin slightly forked ; operculum and suboperculum very large, slightly produced behind ; basal margin of the operculum rather oblique, in a line with the middle of the dorsal fin; preoper- culum rounded, not sinuous; spots large and round ; seven below the line, and twenty-two above it; flesh yellow; ceca fifty-two. Norway-Trout of the Firth of Forth, very rare. SALMo TRUTTA.*—SALMON- LT RovT. Specific Characters.—Vomerine teeth not confined to the anterior extremity, but extending far back ; sides with X-shaped spots ; tail more or less forked. (See Plate XXXIV. Fig. 11.) Description.—F rom a female specimen twenty-five inches in length. Form resembling more the salmon than that of the bull-trout ; nose rather pointed ; head one-sixth of the whole length ; caudal fin in- cluded ; greatest depth a little in front of the first dorsal. Colour of the back bluish-black ; sides lighter, of a fine glossy blue ; belly, anal, and ventral fins white ; head dark greenish-blue ; cheeks and gill- covers light steel-blue ; spots on the sides numerous, having the form of the letter X ; about a hundred below the line, and about one hun- dred and twenty above it ; nine spots on the gill--cover, of a rounded * Salmo trutta, Yarr., Jen. f , Se mt ij i 294 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. form ; dorsal and caudal dusky, as well as the inner surface of the pectorals. First dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the nose and the base of the long caudal ray ; the first and second rays simple, the rest branched ; the third the longest, as long as the base of the fin ; the last ray exactly one-half the length of the fifth ; adipose fin situated in a vertical line over the base of the last anal ray, and mid-way between the last dorsal ray and the tip of the tail. Caudal fin slightly forked, the middle ray a very little more than half the length of the longest ray in the same fin. The third ray of the anal fin the longest, equalling the length of the same ray in the first dorsal fin; the last ray one-half the length of the fifth; the sixth as long as the base of the fin. Origin of the ventrals in a vertical line with the last ray but six of the first dorsal ; the second ray the long- est, equalling the length of the base of the dorsal. Pectorals point- ed, the second and third rays the longest, nearly equalling the length of the long caudal ray ; the last ray one-half the length of the eighth. Gill-cover slightly produced behind ; suboperculum rather narrow ; basal margin of the operculum oblique, in a line with the base of the first ray of the dorsal; preoperculum slightly sinuous. Jaws nearly equal ; the end of the maxillary in a vertical line with the posterior margin of the orbit. Teeth stout and sharp ; forty-four in the upper jaw, twenty-four in the lower, twelve on each palatine, and eight on the vomer. Scales thin, twenty-two in an oblique row between the base of the middle dorsal ray, and the lateral line ; flesh red; ceca fifty-one. Number of fin rays— Aste adic: Prda V edlOR VAL LOE CS19, ~The migratory species of trout (not including the sal- mon), when young, as far as I have been able to ascertain, cannot be distinguished with certainty one from another ; therefore, in speaking of their habits, they must necessarily be described together. The spawn, which is shed in Octo- ber, November, and December, begins to vivify in March and April, or sometimes sooner, depending greatly on the mildness of the spring, and the period in which the eggs are deposited. In June, we observe the young sporting about in the shallows, from two to three inches in length. In August, September, and October, they are taken by an- glers, from four to five inches long, under the name of hep- THE SALMON-TROUT. 295 pers or parrs.* At this age they assume a beautiful ap- pearance; the back and sides, as far as the lateral line, are of a dusky brown colour, marked with a number of small dark spots ; the lateral line crossed with from eight to nine, and sometimes ten, transverse bluish bands, with an orange- coloured spot placed between each ; the head brownish- green; the gill-covers with one er two Jarge dark spots tinged with red ; ‘belly white; ventrals and anal fins inclin- ing to yellow, as well as the pectorals which are rather darker ; dorsal fin slightly spotted, with the summit of the anterior part dusky; vomerine teeth about twelve in num- ber, extending far back ; caudal fin deeply forked. In De- cember, these fish are seen somewhat larger, and about the end of May or the early part of June following, the greater part make their first migration to the sea, when they are observed; on an average, from five and a half to eight inches in length, assuming a silvery appearance, with their anal and ventral fins white, and the pectorals dusky at their tips. (See Plate XX XI.) Those fry which remain in the river after the month of June, soon become in excellent condition. After they have remained in the sea for about two months, we find them, on their return to the rivers, measuring from ten to twelve inches in length, when they are known under the name of Herlings or Whitlings (Salmo albus of Dr Fleming). At this period they assume a different aspect ; the back becomes of a dusky blue ; the sides silvery, mark. ed with a few obscure dark spots, principally in the region of the pectorals.. Some examples’ are without spots, pre- senting at the same time a fine silvery appearance, from "These fish are not the Parrs (§. salmulus) of ichthyologists, although closely resembling them. Dr Fleming, however, considers them identical ; probably owing to his never having had an opportunity of examining an adult specimen of §. salmulus. 296 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. which circumstance they seem to have received the name of Whitling. The lateral bands and orange-coloured spots are no longer visible; the gill-cover spot is almost oblite- rated; the tail still remains deeply forked ; the pectorals become dusky, and in some specimens assume a yellow ap- pearance, when they are named orange fins. The vomerine teeth are from nine to twelve in number, and in about one example out of twenty, only three of these teeth are percepti- ble, and then confined to the most anterior part (probably the young of some of the varieties of Eriox); the head is small; the nose sharp ; the back, over the shoulders, thick ; and the form of the body elegantly shaped. After they enter the rivers, and have remained there a short time, they lose their silvery appearance, the spots become more apparent, the ven- tral and anal fins become dusky ; the flesh, which previously had a reddish tinge and a delicate flavour, now becomes white and insipid, and the whole fish soon assumes a lank and unwholesome appearance. In this condition, on their return again to the sea, in the months of January and Feb- ruary, numbers are taken in the Forth above Stirling, as well as in the Tay, and sent to the Edinburgh market, where they are named Lammasmens, and are sold at the rate of about sevenpence per pound. When they have recruited them- selves by a short absence at sea, and regained their former symmetry and silvery hue, they visit us again in June on their return to the rivers as before, with a length, on an average, of eighteen inches. ‘They now receive the provin- cial names of Sea-T'rout, Salmon-T'rout, White-T'rout, and Whitlings, according to their form, or their external mark- ings. The caudal fin at this period becomes less forked, the middle rays more lengthened in proportion, and in some examples nearly even at the end. The number of vomerine teeth at this age are also uncertain, varying from THE SALMON-TROUT. 997 three to nine; nor is it possible to distinguish §. trutta by the teeth only, from some of the varieties of Evriox, at least not before the fish has reached the length of twenty inches, when it will be found that S§. trutta has retained from seven to nine of these teeth, and that §. evtow and va- rieties have lost all except a few, and those confined to the most anterior extremity. They have now arrived at that age to reproduce their species in the months before men- tioned, although it is said by fishermen that they spawn on their first visit to the rivers, but I have not as yet been able to detect in them roe of sufficient size to lead me to that conjecture. Independent of the statements of naturalists of high au- thority, who assert that the Herling (Salmo albus of Dr Fleming) is a distinct species, I cannot but agree with Mr Yarrell and Mr Jenyns, in supposing it as nothing more than the young of some of the migratory trout. Witha view of ascertaining this fact, I remained several weeks on the banks of the Solway Firth, where I had an opportunity of inspecting several hundred specimens as soon as they were taken from the nets. After carefully dissecting two hundred specimens, and finding them to differ exceedingly from one another in their anatomical structure, in the num- ber of scales, in the colour of the flesh, and in the form and arrangement of the lateral spots, I came to the conclusion that they were not a distinct species, but the young of dif- ferent species or varieties of trout, which, if allowed to re- main uncaught, would ultimately increase to six, seven, or even eight pounds in weight. 298 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. SALMO SALMULUS.*—THE Parr. Specific Characters.—Teeth extending the whole length of the vo- mer ; middle ray of the caudal fin not half the length of the longest ray of the same fin; fifth ray of the pectorals the longest. (See Plate XXX. Description.—From a specimen eight inches in length. Head more than one-fifth of the whole length, caudal included ; depth be- tween the dorsal and ventrals, less than the length of the head ; gill- covers slightly produced at the posterior margin ; basal line of union of the operculum oblique; preoperculum rounded at its inferior border. Jaws nearly equal; posterior extremity of the maxillary bone ina line under the middle of the pupil. Colour of the back and sides olive-brown, marked by a number of round dark spots ; pectoral, dorsal, and caudal fins dusky ; ventralsand anal rather lighter ; operculum with a large dark spot placed in the centre, and another at the posterior inferior angle ; sides with eight or nine broad trans- verse bands, with an orange-coloured spot between each. First dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the upper jaw, and a little beyond the base of the centre caudal ray ; the first and se- cond rays simple, the remainder branched, the fourth the longest, rather more than equalling the base of the fin; the last ray about one-half the length of the fifth ; adipose fin situated in a line over the base of the last ray of the anal fin, and half-way between the dorsal, and the centre of the middle caudal ray. Caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray not half the length of the longest ray in the same fin; the fourth ray of the anal fin the longest, equalling the length of the sixth ray in the dorsal fin ; the last ray one-half the length of the fifth, the seventh ray as long as the base of the fin. Origin of the ventral fins in a vertical line under the last ray but six of the dorsal, the fourth ray the longest, more than equalling the base of the dorsal fin. Pectorals rounded at the end, the fifth ray the longest, more than equalling the longest ray of the caudal fin, and as long as the space between the base of the ventral fin and the ori- gin of the first ray of the anal. ‘Teeth small and sharp, forty-eight in the upper jaw; and twenty in the lower; twelve on each pala- tine ; six on the tongue, and twelve on the vomer ; scales small and adherent: flesh white. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 12; P.18; V.8; A.10; C.19; ceca 42, but liable to great variation in their number. * Salmo salmulus, Penn., Jen., Yarr., Jar. The largest specimen I have met with, measures nine inches and a quarter in length. It was taken in the North Esk, Forfarshire, September 1835, by James Wilson, Esq. THE PARR. 299 If we compare a young Salmon of eight inches in length with a Parr of equal size, both taken from the same river in the month of May, we shall find them to differ in the following respects. (See Plate XXX.) The form of the Salmon is long and narrow, the snout pointed, and the cau- dal fin acutely forked; the body of the Parr is thick and clumsy, the snout broad and blunt, and the caudal fin much less forked. ‘The operculum of the Salmon is beau- tifully rounded at its posterior margin, with the basal line of union with the suboperculum much curved ; in the Parr this part is rather produced, with the line of union nearly straight. In the Salmon the maxillary is short and nar- row; in the Parr it is longer and broader, particularly at the posterior free extremity. The teeth of the Salmon are long and fine, when recent, easily bent ; those of the Parr are shorter and stouter, and resist much greater pressure. In the Salmon the pectoral fin is short, not quite one-seventh part the length of the whole fish, with the fourth ray the longest ; the same fin in the Parr is very long, not quite one-sixth part the length of the whole fish, with the fifth ray the longest, giving a form to the fin totally different from that of the Salmon. (See Plate XXXIV.) The pec- toral, dorsal, and caudal fins in the Salmon are black; those fins in the parr are dusky. The flesh of the Salmon is delicate and pinkish, the bones rather soft, and the coats of the stomach thin and tender; the flesh of the Parr is white and firm, the bones stout and hard, and the coats of the stomach and intestines thick and tough. It is generally supposed that those small fish from Pd to five inches in length, which are found so plentiful in many rivers during the autumn months, and which are marked on the sides with from ten to eleven transverse dusky bands, and a black spot on each gill-cover, are either all parrs or the young of the salmon. But from a minute 300 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. é examination of several hundred of these fish taken in vari- ous rivers in England and Scotland, I am induced to con- sider them as not all of one species, but the young of vari- ous species or varieties of migratory trout, in company with the young of the salmon, with the Salmo salmulus or parr, and with different varieties of the common fresh-water trout ; all of which have received the names of Heppers, Brandlings, Samlets, Fingerlings, Gravellings, Laspings, Skirlings, and Sparlings. The parr is said to be an abundant species in all the clear running streams in England, Wales, and the north of Scot- land; but in the last-named country it begins to decrease, so as to become comparatively rare towards the north. Sir William Jardine, whose authority stands high as a natu- ralist, and who is known to have devoted much attention to the natural history of the fresh-water fishes, states ‘ that the difference of opinion among ichthyologists, or rather the difficulty which they appear to have in forming one, whether this fish is distinct, or only the young of some others, has rendered the solution of it interesting. The greatest uncertainty, however, has latterly resolved itself into whether the parr was distinct, or a variety, or young, of the trout, S. fario ; with the migratory salmon it has no con- nection whatever.” : «“ Among the British Salmonide, there is no fish whose habits are so regular, or the colours and markings so con- stant. It frequents the clearest streams, delighting in the shallower fords or heads of the streams, having a fine gra- velly bottom, and hanging there in shoals, in constant acti- vity, apparently day and night. It takes any bait at any time with the greatest freedom ; and hundreds may be taken when no trout, either large or small, will rise, though abundant among them. That part of its history THE PARR. 301 only which is yet unknown is the breeding. Males are found so far advanced as to have the milt flow on being handled ; but at that time, and indeed all those females which I have examined, had the roe in a backward state : and they have not been discovered spawning in any of the shallow streams or lesser rivulets, like the trout. *‘In the markings they are so distinct as to be at once separated from the trout by any observer. The row of blue marks which is also found in the young trout, and in the young of several Salmonide, in the parr are narrower and more lengthened. The general spotting seldom ex- tends below the lateral line, and two dark spots on the gill- cover are a very constant mark. Ona still closer compari- son between the young trout and parr of similar size, the following distinctions present themselves :—The parr is al- together more delicately formed ; the nose is blunter; the tail more forked, but the chief external distinction is in the immense comparative power of the pectoral fin ; it is larger, much more muscular, and nearly one-third broader ; and we at once see the necessity for this great power, when we consider that they serve to assist in almost constantly sus- pending this little fish in the most rapid streams. Scales of the parr, taken from the lateral line below the dorsal fin, were altogether larger, the length greater by nearly one- third, the furrowing more delicate, and the form of the ca- nal not so apparent, or so strongly marked, towards the ba- sal end of the scale. ‘The greater delicacy of the bones of the parr is still kept up very distinctly. The operculum forming the posterior edge of the gill-cover is much more rounded than in the trout, approaching in this respect to the salmon ; in the trout the lower part is decidedly angu- lar. The interoperculum in the parr is longer and nar- rower, The maxillary bone is broader at the posterior cor- 302 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ner, but much shorter in the parr; the vomer is much weaker ; the bones or rays of the gill-covers are longer and much narrower than those of the trout. The teeth of the parr are smaller ; the bone of the tongue longer, weaker, and not so broad ; the under jaw much weaker, and the distance between the two sides of the under jaw, in the parr, about one-third less. These are the most conspicu- ous distinctions, but every bone varies ; and not in one only, but in many specimens which I have lately examined, the distinctions were the same, and at once to be perceived. In this state, therefore, I have no hesitation in considering the parr not only distinct, but one of the best and most con- stantly marked species we have, and that it ought to re- main in our systems as the Salmo Salmulus of Ray.”* “ Dr Heysham, at different times and seasons opened and examined three hundred and ninety-five parrs, or s1m- lets as they are called at Carlisle, and found one hundred and ninety-nine males, and one hundred and ninety-six fe- males ;” and J. C. Heysham, Esq. sent Mr Yarrell a speci- men measuring seven inches in length, having both lobes of roe in a forward state. “It is the opinion of Dr Heysham of Carlisle, that the old samlets begin to deposit their spawn in December, and continue spawning the whole of that month, and perhaps some part of January. As this season of the year is not favourable to angling, few or no observations are made du- ring these months. As soon as they have spawned, they retire, like the salmon, to the sea, where they remain till the Autumn, when they again return to the rivers. The spawn deposited by the old samlets in the sand, begins to exclude the young or fry according to the temperature of the season, either in April or May. The young samlets * Sir William Jardine, Bart., Edin. New Phil. Jour. Jan. 1835. THE PARR. 303 remain in the rivers where they were spawned during the whole of the spring, summer, and autumn, and do not ac- quire their full size till the autumn, about which time the old ones return from the sea. Hence it is evident that, al- though there are samlets of various sizes in the spring and fore part of the summer, there will be no very large ones till the autumn, when the young ones have nearly acquired their full size, and the old ones have returned to associate with their offspring. If the weather be mild and open in January and February, samlets are taken when retiring to the sea with empty bellies, and in a weak emaciated condi- uion. In short, we see samlets of various sizes ; we see them with. milt and roe in various stages, and we see them per- fectly empty ; all which circumstances clearly prove that they are a distinct species.”* It has often been asserted, in corroboration of the parr being the young of the salmon, that numbers are to be ta- ken below the falls of the Clyde, but none above it. Last summer I had an opportunity of examining several dozen of these fishes, which were taken below the falls, in the month of July, and not a parr (S. salmulus) was among them ; all proved to be the young of the migratory trout, with the exception of three which were the young of the salmon. Practical fishermen, from not being acquainted with the characters by which the parr is distinguished from its con- geners, have frequently confounded it with the young of the salmon, the badll-trout, the salmon-trout, and the com- mon fresh-water trout; all of which, during the autumn months, very much resemble each other in their external markings. There is still great doubts as to the parr being a migra- *VYarrell’s British Fishes. 304 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. tory species, since no instance has been recorded of its cap- ture in the sea. Nor does it appear to me to be so com- mon a fish as is generally considered. Its habits require further investigation. SALMO FARIO.*—THE Common TRrRovtT. Specific Characters.—Vomerine teeth extending the whole way ; middle ray of the tail more than half the length of the longest ray in the same fin; body marked more or less with red spots. (See Plate Description.—From a specimen one foot in length. Head one-fifth of the whole length, caudal fin included ; depth under the dorsal less than the length of the head. Colour of the back dusky inclin- ing to olive, sides lighter ; belly yellowish ; sides above the lateral line marked with about fifty dark round spots ; below the line about ten, surrounded by a pale circle ; lateral line with eight red spots, which are more conspicuous on the caudal half of the body ; pecto- - rals yellowish, the remaining fins dusky; dorsal spotted, with the summits of the second, third, fourth, and fifth rays white, and an oblique black band beneath ; the first ray of the anal fin white, with the four following ones, marked like those of the dorsal; gill-cover marked with five or six dark round spots (colour and spots very va- riable). First dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the snout and a little beyond the fleshy portion of the tail; the first two rays simple (there are generally three simple rays in the trout and salmon, but the first being so very small is not taken into considera- tion), the rest branched ; the fourth the longest, equalling the length of the long ray of the caudal fin; the last considerably more than half the length of the fourth; the eighth as long as the base of the fin. Adipose fin in a line immediately over the base of the last ray of the anal, and nearer the last ray of the dorsal than to the tip of the tail ; caudal fin nearly even at the end (in young specimens more or less forked) ; the fourth ray of the anal fin the longest, nearly twice the length of the base of the fin ; the last ray half the length of the fifth ; all the rays branch except the two first which are simple ; fourth ray of the ventral fin the longest, equalling the length of the seventh ray of the dorsal; base of the ventrals in a line under the last ray but five of the dorsal. Pectorals rounded, the fourth ray the longest, a very little longer than the long ray of the caudal fin ; the last ray but one half the length of the third.. Basal line of the operculum ob- lique ; subopereulum slightly produced behind (in some individuals * Salmo fario Auctorum. THE COMMON TROUT. 305 it is very marked) ; jaws nearly equal ; the posterior extremity of the maxillary reaching beyond the orbit. Teeth sharp and stout, slightly curved inwards ; about thirty in the upper jaw, twenty-four in the lower, twelve on each palatine, ten on the vomer, and eight on the tongue. Scales small and adherent ; flesh white ; ceca forty- two.* Number of fin rays— ist D. 14; P.18; V.9; A.11; C. 18; “ Vertebre 56,” Trout are liable to much variation as to colour,+ which seems greatly to depend on the situation and the waters they are accustomed to inhabit. Thus if one of these fish be taken from a small burn, running over a peaty soil, shaded by high banks, or overhanging trees, it will be found almost invariably of small size, seldom exceeding the weight of half a pound ; with the head large in proportion, the belly, back, and sides, of a dark colour, and in some instances assuming a perfect black. If taken from a river overgrown with weeds, and flowing through a mossy dis- trict, it will be found marked with large black spots, placed in a pale circle, the back dark, and the sides shaded with green. But when newly taken from a translucent stream, which glides over a sandy or gravelly soil, it is found to be exquisitely beautiful ; the head and back of an olive brown, the spots clearly displayed, and the sides tinged with the most brilliant orange and gold. Itis perhaps owing to these variations in colour, that many species of trout are said to exist. ‘One cause of the variation is the difference of food, and, according to every information we possess, those which * In those trout which inhabit highland streams, I have never found the number of ceca to exceed forty-six, the average number being forty-two. + See Observations and Experiments on the Colour of Fishes, by Dr Stark, in Edin. New Phil. Jour. Oct. 1830, p. 327. In the Tweed I have frequently observed a singular variety of trout, which is considered by the fishermen as the young of the bull-trout. Ge- neral length about eight inches; vomerine teeth nine; pectorals of an orange colour ; anal pure white; anterior part of the dorsal with a dark band (as in S. fario),; and the extremity of the caudal fin is margined with black. It is found in the month of May in company with the you"g of the migratorv species. VOL. VII. U 306 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. feed on fresh-water shells, Gammari (screws, or fresh-water shrimps as they are sometimes called), are of the most bril- liant tint, and also of the finest flavour, with a decided pink- ness in their flesh. Those feeding on the ordinary water insects are next in brilliancy and flavour, while such as live chiefly upon aquatic vegetables, are dull in colour, and of soft consistence.” The average growth of trout found in lowland streams, is trom half to three-quarters of a pound ; occasionally they may be taken weighing a pound, but one a pound and a half, and from that to two pounds, is considered a prize to the angler. We sometimes hear of trout being taken the weight of fifteen, twenty, and even five and twenty pounds, but these are of rare occurrence. ’ Trout deposit their ova in the shallows in the early part of November, and when that operation is completed, they retire to deep water, where they conceal themselves during the colder months. This fish is found in every burn and river entering the Firth of Forth, and is extensively distributed over the whole of northern Europe. SALMO CACIFER.*—THE LocHLEVEN Trout. » Specific Characters——Vomerine teeth extending the whole way ; caudal fin lunate ; body without red spots. (See Plate XXX.) Description.—From a specimen a foot in length. Head rather more than one-fifth of the whole length ; caudal fin included ; depth between the dorsal and ventral fins less than the length of the head. Gill-cover produced behind ; basal margin of the operculum oblique ; preoperculum rounded ; end of the maxillary extending back as far as the posterior margin of the orbit. Colour of the back deep olive- green ; sides lighter ; bellyjinclining to yellow ; pectorals orange, tip- ped with grey; dorsal and caudal fins dusky ; ventral and anal fins * Salmo Levenensis, Walker ; Salmo cecifer, Parnell. The ceca being more numerous in this species than in any of its congeners. THE LOCHLEVEN TROUT. 307 lighter ; gill-ecover with nine round dark spots ; body above the late- ral line with seventy spots ; below it ten; dorsal fin thickly marked with spots of a similar kind; anterior extremities of the anal and dorsal fins without the oblique dark bands which are so conspicuous and constant in many individuals of 8. Hario. First dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the upper jaw and a little beyond the fleshy portion of the caudal extremity of the body; all the rays branched except the two first ; the third ray the longest, equalling the length of the long caudal ray ; the seventh as long as the base of the fin ; the last considerably more than half the length of the third, equal- ling the length of the middle caudal ray ; fin even at the end (in many specimens it is concave, with the last ray longer than the preceding one.) Caudal fin crescent shaped, the middle ray rather more than half the length of the longest ray ; third ray of the anal fin the longest, equalling the length of the fifth dorsal ray; the last ray as long as the base of the fin, ventral fin equalling the length of the fifth ray’ of the anal ; the third ray the longest ; third ray of the pectorals equal- ling the length of the long caudal ray ; the last ray half the length of the fin. Teeth stout and sharp, curved slightly inwards ; thirty- two in the upper jaw, eighteen on the lower; twelve on each pala- tine ; thirteen on the vomer ; and eight on the tongue. Scales small and adherent, twenty-four in an oblique row between the middle dorsal ray and the lateral line ; flesh deep red ; ceca eighty. Num- ber of fin rays— bette 12 53 P1275; V0.9 » A. 10; C.19. This fish is considered by most writers on British ichthyo- logy to be identical with Salmo fario or common trout, differing from it only in the colour of the flesh, and in hav- ing no red spots on the sides. It is true that food and sea- son may have a great share in diminishing or increasing the external markings and colour of the flesh ;* but they can have no effect in shortening or lengthening the rays of the fins, or in adding numbers to the cecal appendages. The differences that exist between SS. cacifer and S. fario are very striking. The pectoralsin S. c@cifer when expanded * James Stuart Menteath, Esq. of Closeburn, caught a number of small river trout, and transferred them to a lake (Loch Ettrick) where they grew rapidly ; their flesh, which previously exhibited a white chalky appearance, became in a short time of a deep red, while their external appearance re- mained the same from the time they were first put in. u 2” 308 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. are pointed, in S. fario they are rounded. The caudal fin in S.cectfer is lunated at the end; in S. fario itis sinuous or even. S. ceecifer has never any red spots; S.fario is scarcely ever without them. The caudal rays are much longer in c@cifer than in fario, in fish of equal length. In S. cecifer the tail- fin is pointed at the upper and lower extremities ; in S.fario they are rounded: ‘The flesh of S. cwcifér is of a deep red, that of S. fario is pinkish and often white. The cecal ap- pendages in S. ceecifer are from sixty to eighty in number ; in S. fario, I have never found them to exceed forty-six. “ Lochleven (of which the barren isle and now dismant- led castle are famous in history as the prison-place of the beautiful Queen Mary) has long been celebrated for its breed of trout. These, however, have fallen off of late con- siderably in their general flavour and condition, owing, it is said, to the partial drainage of the Loch having destroyed their best feeding ground, by exposing the beds of fresh- water shells, which form the greater portion of their food.”* They spawn in January, February, and March. The fish described does not appear to be peculiar to this loch, as I have seen specimens that were taken in some of the lakes in the county of Sutherland with several other trout, which were too hastily considered as mere varieties of S. fario. It is more than probable that the Scottish lakes produce seve- ral species of trout known at present by the name of S. fario, and which remain to be further investigated. Satmo umBLA.f—THE NortTHEeRN Cuarr. Specific Characters.—V omerine teeth confined to the anterior part ; body spotted with white or red ; axillary scale more than one-third the length of the ventrals. * Encyc. Brit. There are two or three varieties of S. fario in Lochleven with white and pinkish flesh, which are much inferior in flavour to S. cecifer. + Salmo umbla, Cuy., Yarr., Jen., S. alpinus, Penn., Alpine Charr, Case Char’. THE NORTHERN CHARR. 309 Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches and a half in length. Head one-sixth of the whole length, caudal fin included ; depth of the body under the dorsal, equalling the length of the head; basal line of the operculum oblique; suboperculum very broad, slightly produced at its inferior posterior margin; preoperculum sinuous ; jaws nearly equal. Colour of the back dark olive ; sides bluish-grey ; belly inclining to yellow ; dorsal and caudal fins dusky ; ventrals red- dish ; pectorals tinged with grey ; sides spotted with white, more con-- spicuous above the lateral line. (During the spawning season the back is umber-brown ; the sides greyish ; the belly, pectoral, ventral, and anal fins, bright crimson-red ; the first ray of the ventral and anal fins white ; the sides above and below the lateral line marked with red spots.) Dorsal fin situated half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the base of the middle caudal ray ; third ray the long- est, equalling the length of the pectorals ; the sixth as long as the base of the fin ; the last one-half the length of the fourth ; adipose fin rather small ; placed nearer the last ray of the dorsal than to the tip of the caudal fin. Tail forked, the middle ray one-half the length of the longest ray of the same fin ; anal fin shorter than the dorsal, the last ray the shortest, one-third the length of the fourth ; the sixth ray as long as the base of the fin ; ventrals equalling in length the long- est ray of the anal ; axillary scale not half the length of the fin ; pec- torals pointed, the last ray about one third the length of the second. Teeth small and sharp in both jaws and on the palatines ; those on the vomer few in number and confined to the most anterior extremi- ty ; tongue with six teeth rather stouter than the others ; lateral line straight throughout its course ; scales small and adherent ; flesh red. Number of fin rays— PD? «| P12 5s Vos A, 122, 19. The usual weight of this species of Charr is about three quarters of a pound, although specimens have been occa- sionally taken weighing beyond two pounds. It is found in many of the lakes of England, Wales, and Scotland, and has received various names according to the intensity of the eolours it presents at different periods of the year ; and even individuals taken at the same period are often found to vary excessively in this respect. ‘Thus, “ six specimens of Charr were selected from a hawl of a net taken in Win- dermere on the 12th December a few seasons ago, exhibit- ing the following variations as to colour :—No. 1, ground: 310 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. colour of the body pale ashy-brown, somewhat lighter be- neath the lateral line ; sides richly marked with scarlet spots of different sizes ; the whole of the under surface from the pectorals to the tail brilliant scarlet ; fins margined ante- riorly with an opaque white stripe followed by a blackish- brown portion passing posteriorly into deep crimson ;_ tail blackish-brown ; nose and front part of the head marked by a black spot; dorsal fin of the same pale brown colour as the back, slightly inclining to blue. Apparently a male. No. 2, back brown, becoming gradually paler beneath ; abdomen and lower parts dingy white, tinged with bluish colour ; ventral and anal fins margined with white, the re- maining parts flesh colour ; pectorals reddish-brown ; dor- sal and caudal fins blackish-brown; sides marked with ob- scure pale yellowish-red spots. A male specimen, which apparently had spawned. No. 3, of a blackish-brown co- lour, somewhat silvery, paler beneath the lateral line, and passing into yellowish-white on the belly ; pectoral, ventral, and anal fins brown, tinged with red; dorsal and caudal fins brownish-black ; upper part of the head of the same colour ; sides marked with numerous, very pale, almost co- lourless spots. No. 4 resembles the last described, but smaller in size; these the fishermen named Geld-fish, full- grown and half-grown. No. 5 very dark, brownish-black upon the back and sides, becoming gradually paler beneath the lateral line ; pectoral, ventral, and anal fins distinctly margined anteriorly with opaque white ; the central por- tion of these fins brownish-black, and their interior margins flesh colour ; upper part of the head dark ; belly dingy red. No. 6 resembles the preceding, except that the under sur- face instead of being dingy red, is pale reddish-white ; ven- tral and anal fins reddish-brown, margined anteriorly with white ; pectorals reddish-brown ; dorsal brownish-black ; THE NORTHERN CHARR. old both these specimens are marked on the sides with obscure, pale reddish spots. These two fish were what the fisher- men called Case Charr (Salmo alpinus) male and female, yet the pectoral, ventral, and anal fins of the former, and the ventral and anal fins of the latter sex were conspicuously margined with white, although that character is usually re- garded as distinctive of the torgoch or Red Charr.’* It is the opinion of M. Agassiz that the Salmo umbla, S. alpinus, S. salvelinus, and 8. salmarinus of Linnzeus, are all the same fish, differmg only as regards colour; and Pen- nant states that, on the closest examination, he could find no specific differences between the Red Charr, the Case Charr, the Gelt Charr, and Silver Charr of the northern lakes. The Northern Charr, in the months of November and December, leaves the deep waters and ascends the tributary streams to deposit its spawn in the shallows, when numbers are taken with the net at the very time when their preserva- tion ought to be the most strictly attended to, and when, in truth, they begin to fall off in their condition. From their great unwillingness to take a fly, they offer but little diver- sion to the angler, except to those who are in the habit of skilfully using the minnow, when as many as two dozen have been taken in a day by a single rod: According to Sir William Jardine their food seems to be minute Ento- mostraca. A few specimens are occasionally taken in Loch- leven when dragging the net for trout. Salmo umblais distinguished from S. fario, S. cecifer, S. salmulus, and. S. trutta, by having the anterior part of the vomer only armed with teeth ; and from §S. erioa and S. salar, by the body being marked with red or white spots. There are many other distinguishing characters, but these * Art, Ichthyology, Encyc. Brit. 312 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. are the most prominent. In what specific characters the S. umbla differs from the Welsh Charr of Yarrell I am not at present prepared to state. Mr Jenyns appears to have placed reliance on the position of the dorsal fin as a charac- ter in the Welsh Charr. He states that it is situated ex- actly in the middle of the entire length ; but, judging from Mr Yarrell’s figure of the fish, the dorsal fin is placed half- way between the tip of the upper jaw and the base of the middle caudal ray, like that observed in the Northern Charr. According to Mr Yarrell the chief differences which exist be- tween the two Charrs are these, that “‘ the Northern Charr is an elegantly-shaped slender-bodied fish, with fins of small comparative size ; whereas the Welsh Charr is a short fish, considerably deeper for its length, with very large fins, the eye and gape are also much larger than in the Northern Charr.” Genus OSMERUS.—Branchiostegous membrane with eight rays only; anal fin with more than fourteen rays ; gape large; teeth long and sharp ; intestinal canal without czeca, OsMERUS EPERLANUS.*—THE SPERLING. Specific Characters.—V omerine teeth confined to the anterior extre- mity ; under jaw longest. Description.—F rom a specimen eight inches in length. Head one- fifth of the whole length, caudal included ; depth of the body under the dorsal fin less than the length of the head ; basal line of the oper- culum rather oblique ; suboperculum slightly produced behind at its superior posterior margin ; preoperculum approaching to angular ; under jaw the longest ; the extremity of the maxillary extending back as far as the posterior margin of the orbit. Colour of the back as far as the lateral line, dusky green; sides marked with a metallic grey band, extending from the upper part of the gill-cover to the * Osmerus eperlanus, Cuv., Flem., Yarr., Jen. Salmo eperlanus, Linn., Penn., Don. Smelt, Sperling. THE SPERLING. 313 base of the tail ; belly, cheeks, and gill-covers, silvery-white ; pecto- ral, ventral, and anal fins light straw-colour ; dorsal and caudal pale ash-green. First ray of the dorsal fin arises exactly half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the base of the middle caudal ray ; the first two rays simple, the rest branched, the third the longest, equalling the length of the long caudal ray ; the last ray the shortest, one-half the length of the fourth ; the last but three equalling the length of the base of the fin; adipose fin situated in a line over the last ray but three of the anal, and half-way between the base of the last ray of the dorsal and end of the middle caudal ray ; tail-fin deeply forked, the middle ray not half the length of the longest ray of the same fin; third ray of the anal the longest, being as long as the base of the fin; the last ray half the length of the fourth; ven- trals commencing in a line under the second ray of the dorsal, the second and third rays the longest, being as long as the fourth ray of the dorsal; pectorals equalling the length of the ventrals; teeth small and sharp in both jaws, those in the upper jaw much the finest ; two rows of teeth on each of the palatines, but none on the vomer, except two or three very long ones placed on the most anterior extre- mity ; tongue furnished with a number of teeth, those in front large, and slightly bent inwards, those behind small and fine ; eyes mode- rate, situated nearer the posterior margin of the preoperculum than to the point of the upper jaw; scales large (Jenyns states they are minute), sixty-four forming the lateral line, and six in an oblique row between it and the base of the dorsal fin. Intestinal canal with- out cecal appendages. The fish emits the smell of green rushes. Number of fin rays— bee DeiO; PH12 2 V. 8s A.15 = C19. It is stated by Pennant that the Smelt inhabits the seas of the northern parts of Europe, and that it is found as far south as in the Seine. Asa British fish, Mr Yarrell says, “it appears to be almost exclusively confined to the eastern and western coast of Great Britain, and that he is not aware of any good authority for the appearance of the true Smelt between Dover and the Land’s End. The fish called Smelt and Sand-smelt along the extended line of our southern coast, is, in reality, the Atherine.” «¢ On the eastern side of our island the Smelt occurs in the Tay, in the Firth of Forth, in the Ure on the York- 314 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. shire coast ; it is taken in abundance in the Humber, and on the Lincolnshire coast, in the Thames, and the Medway. On the western side, the Smelt is taken in the Solway Firth, and may be traced as far south as the parallel line formed by the Mersey, the Dee, the Conway, and Dublin Bay.” In the Firth of Forth, in the neighbourhood of Alloa, the Smelt, or Sperling as it is there named, is taken in great numbers, especially towards the fall of the year. From November till January, those then taken are generally of small size, seldom measuring more than from four to six inches in length, but after. that time to the end of March, the larger ones make their appearance and the young ones disappear ; and it is from this circumstance that two spe- cies are sald to exist, which, in reality, are the same, differ- ing only in size. It is very seldom that specimens are found more than ten inches in length, although Pennant mentions having seen one thirteen inches long, and which weighed half a pound. In the month of March these fish ascend the Forth in large shoals to deposit their spawn in the fresh water; this they shed in immense quantity about two miles below Stirling Bridge, when at that time every stone, plank, and post, appear, to be covered with their yel- lowish-coloured ova. The young, from three to five inches in length, can be taken at Alloa throughout the summer months, but the larger specimens are only met with during the season of spawning. The Sperling is much esteemed as a luxury for the table, and numbers are sent to the Edin- burgh market where they receive a ready sale. Their fa- vourite food seems to be small shrimps. The most important character which distinguishes Osme- rus eperlanus from the genus Salmo, is in having no cecal appendages, whereas the ceca in that genus are very nu- merous. THE HERRING. 315 Famity 1V. CLUPEIDZ.—Dorsal fin one; no adi- pose fin; mtestinal canal with ceca, Genus CLUPEA.—Vomer and tongue furnished with teeth; under jaw longest. CLUPEA HARENGUS.*—THE HERRING. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fin placed exactly half-way between the point of the upper jaw, and the tip of the long caudal rays ; yentrals situated under the dorsal. (See Plate XX XV.) Description.—From a specimen eleven inches in length. Head, measuring from the point of the lower jaw, when opened, to the pos- terior margin of the gill-cover, nearly one-fifth of the whole length, caudal fin included ; depth of the body under the dorsal equalling . the length of the head. Dorsal fin placed exactly in the middle of ~ the fish; the base of the first ray situated half-way between the * point of the upper jaw and the end of the scaly portion of the body ; the fourth ray the longest, not quite equalling the length of the base of the fin ; the last ray exactly one-half the length of the eighth ; all the rays branched except the three first ;which are simple; caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray about one-third the length of the longest ray. First ray of the anal fin arises mid-way between the origin of the ven- trals and the base of the middle caudal ray ; the third ray the long- est, about half the length of the base of the fin; ventrals equalling the length of the sixth ray of the dorsal, and placed in a vertical line under the base of that ray; pectorals pointed, of a triangular form, and about twice as long as the tenth ray of the dorsal. Colour of the back, glossy blue; sides and belly silvery-white 3 dorsal and caudal fins, dusky ; ventrals and anal, white ; under jaw tipped with black. Eyes large, placed nearer the point of the upper jaw than to the posterior margin of the operculum. Teeth very minute (Pennant states that the whole mouth is void of teeth) six or eight in a row on the most anterior part of each jaw, those on the lower jaw being longer and more perceptible ; vomer with a double row about sixteen in number; each palatine with a single row somewhat smaller than those on the vomer ; tongue also armed with a number of teeth ar- ranged in three or four rows, with their points directed inwards. Maxillary large, broad, and thin, extending as far back as in a line under the middle of the eye; basal line of the operculum oblique * Clupea harengus, Auctorum. Zool. Bot. Mag. vol. i. Parnell. Yur 316 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and sinuous ; suboperculum slightly angular at its inferior posterior margin. Scales large, thin, and very deciduous, placed in fifteen rows between the dorsal and ventral fins ; lateral line not percep- tible ; ceecal appendages about twenty in number. Most authors sup- pose that the belly of the herring is never serrated, at any stage of its growth, and which is said to form a good specific distinction be- tween it and the sprat ; but it will be found that this is not the case, for a herring less than six inches in length is as distinctly serrated on the belly, between the ventral and anal fins, as a sprat of equal size ; and as the herring increases in size so the serratures become obliterated, and by the time the fish reaches to the length of eight inches, the belly will be found to be no longer serrated, but cari- nated. The serratures can be more evidently perceived when the ab- dominal scales are removed, which often project beyond the teeth, and prevent their points from being felt when the finger is passed from the anal, towards the pectorals. Number of fin rays— DIATE P16 3 V.'9's AAS "C220 31 Vert: 56; The Herring is distinguished from the Sprat, in the dor- sal fin being placed exactly in the centre of the fish, that is, half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the end of the long caudal rays; and in the base of the ventrals being in a vertical line under the sixth ray of the dorsal fin; in the Sprat the dorsal fin is situated nearer the tip of the tail-fin, than to the point of the snout; and the ori- gin of the ventrals is placed a little anterior to the first ray of the dorsal fin. 'The Herring has fifty-six vertebre ; the Sprat has but forty-eight. The scales in the Herring are arranged in fifteen rows between the dorsal and ventral fins; in the Sprat there are but seven rows in that posi- tion. The Herring is readily known from the Pilchard in the position of the dorsal fin. If the Herring be held up by the anterior rays of the dorsal fin, the head will be obser- ved to dip considerably ; whereas if the Pilchard be held up by the same part, the body preserves an equilibrium. The Herring very strikingly differs from the Whitebait, in colour; the back of the Herring is of a dark glossy blue ; HE HERRING. S17 in the Whitebait that part is of a pale greenish ash colour ; the origin of the first ray of the dorsal fin in the Herring is situated exactly half-way between the point of the up- per jaw and the base of the middle caudal ray; in the Whitebait the same fin is placed mid-way between the point of the upper jaw and the end of the middle caudal ray. Herrings enter the Firth of Forth about the end of De- cember or the beginning of January, and remain two or three weeks at the mouth of the estuary, before they at- tempt to ascend. ‘This delay seems greatly to depend on the state of the weather, for in some seasons when it is mild and fine, they have been observed to swarm in the Firth off Musselburgh in the early part of January; whilst in the rough and stormy seasons they do not make their appear- ance on that part of the coast before the middle of February, and always disappear before the end of March. They seem to visit the Firth regularly every winter, and a season very seldom passes without a few being captured, and sent to the Edinburgh market. Some years they appear in much larger shoals than in others, the reason of which is not ac- counted for. In the year 1816, pilchards were taken in the Firth of Forth, in great abundance, when not a dozen herrings were seen during the whole winter. Since that time not a single Pilchard has been known to enter the P estuary. «© The herring is in truth a most capricious fish,” says Dr MacCulloch, “ seldom remaining long in one place ; and there is scarcely a fishing station round the British Islands, that has not experienced in the visits of this fish the greatest variations, both as to time and quantity, without any accountable reason. In Long Island, one of the He- brides, it was asserted that the fish had been driven away 318 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. by the manufactory of kelp, some imaginary coincidence having been found between their disappearance and the es- tablishment of that business. But the kelp fires did not drive them away from other shores, which they frequent and abandon indifferently without regard to this work. It has been a still favourite and popular fancy, that they were driven away by firing of guns; and hence this is not al- lowed during the fishing season. A gun has scarcely been fired in the Western Islands, or on the west coast, since the days of Cromwell; yet they have changed their places many times in that interval. In a similar manner, and with equal truth, it was said that they had been driven from the Baltic by the battle of Copenhagen. Before the days of guns and gunpowder, the Highlanders held that they quitted coasts where blood had been shed : and thus ancient philosophy is renovated. Steam-boats are now supposed to be the culprits, since a reason must be found. To prove their effect, Loch Fine, visited by a steam-boat daily, is now their favourite haunt, and they have deserted other lochs where steam-boats have never yet smoked. A mem- ber of the House of Commons, in a debate on a tithe bill lately stated, that a clergyman having obtained a living on the coast of Ireland, signified his intention of taking the tithe of fish, which was, however, considered to be so utterly repugnant to the privileges and feelings of the finny race, that not a single herring has ever since visited that part of the shore.” In June, July, and August, herrings are taken off the Dunbar and Berwick coasts in considerable number, from whence the Edinburgh market is abundantly supplied, when scarcely a single herring is to be seen higher in the Firth of a size worth the notice of the fishermen. Herrings are said to deposit their spawn towards the end THE HERRING. 319 of October, and it is nearly three months previous to this operation that they are found to appear on our shores, when they become of so great national importance. The spawning of these fish in October only does not ap- pear to me to account for the number of small fry, two in- ches in length, that are found in the Firth of Forth during the month of July ; and the young herrings that are taken from six to seven inches long in the month of February, mixed also with fry from two to three inches in length. | When herrings are brought to the market in the first two Z months of the year, I have always found them full of f spawn, and in the middle of March I have observed many i very lank, with not a single ovum to be seen in them. Hence it is not improbable that the same species of her- ring may spawn twice in the year, early in the month of March, and also towards the end of October. Pennant supposes that the herring migrates to a con- siderable distance; that they begin to appear first off the Shetland Islands, in April and May, and to divide into distinct columns from four to six miles in length, and three to four in breadth ; and that, after they have taken their circuit, they return again to the Arctic Circle, where they recruit themselves after the fatigue of spawning. But it is more consistent to suppose, that the herrings approach our shores for the purpose of depositing their spawn like other fishes, and when this is accomplished, return again to the deep sea. Dr Knox considers the food of the Her- ring, while inhabiting the depths of the ocean, to consist principally of minute entomostracous animals; but it is certainly less choice (adds Mr Yarrell) in its ‘selection when near the shore. Dr Neill found five young herrings in the stomach of a large female herring ; he has also known them to be taken by the fishermen on their lines, the hooks 320 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. of which were baited with limpets. Herrings feed on the roe of their own species and of other fishes. I have often found the young of the whitebait with small shrimps in the stomach of herrings when they were not in roe; but when they are about to spawn, their stomachs (as is obser- ved in most other fishes at that period) appear as if empty, and destitute of any perceptible food. On the authority of Dr Fleming, the fry have been caught with a trout-fly. Sir William Jardine states, “ that, on the coasts of the West Highlands, herrings for many years past have been taken with the rod, the hook dressed with a white feather (generally from some of the gulls). Near Oban, and upon the shores of Mull and Jura, twelve dozen are sometimes taken by a single boat during the evening.” CLUPEA PILCHARDUS.*—THE PILCHARD. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fin exactly in the centre of gravity ; ventrals under the dorsal. Description“ From a specimen nine inches in length. Much resembles the herring, but rather smaller and thicker ; length of the head, to the whole length of the fish, as one to five ; depth of the body equal to the length of the head; transverse thickness of the body equal to half its depth ; form of the head triangular, the upper surface flat ; dorsal and abdominal lines slightly and equally convex ; no perceptible lateral line ; body across the back obtusely rounded ; line of the abdomen smooth ; the edges of the scales of the two sides having a longitudinal groove from the branchiostegous rays to the vent, along which groove extends a row of scales of a peculiar shape ; the two long, narrow, lateral arms extending up each side under the scales, the shortest projection pointing backwards ; the scales of the body very large, deciduous, and ciliated at the free edge. The dis- tance from the point of the nose to the base of the last ray of the dor- sal fin, and from thence half-way along the caudal rays, nearly equal ; the commencement of the dorsal fin is therefore anterior to the mid- dle of the fish by the whole length of the base of the fin; the first and second rays shorter than the third, which is equal to the length * Clupea pilchardus, Auctorum. Pilchard, Gipsy Herring. THE PILCHARD. 32] of the base of the fin ; these first three rays articulated, but simple ; all the other rays branched ; pectoral and ventral fins small, the lat- ter commencing in a line under the middle of the dorsal fin; the axillary scales very long ; anal fin commencing half-way between the origin of the ventral fins and the end of the flesh portion of the tail ; the first ray short, the second and the last two rays the longest ; tail deeply forked ; the scales at the end of the fleshy portion of the body extending far over the bases of the caudal rays, particularly two elongated scales above and below the middle line. Mouth small, without teeth, under jaw the longest; the breadth of the eye one- fourth of the length of the head, and placed at rather more than its own breadth from the point of the nose ; irides yellowish-white ; cheeks and all the parts of the gill-covers tinged with golden-yellow, and marked with various radiating striz ; posterior edge of the oper- culum nearly vertical and straight ; upper part of the body bluish- green ; sides and belly silvery-white ; dorsal fin and tail dusky. The fin rays in number are— D. 18; P.16; .V.8; A.18;C.19; Vert..55.”. (Yarrell.) The Pilchard is become of late a very rare fish in the Firth of Forth, as well as along the whole eastern line of the Scottish shores; yet, about thirty years ago, it was found in equal abundance in certain localities as the com- mon herring. A few are taken occasionally in the summer months on the Berwick and Dunbar coasts, but since the year 1816, no appearance of a Pilchard has been observed in the Firth of Forth. *¢ The older naturalists considered the Pilchard, like the herring, as a visitor from a distant region; and they as- signed to it also the same place of resort as that fish, with which, indeed, the Pilchard has been sometimes confounded. Yo this it will be a sufficient reply, that the Pilchard is never seen in the Northern Ocean, and the few that some- times wander through the Straits of Dover, or the British Channel, have evidently suffered from passing so far out of their accustomed limits. ‘They frequent the French coasts, and are seen on those of Spain; but on neither in consider- able numbers, or with much regularity, so that few fishes VOL. VII. x 329 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. confine themselves within such narrow bounds. On the coast of Cornwall, they are found through all the seasons of the year, and even there their habits vary in the different months. In January, they keep near the bottom, and are chiefly seen in the stomachs of ravenous fishes ; in March, they sometimes assemble in schulls, and thousands of hogs- heads have in some years been taken in seans; but this union is only partial, and not permanent ; and it is not un- til July that they regularly and permanently congregate, so as to be sought after by the fishermen.”* Mr Couch says, ‘‘ In some years, at least, a considerable body of Pil- chards shed spawn in the month of May, perhaps in the middle of the Channel, where I have known them taken heavy with roe, in drift-nets shot for mackerel ; yet it seems certain that they do not breed twice in the year, and that the larger body do not perform this function until October, and then at no great distance from the shore. I have known an equally great variation to occur in other fishes, which have in consequence visited us, and been in season, at a time not expected by the fishermen.” They feed on small crustaceous animals, and the roe of their own and of other species of fishes. The Pilchard is easily distinguished from the herring, _sprat, and whitebait, by the position of the dorsal fin. If either of the three latter fish be suspended by the anterior dorsal rays, the head will be observed to dip considerably, whereas if the Pilchard be suspended by the same part, the body will preserve an equilibrium. CLUPEA SPRATTUS.f—THE SpRaAT. Specific Character.—Base of the ventral fin placed a little ante- rior to the first ray of the dorsal. (See Plate XXXV.) * Yarrell’s British Fishes. + Clupea sprattus, Cuv., Yarr., Jen. Sprat, Garvey Herring. THE SPRAT. 323 Description.—F roma specimen five inchesanda half inlength. Head nearly one-fifth the whole length of the fish, tail-fin included ; depth of the body under the dorsal fin equal to the length of the head ; ventral line rather more convex than that of the dorsal, especially in front of the ventrals ; gill-cover rounder at its posterior-inferior margin and slightly notched at its upper border; eyes large and round, occupy- ing one-half the depth of the head, and situated half-way between the point of the lower jaw and the posterior margin of the opercu- lum; head on the summit flat, smooth and transparent, with a tri- angular reddish-coloured spot placed in a line over the posterior half of the orbit. Colour of the back greenish with a shade of grey ; sides and belly silvery- white ; pectoral, ventral, and anal fins pure white ; dorsal and caudal slightly dusky ; jaws tipped with black. Dorsal fin placed nearer the end of the caudal rays than to the point of the upper jaw; the first ray very short, the second, third, and fourth gradually increasing in length, the fifth the longest in the fin, reaching, when folded down, to the base of the last ray, all the rays branched except the first five, which are simple ; caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray not one-half the length of the longest ray. Third ray of the anal fin the longest, about one-third the length of the base of the fin, all the rays branched except the two first ; ven- trals small, equal in length to the eighth ray of the dorsal, arising in a line a little in advance of the dorsal fin; pectorals as long as the base of the anal fin. Teeth small and fine in both jaws, and few in number, situated on the most anterior part, more perceptible on the lower than on the upper jaw ; tongue furnished with fine teeth as well as the roof of the mouth ; under jaw the longest ; maxillary extend- ing back as faras ina line under the middle of the eye. Belly strongly serrated as far as the anal aperture, with thirty-three teeth, their points directing backwards. Scales large and very deciduous, placed » in seven or eight rows between the dorsal and ventral fins ; axillary scales nearly half as long as the fin. (Mr Yarrell states, they have ‘. no axillary scales.) Number of fin rays— D.17; P.15; V.7; A.18; C. 19; Vert. 48; Ceca about 12. Sprats are found to frequent the whole of the British coasts, but are observed to exist in much greater numbers on the central part of the eastern coast than elsewhere. They are found in the Firth of Forth throughout the whole of the year, and, like many small animals, appear very sus- ceptible of cold. During the warm summer months, they are seen sporting about in large shoals, in every part of the Forth, occupying a considerable extent of water, and caus- x2 a 324 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ing a ripple on the surface with their fins, while they be- come the principal food of many marine birds, which assail them in the water or prey on them from above. As the cold weather advances, these little fish are no longer seen in the lower part of the estuary, but are found to ascend the Firth to a considerable distance, and to select that part of the river where the fresh and salt waters mingle together : “‘ for it is a well-known law in chemistry, that when two fluids of different densities come in contact, the temperature of the mixture is elevated for a time in proportion to the difference in density of the two fluids ; owing to mutual pe- netration and condensation ; such a mixture is constantly taking place in the rivers that run into the sea, and the temperature of the mixed water is accordingly elevated.” In the year 1830, Sprats were remarkably abundant all over the British coasts, but more particularly on the coast of Kent and Essex, where they were taken in immense quanti- ties, so that they were sold at sixpence a bushel as manure for theland. The Sprat is generally considered as a delicious, well-flavoured, and wholesome fish, and is eaten in consider- able quantity in this country, both fresh and salted. Prior to the year 1836, it was of rare occurrence to see Sprats brought to the Edinburgh market, and when they did appear they were sold at the rate of twelve a-penny ; but now, owing to the immense numbers that are taken in the Firth of Forth, they are enabled to be sold in the Edinburgh markets at a low price, and consequently form a cheap and agreeable food to many of the inhabitants. The most common size of a Sprat is from four to five in- ches in length ; yet it is observed occasionally to exceed six inches and a half, when it is named in the neighbourhood of Alloa the King of Garvies. Sprats spawn early in the month of March, and feed on small crustaceous animals. THE WHITEBAIT. 325 The Sprat is easily distinguished from the herring, pil- chard, and whitebait, by the position of the ventral fins; in the Sprat, if a vertical line be dropped from the origin of the first dorsal ray, it will fall behind the base of the ven- tral ‘n; whereas in the herring, pilchard, and whitebait, the ventrals are under the dorsal. Ciurga aLBa.*—Tue WHITEBAIT. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fin placed nearer the tip of the caudal fin than to the point of the upper jaw; ventral fins under the dor- sal. (See Plate XXXV.) Description.—F rom a specimen two inches and a half in length. Occasionally specimens are found to measure the length of five inches. Shape of the body resembles that of the young herring, but rather more compressed, and of a deeper form. The head, in a specimen five inches long, not quite one-fourth the length of the whole fish ; in a fish four inches long, the head measures one-fourth of the entire length ; in one two inches long, the head is more than one-fourth of the whole length. Colour of the upper part of the back, from the nape to the tail, of a pale greenish-ash ; sides, gill-covers, pectoral, ventral, and anal fins of a beautiful pure white ; dorsal and caudal fins straw-colour, minutely spotted with dark brown ; head, on the summit, in young specimens, marked with a large brown spot, which is divided anteriorly by a white line ; each orbit on the superior mar- gin tinged with black, as well as the posterior-inferior margin, but in a less degree. First ray of the dorsal fin commences exactly mid- way between the point of the upper jaw and the end of the middle caudal rays; ventrals placed behind the third ray of the dorsal ; tail fin deeply forked, the middle ray being not quite half the ieupee of the longest ray of the same fin ; pectorals pointed, much longer than a the aac of the anal fin. Scales thin, very deciduous, not so large hs as those of the sprat ; under jaw the longest ; each jaw, on the an- terior part, furnished with a few small slender teeth, about six in number, placed in one row, which are more perceptible on the lower than on the upper jaw; on the roof of the mouth, as well as on the tongue, are placed three or more rows of teeth, which can be easily felt by the assistance of the point of a fine needle. Mr Yarrell says, the tongue of the whitebait has an elevated central ridge without teeth; it is probable that a dried specimen was not examined, for, until in that state, it is almost impossible to perceive the teeth, in * Clupea alba, Yarr. 326 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. consequence of their extreme minuteness. This is a most important character, which at once removes it from the shad, which has the tongue and roof of the mouth destitute of teeth. Number of fin rays— Dil7; P.15; V.9; A.153-C! 20; Vert. 56; Ceeca about 15. The Whitebait which isfound so plentifully in the Thames, and is so well known in the neighbourhood of London, as a delicate and well-flavoured fish, was supposed by natural- ists to be the young of the shad, until Mr Yarrell, in the Magazine of Natural History, proved it to be a distinct species. In many respects it differs materially from all the other British species of clupea, not only in specific charac- ters, but also in its habits, and is one as distinctly marked as any of its congeners. From the beginning of April to the end of September, this fish, according to Mr Yarrell, may be caught in the Thames as high up as Woolwich or Blackwall every flood tide in considerable quantity ; while during the first three months of this period, neither species of the genus Clugea of any age or size except occasionally a young sprat can be found. “‘ About the end of March, or early in April, whitebait begin to make their appearance in the Thames, and remain till the end of September, when they are no longer to be found in the river. In the months of June, July, and Au- gust, provided the weather be fine, immense’ quantities are consumed by visitors to Greenwich and Blackwall, where epicures of all orders assemble for a whitebait feast. The fishery for these fish is continued in the Thames frequently so late as September, and specimens of young fish of the year, from four to five inches long, are then not uncommon, but mixed, even at this late period of the season, with others of very small size, as if the roe had continued to be depo- sited throughout the summer.” ; THE WHITEBAIT. OL The Whitebait is not, as it was formerly considered to be, peculiar to the Thames, as I have found it to inhabit the Firth of Forth in considerable numbers during the sum- mer months. From the beginning of July to the end of September they are found in great abundance in the neigh- bourhood of Queensferry, and opposite Hopetoun House, where I captured, in one dip of a small net of about a foot and a half square, between two and three hundred fish, the greater part of which were whitebait of small size, not more than two inches in length; the remainder were sprats, young herring, and fry of other fishes. In their habits they appear to be similar to the young of the herring, always keeping in shoals, and swimming oc- casionally near the surface of the water, where they often fall a prey to aquatic birds. I have nodoubt that the Whitebait will be found to ex- ist in the Firth of Forth, throughout the whole year, in considerable quantity, and that the fishermen would find it a new source of income, equal or superior to the sperling fishery, did they use the mode of fishing for whitebait that is practised in the Thames. But, in consequence of the large extent of the estuary, and of no means being used ex- clusively for the capture of these fish, we can form but a faint idea of the number that may exist there. ‘* The whitebait net which is used in the Thames, is not large; the mouth of it measures only about three feet across, but the mesh of the hose, or bag end of the net, is very small. A boat is moored in the tide-way, where the water is from twenty to thirty feet deep; the tail of the hose, swimming loose, is from time to time brought into the boat, the end untied, and its contents shaken out. The wooden frame forming the mouth of the net does not dip more than four feet below the surface of the water.” In the Solway Firth, the whitebait is also found in great quanti- 328 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ties in the months of June and July, but remain there disregarded, as their value as a dainty morsel does not ap- pear to be known in that quarter. The principal food of the whitebait seems to be a very minute species of shrimp, which is scarcely larger than a moderate sized flea. The Whitebait, four inches long, differs from the her- ring, sprat, and pilchard, of the same length, in the follow- ing characters :— The herring has the dorsal fin placed half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the end of the long caudal rays, with the head nearly one-fifth the entire length of the fish. The whitebait has the dorsal fin much nearer the tip of the tail than to the point of the upper jaw, with the head exactly one-fourth the length of the whole fish ; the body is morecompressed, of amuch lighter colour, and the belly much rougher under the pectorals, than is observed in the herring. The sprat has the origin of the ventral fins situated an- terior to a vertical line dropped from the first dorsal ray, with forty-eight vertebre ; the whitebait has fifty-six verte- bree, with the origin of the ventrals placed behind the third ray of the dorsal. In the pilchard, the dorsal fin is placed exactly in the centre of gravity ; in the whitebait it is much behind that point. The following is the mode adopted at Greenwich in the cooking of whitebait:—Take a quantity of whitebait, put them on a napkin and throw a handful of fine flour with alittle salt over them ; roll them about, by laying hold of op- posite sides of the cloth, until they become well covered with the flour. A capacious potof boiling hot lard being ready, the fish are to be taken up in successive portions by a skellet and thrown into the lard, from which they are to be removed ta the dish for the table the instant they have acquired a pale straw colour. THE TWAITE SHAD. 329 Genus 4LOSA.—Tongue and roof of the mouth desti- tute of teeth ; upper jaw with a deep notch in the centre. Atosa FINTA.*—TuHE TwalIte Sap. Specific Characters.—Distinct teeth in the upper jaw; a row of dark spots along each side of the body. Description. From a specimen thirteen inches and a half long. The length of the head, that is, from the tip of the upper jaw to the posterior margin of the gill-cover, exactly one-fifth the whole length of the fish, caudal fin included ; depth of the body under the dorsal, rather more than the length of the head ; operculum rounded at its upper border, and nearly straight at its lower and posterior margin ; basal line rather oblique, directing towards the last ray of the dorsal ; suboperculum rather broad, slightly angular about the middle of the posterior border. Colour of the back dusky blue ; sides lighter, with green reflections; belly silvery-white ; ventral and anal fins white ; pectorals, dorsal, and caudal fins, dusky, the two latter minutely spotted with dark brown; upper part of the gill-covers and head with beautiful yellowish-green reflections. Base of the first ray of the dorsal fin exactly half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the last ray of the anal fin ; the fourth and fifth rays the longest, equalling the length of the base of the fin ; the last ray one-half the length of the seventh, and rather longer than the two preceding ones, giving the fin at the free margin a slight concave appearance ; all the rays branched, except the first three or four, which are simple ; caudal fin deeply forked, the longest ray equal to the length of the head ; rays of the anal fin very short, the second and third the long- est, considerably less than than one-half the length of the base of the fin, the last two or three rays longer than the centre ones; ventrals commencing in a line under the sixth ray of the dorsal ; pectorals rather small, and acutely pointed, the second ray the longest, equal to the length of the base of the dorsal fin ; under jaw the longest ; upper jaw with a deep notch in the centre; end of the maxillary ex- tending back as far as in a line with the posterior margin of the or- bit. Eyes rather small, the diameter of which is rather more than one- fifth the length of the head ; teeth very small, placed on the margin of the upper jaw only ; none on the vomer, palatines, or tongue ; lower margin of the maxillaries slightly roughened, but not a vestige of a tooth on the lower jaw in the specimens now before me ; scales large, very deciduous, extending half-way down the caudal rays; * Alosa finta, Cuv., Yarr. Clupea alosa, Linn., Penn., Don., Jen. Shad, Twaite Shad. 330 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. lateral line not perceptible ; a row of six round dark spots along each side, in a line with the upper part of the gill-covers; belly strongly serrated, with forty strong, sharp, teeth, extending from the interoperculum to the vent ; each ventral fin with an axillary scale, more than half as long as the fin itself. (Mr Yarrell says the ventral fins are without axillary scales.) Number of fin rays— Dit9 5. Po 163 Vio Aa eo Vert. 00. ~ Shads inhabit the North Atlantic, the Mediterranean, and Caspian Seas. They form numerous troops in spring, ascend the large rivers to deposit their spawn, and, after this law of nature is accomplished, they return about the end of July again to the sea. The Severn is one of the rivers that affords this fish m great plenty ; it makes its first appearance there in May, and in some sea- sons much earlier. It is common in the Thames, in the months of June and July, when great. numbers are taken by the fishermen below Greenwich. It is in general con- sidered a coarse, dry, and insipid fish. On the coast of Scotland, the T waite shad receives the name of Rock Her- ring. We observe this fish enter the Firth of Forth in to- lerable abundance towards the end of July, and dozens are then taken in the salmon-nets, at almost every tide; but after August we lose sight of them until the following sea- son. These fish are occasionally salted and dried, and used as food when nothing better can be obtained. They are very seldom brought to market. ALosaA COMMUNIs.*—Tue ALLICE SHAD. Specific Characters.—Jaws without teeth ; sides without spots; a large dusky spot behind the upper part of the operculum. Description.—F rom a specimen cighteen inches in length. Head one-fifth the whole length of the fish, caudal fin included ; great- est depth of the body anterior to the dorsal fin, rather more than equalling the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides, © Alosa communis, Cuy., Yarr. Clupea Alosa, Jen. THE ALLICE SHAD. 331 bluish-grey: belly silvery-white ; dorsal and caudal fins dusky ; ven- trals, anal, and pectorals, pure white; gill-covers with yellowish- green reflections when viewed in a particular light. First ray of the dorsal fin commencing exactly half-way between the point of the upper jaw and the base of the last ray of the anal fin, the third and fourth rays the longest, not quite as long as the base of the fin, the third ray when folded down reaches to the base of the last ray, the three first rays simple, all the rest branched, the last ray exactly half the length of the eighth; the summit of the fin slightly concave. Caudal fin very much forked; base of the anal fin about equal in length to that of the dorsal ; all the rays short, the third the longest, as long as the twelfth ray of the dorsal, the middle rays shorter than the lateral ones. Origin of the ventrals placed under the fifth ray of the dorsal; pectorals pointed, the second ray the longest, equal to the length of the base of the dorsal fin. Operculum rounded at its upper margin, and nearly straight at its posterior border; sub- operculum broad and angular. Eye rather small, the diameter one- fifth the length of the head ; under jaw the longest, no teeth in either jaw, on the vomer, tongue, or palatines. Scales large, thin, and very deciduous, extending half-way down the caudal rays ; ventral fin with a long axillary scale ; lateral line very indistinct ; belly strongly serrated, with a number of strong teeth, extending from under the interoperculum to the anal aperture ; head flattened on its upper surface ; a large dusky spot behind the upper margin of each gill-cover ; operculum roughened with a number of raised lines placed obliquely ; suboperculum perfectly smooth. Number of fin rays— Deere OPE 1S 5A. 255 'Ci 19; This species of Shad is noticed by Pennant as sometimes to be taken the weight of eight pounds, but its more ge- neral size is from four to five pounds, whereas the Twaite shad is never found to exceed the weight of two pounds. The Allice Shad is said to be found in the Severn in greater numbers and in higher perfection than in any other river in Great Britain, and is esteemed a very delicate fish about the time of its first appearance, especially in that part of the river that flows by Gloucester, where they are taken by nets and usually sold dearer than salmon. Dr Hastings says, “ they generally make their appearance there in May, though sometimes in April. This, however, depends a BOL, FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. good deal upon the quality of the water ; if it is clear, they ascend early in spring, but if there happens to be a flood, they wait till the waters are restored to their former purity ; and if they meet with a flood in their progress upwards, they immediately return and keep below Gloucester.” In the Thames this fish is seldom met with; and seems to be of equally rare occurrence in the Firth of Forth. Two speci- mens only have fallen under my notice, one of which was taken in the salmon nets in the month of June at Mussel- burgh, and the other was captured in a net along with her- rings, at the mouth of the Firth, in the early part of Janu- ary. It is frequently reported that herrings of large size, measuring from twenty to twenty-four inches in length, are occasionally taken off the Dunbar and Berwickshire coasts, and which the fishermen name the Queen Herrings, but it is probable that the fish they allude to is the Allice Shad. Mr Yarrell states, that ‘* both species of shads have great resemblance, except in size, to the herrings, and have been frequently called the mother of herrings. The largeherrings of two feet in length, so called by Anderson and others, and said to occur in the Northern Seas, and among our Northern Islands, are no doubt to be considered as refer- ring to our shads.” The principal food of the shad seems to be small fishes such as sprats, whitebait, and young of the herring. The Allice Shad is distinguished from the Twaite Shad, by having a large dusky spot placed behind the upper part of each gill-cover, and by the sides being without spots, and the jaws without teeth. The Twaite shad has from four to seven large dark spots on each side of the body, ar- ranged in a row parallel to the lateral line, and a number of minute teeth on the anterior margin of the upper jaw. THE COMMON COD. Soo Il. SUBBRACHIALES. Ventral fins placed beneath the pectorals or nearly so. Famity V. GADIDA.—Eyes placed one on each side of the head; ventrals separate, jugular ; jaws and front of the vomer armed with teeth.* Genus GADUS.—Dorsal fins three ; one barbule at the extremity of the lower jaw. . Morruua vuLtearis.f-—Tate Common Con. Specific Characters.—Lower half of the lateral line white ; first anal fin commencing under the second dorsal. Description——Common size from a foot and a half to two feet in length ; said sometimes to reach five, and to weigh seventy-eight pounds. Head in large specimens, rather more than one-fourth of the entire length ; depth of the body under the first dorsal frequently more than equal the length of the head. Colours liable to much va- riation ; the most common appearance, back and sides yellowish-grey spotted with greenish-ash ; lower half of the lateral line broad and white ; all the fins dusky ; belly pure white. First dorsal fin com- mencing in a vertical line a little behind the base of the pectorals ; its form somewhat triangular; fourth ray the longest, not quite as long as the base of the fin; the rest rapidly diminishing in height ; _ the last very short, scarcely perceptible. Second dorsal commencing at a short interval from the termination of the first; the fourth ray the longest, rather less than half the length of the base of the fin, and equalling the length of the seventh ray of the first dorsal; the re- maining rays gradually diminishing, the last three more suddenly so. Third dorsal arises at a short distance from the last ray of the second dorsal, and ends near the short rays of the caudal; fifth ray the longest, as long as, from the base of the first ray, to that of the eleventh of the same fin ; the last three rays very short, diminishing rapidly from the one preceding. Caudal fin nearly even at the end; last anal fin cor- responding to the last dorsal, and placed precisely under it ; first * Cuvier, says, ‘the teeth in this family are card-like and the ceca are numerous.” But these characters do not seem to hold good throughout the family, and, therefore, they are here omitted, the teeth in the hake are very longs and the tadpole-fish has no ceca. r + Morrhua vulgaris, Cuy., Yarr. Gadus Morrhua Linn., Jen. 2 he fist’ 334 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. anal fin commencing in a line under the fifth ray of the second dor- sal, and terminating under the last ray of the same fin; the fifth ray the longest, being as long as the seventh ray of the first dorsal. Ven-- trals rather small and pointed, commencing a little in advance of the base of the pectorals ; the second ray much the longest ; pectorals nearly as long as the base of the first dorsal, and rounded at the in- ferior margin ; the fourth ray the longest; both jaws, as well as the anterior part of the vomer, furnished with small sharp teeth, arranged in several rows ; under jaw rather the shortest, witha barbule placed on the under surface of the anterior extremity. Gape large; the maxillary extending back as far as in a line with the middle of the eye ; gill-opening large ; branchial rays seven ; lateral line commen- cing at the upper part of the operculum, taking a gentle curve pa-_ rallel to the line of the back as far as the commencement of the se- cond dorsal fin, where it runs for a short distance in an oblique di- rection as far as the tenth ray of the first anal, from thence proceed- ing straight to the base of the middle caudal ray. Scales small and adherent ; czecal appendages numerous. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 18; 2419; 3418; P. 20; V.65 Ist A. 19; 2d 16; C.28; “Vert: 00. The Cod is an inhabitant of cold or temperate climates. It is particularly met with in that part of the northern At- lantic comprehended between the fortieth and sixty-sixth degree of latitude. It does not exist in the Mediterranean or other interior seas whose entrance is nearer to the equator than the fortieth degree. It appears to be almost entirely confined to the northern parts of the world. Few, however, are taken north of Iceland, but on the south and west coasts they abound, and they are found to swarm on the coast of Norway, and off the Orkneys and Western Isles, after which they decrease in numbers in proportion as we ad- vance towards the south. Cod are never found but in salt water, and remain habitually in the depth of the sea. They never ascend rivers, or even, generally, approach the shores except for the purpose of depositing their spawn. The Cod is very voracious, feeds on small fish of all kinds, more especially on herrings, and sprats, as well as ‘THE COMMON COD. 335 on mollusca, worms, and crustacea. Mr Couch has taken thirty-five crabs, none less than the size of a half-crown piece, from the stomach of one Cod. Its digestive powers are said to be very great, and under the influence of the gas- tric juice, the shell of the crab or lobster‘grows red, just as it does when under the action of boiling water, and that even before the flesh is one-quarter digested. The stomach of the Cod often affords a rich harvest to the naturalist. In the Firth of Forth, Cod are taken all the year through, sometimes in tolerable numbers, from whence the Edinburgh market is supplied ; they are in best season in the month of February, and remain in excellent condition till the end of April. They begin to deposit their spawn in the months of May and June, when they frequently ascend the Firth as far as Alloa, and are taken on their return in the salmon-nets in a very poor and lean condition. The spawn that is thus an- nually shed by one parent fish it is said, can give birth to nine millions three hundred and eighty-four thousand of young. The fry are observed in the month of August swimming about in company with sprats, whitebait, and herrings, from two to three inches in length, beautifully freckled with light brown and yellow. The growth of the Cod fish is said to be remarkably rapid, though the degrees of its progres- sion are not ascertained. From the month of July to the end of October the large Cod are observed to be long and thin, particularly those that are captured on sandy banks or in shallow water, being then of very light colour, with the muscle soft, unwholesome, and insipid to the taste ; the fish not having had time sufficient to recruit themselves after the fatigue of spawning. ‘The best Cod are found in deep and rocky situations in the neighbourhood of the Isle of May and all around the mouth of the Firth. The dark variety of Cod generally known by the name of Rock or Red Cod, is considered as the firmest and sweetest fish. It 7 hu 336 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH is found in very deep water, and feeds almost entirely on young Lobsters and Star-fish. Cod are observed to thrive better while under confinement than most of the species of the same family, and, in some instances, they are found improved by the change. Elias Cathcart, Esq. of St Margaret’s, near North Queensferry, has kept for some time a number of marine fishes in a salt- water pond of about two hundred feet in length, and five fathoms deep, in which the tide flows and ebbs twice in the day. The principal fishes preserved are cod, haddock, whiting, flounders, and skate, which are retained pri- soners by means of an iron grating, placed at that part of the pond which communicates with the Firth. ‘They are fed by the keeper, with sprats, young herrings, and other small fishes, besides, occasionally with the intestines of sheep, which the cod are observed to devour with avidity. All the fish appear to thrive well, especially the cod, which are found to be firmer in the flesh and thicker across the shoul- ders than those obtained from the Firth of Forth. The Cod when in season, is white, firm, and of most ex- cellent flavour. Its flesh is capable of bemg preserved in a state fit for eating much longer than that of most other species of this class. ‘ Almost all parts of the Cod are adapted for the nourishment of man and animals, or for some other purposes of domestic economy. The tongue, for in- stance, whether fresh or salted is a great delicacy ; the gills are carefully preserved to be employed as baits in fishing ; the liver which is large, and good for eating, also furnishes an enormous quantity of oil, which is an excellent substi- tute for that of the whale, and applicable to all the same purposes ; the swimming bladder furnishes an isinglass not far inferior to that yielded by the sturgeon, the Iceland fishermen prepare large quantities of it, which in England sells for a high price; the head in the places where the THE HADDOCK. 337 gh ay cod is taken, supplies the fishermen and their families with food. The Norwegians give it with marine plants to their cows, for the purpose of producing a greater proportion of milk. The vertebre, the ribs, and the bones in general are given to their cattle by the Icelanders. The lens are made into necklaces for children, and the ear-bones are often found in the possession of the curious. Even their intes- tines and their eggs contribute to the luxury of the table.”* Its fishing is consequently of great importance, as afford- ing subsistence and occupation to a numerous population. The Cod is easily distinguished from other British fishes by having three dorsal fins, the lower half of the lateral line white, and a barbule on the lower jaw. Mr Jenyns, not without good reason, has very justly omitted the Ga- dus Callarias of Linnzus as a British species. Morruua £GLEFINUS.—THE Happock. Specific Characters.—Lateral line black ; a large black spot on each side under the first dorsal fin; first. anal fin commencing under the second dorsal. Description.— Head, of a specimen two feet in length, one-fourth the whole length of the fish ; depth of the body rather less than the length of the head. Colour of the back dusky brown; belly dirty white ; all the fins dusky, the dorsal, caudal, and pectorals rather more so ; lateral line black ; between the base of the first dorsal and pectoral fins, a large dark spot, varying in size and intensity of co- lour in different individuals ; pupil large of a deep blue. First dorsal fin somewhat of a triangular form, slightly curved at the summit, com- mencing ina line over the base of the pectorals ; second ray the longest, reaching, when folded down, to the base of the third ray of the se- cond dorsal fin, the fifth ray as long as the base of the fin, the re- maining rays rapidly decreasing in height, the last very small. Se- cond dorsal fin commencing at a short interval from the termination of the first, the fourth ray the longest, about half the length of the base of the fin, the rest. of the rays gradually decreasing; the last ray very short. * Griffith, Animal Kingdom. VOL. VII. Y ee 338 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Third dorsal fin arising close behind the second, the fifth ray the long- est, equalling the length of the eighth ray of the first dorsal, the sixth ray about half the length of the base of the fin, the rest of the rays gra- dually diminishing to the last but three, from thence more rapidly. Caudal fin slightly forked, the middle ray about one-half the length of the longest ray of the same fin. First anal fin commencing in a line under the fourth ray of the second dorsal, and ending a little behind the last ray of the same fin, the sixth ray the longest, about half as long as the base of the fin, the rest of the rays gradually decreasing, the last very short. Second anal corresponding in size to the third dorsal, and placed rather nearer the tail. Under jaw the shortest ; both jaws armed with numerous small sharp teeth, placed in many rows, as well as the front of the vomer. Eyes large ; gill-cover end- ing ina flattened point behind ; branchial rays seven ; under jaw fur- nished with a small conical barbule placed on the under and ante- rior part ; lateral line commencing over the operculum, taking a gentle curve half-way down the side, from thence running straight to the base of the middle caudal ray; scales small and very ad- herent, pectorals pointed, fourth ray the longest ; origin of the ven- trals placed in advance of the base of the pectorals, the third and fourth rays the longest, being as long as the seventh ray of the first dorsal ; cecal appendages numerous. Number of fin rays— ist D. 16; 2d D. 21; 3d D. 19; P. 203 V.-635 Ist A. 24 ; 2d A. 22; C. 25. “ Vert. 54.” The Haddock, like the Cod, is a northern fish, yet it has not been observed in the Baltic, or so far south as the Mediterranean. It is taken all round the British coasts, but in much greater numbers on the eastern shores than elsewhere. Pennant states that shoals of Haddocks appear periodically on the Yorkshire coast, and about the 10th of December, on their first arrival, they form a bank or shoal three miles in breadth, and eighty miles in length, and that, on these occasions, they are so numerous that three fisher- men within the space of a mile may fill their boats twice ina day. In stormy weather the haddock refuses every kind of bait, and seeks refuge among marine plants in the deepest parts of the ocean, where it remains until the vio- lence of the elements is somewhat subdued. THE HADDOCK. 339 Some years ago haddocks were remarkably plentiful in the Firth of Forth, and found almost in every part of it, but of late, they have very much decreased both in size and number, and are now confined to the bay near Aber- lady and mouth of the Firth. The Edinburgh market is well supplied with these fish all the year through, but in the months of December and January they are more nu- merous, and in much better condition than at any other period of the year. They shed their spawn in the early part of March, and in the months of October and November the young are taken from four to six inches in length, when they are considered remarkably good. Haddocks are oc- casionally taken two feet and a half in length, but one of eighteen inches is reckoned more preferable for the table. These fish are preserved for use in a variety of different ways, and form the principal food of many of the lower inhabitants of Edinburgh. When smoked in a peculiar manner, they are known by the name finnan haddies, which are sold in small bundles and much,used for the table. When simply dried they are called speldrings, and are con- sumed in a raw or uncooked state, though inferior to such as are preserved by the former mode. ‘The quality of the flesh of the haddock varies according to the place in which these fish are found, their size, their age, their sex, and the period of the year. It isin gene- ral white, firm, wholesome, and well flavoured, but in every respect inferior to the cod. It feeds principally on crus- tacea. The Haddock is easily distinguished from the cod at all times, by having a large black spot on each side of the body under. the first dorsal fin. This singular spot tradi- tion assigns to the impression of St Peter’s finger and thumb, when he took the tribute-money out of the mouth of a fish, ¥2 340 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. which is supposed to have been the haddock ; but, unfortu- nately for the legend, in the sea where that miracle was performed the haddock does not exist. Morruua tusca.*—THe Bris. Specific Characters.—A dusky spot at the base of each pectoral fin ; first anal fin commencing under the middle of the first dorsal ; scales larger. Description.—F rom a specimen sixteen inches in length. Head one-fourth of the whole length, excluding the caudal fin; depth of the body compared to the whole length, caudal included, as one to three and a half. Colour of the back dusky brown, inclining to yel- low towards the sides ; belly dirty white ; all the fins dusky, becom- ing lighter at the base; caudal fin margined with black ; a dusky spot at the upper part of the base of each pectoral ; lateral line about the same shade as the body; first and second rays of the ventrals whitish ; eyes opaque. First dorsal fin commencing over the base of the pectorals, and reaching when folded down to the base of the fourth ray of the second dorsal, the first and second rays simple, the rest branched, the third the longest, the remainder rapidly decreas- ing in height, the sixth as long as the base of the fin, the last very small, scarcely perceptible. Second dorsal commencing ata short distance from the termimation of the first ; the two first rays simple, the fifth the longest, less than half the length of the base of the fin, the succeeding ones gradually decreasing, the last very short and fine. Third dorsal fin commencing immediately behind the second, the fifth ray the longest, the eighth half as long as the base of the fin, the last scarcely perceptible ; caudal fin even at the end; ventral fins rather small, placed a little before the base of the pectorals, the first two rays very much produced, the second rather the longest reach- ing to the fourth ray of the anal; pectorals when expanded some- what of an oval form, the fourth ray the longest, equalling the length of the first dorsal fin, all the rays branched except the first ; the twelfth ray halfthe length of the third. First anal fin commencing ina line under the middle of the first dorsal, and terminating under the first ray of the third dorsal, the first ray very small, the succeeding ones gradually increasing to about the fifteenth, the remainder gradually decreasing, the last three rather more suddenly, the middle ray about “ Morrhua lusca, Yarr. Gadus luscus, Jen., Penn., Flem., Linn. Bib, Pout, Whiting Pout, Blinds, Brassy. THE BIB. 341 one-fourth the length of the base of the fin. Second anal fin com- mencing immediately behind the’first and terminating at a short dis- tance from the caudal, corresponding in size and form with the third dorsal, but placed rather farther back. Snout rounded and rather obtuse ; upper jaw the longest ; maxillary extending back to be- neath the middle of the orbit. Teeth in the lower jaw placed in one row, rather long and sharp, slightly curved inwards ; those in the upper jaw of a similar kind, rather more numerous, with a band of smaller teeth behind ; eyes large, covered with a loose thick mem- brane, giving a prominent appearance ; operculum of a triangular form, ending in a flattened point over the base of the pectorals ; gill- opening large ; branchial rays seven ; barbule at the extremity of the lower jaw placed underneath, about an inch in length, equalling the diameter of the orbit ; snout and cheeks of a metallic-grey appear- ance. Scales in the middle of the body large and closely imbricated ; those which cover a great portion of the dorsal, caudal, and anal fins are small, of an oval form, and very deciduous. Lateral line com- mencing at the upper part of the operculum, taking a sudden bend under the anterior portion of the second dorsal, from thence passing straight to the base of the middle caudal ray. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 13; 2d D. 24; 3d D.17; P. 15; V:6; Ist A. 81; 2d A, 18; C. 25. The Bib is readily distinguished from the haddock and the cod, by the great depth of the body compared to the length ; in the length of the base of the first anal fin, which com- mences under the middle of the first dorsal, and frequently rather more in advance ; whereas in the haddock and cod this fin commences under the third or fourth ray of the se-- cond dorsal. It very much resembles the Morrhua minuta* or Power Cod, particularly when from five to six inches in length ; but the latter fish is rather longer in proportion to its depth ; the anal fin is shorter with not more than twenty- six or twenty-seven rays, and commencing in a line behind the first dorsal. The Morrhua barbata, Gadus barbatus, and Asellus barbatus of authors are now considered by Mr Yarrell and Mr Jenyns as mere synonyms for the Morrhua lusca or Bib. A 342 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. This fish, the Brassy of Scotland, I have frequently found to exceed the length of seventeen inches, but the more common size is about a foot. It is taken on the east and west coasts of Scotland, on the coasts of Norway and Sweden, and in almost every part of the English shores, par- ticularly in those places where they are deep and rocky. Se- veral are brought to the Edinburgh market in the months of December, January, and February, when they are con- sidered best for the table. ‘They are out of condition in April, May, and June. In taste they are said to resemble the whiting, but are coarser in the flesh, and considered not so easy of digestion. The brassy is taken in the Firth of Forth principally near the Isle of May, with long lines set for cod and baited with mussels. It is seldom found as high up the Firth as Inchcolm, but when taken beyond that point, it is generally thin and ill flavoured, not meet- ing with that abundance and variety of food which it finds in deeper and more rocky situations. Genus MERLANGUS.—Dorsal fins three ; lower jaw without a barbule. MERLANGUS VULGARIS.*—THE WHITING. Specific Characters—Under jaw shortest ; a black spot at the base of the first ray of the pectorals ; caudal fin even at the end. Description.—F rom a largespecimen twenty-three inches.in length. Head about one-fourth of the whole length; depth of the body ra- ther less than the length of the head, or one-fifth the whole length of the fish. Colour of the back and sides reddish-brown, frequently with stripes of yellow ; belly white ; dorsal fins bluish, slightly dusky ; anal fins straw-colour, minutely freckled with pale brown ; caudal darkish towards the end ; a large dark spot at the base of the first ray of the pectorals ; lateral line rather darker than the body ; pupils dark * Merlangus vulgaris, Cuy., Yarr., Flem. Gadus Merlangus, Penn.. Linn., Don. THE WHITING. 343 blue. First dorsal fin somewhat of a triangular form, commencing a little behind the base of the pectorals ; third and fourth rays the longest, about equalling the base of the fin ; first ray spinous, stouter than the rest ; the last very short and slender. Second dorsal com- mencing at a short interval from the termination of the first ; fourth and fifth rays the longest, about one-third the length of the base of the fin ; the first stout and spinous; the last very short and slender, and readily overlooked. Third dorsal longer than the first and ra- ther shorter than the second, commencing close behind the termina- tion of the latter, and ending at a short distance from the base of the short caudal rays ; fourth and fifth rays the longest, about half the length of the base of the fin ; the first stout and spiny ; the rest soft and flexible ; the last but three half the length of the seventh ; pec- torals moderate ; the fifth ray the longest, about equalling the base of the first dorsal fin ; all the rays soft and flexible except the two first which are simple ; the fourteenth ray one-half the length of the fifth ; first anal fin very long, commencing in a line under the last ray but five of the first dorsal, and terminating in a line under the first ray of the third dorsal ; the first ray yery short ; the seven suc- ceeding ones gradually increasing in length ; the eighth one-fifth the ‘length of the base of the fin; the following twelve or fourteen of equal length ; the remainder gradually diminishing ; the last very short ; second anal fin commencing close behind the termination of the first, corresponding in shape and size to the third dorsal, but placed rather nearer the tail; caudal fin even at the end; ventrals small, situated before the pectorals ; second ray the longest. Under jaw rather the shortest, armed with a row of sharp teeth, with a few smaller ones at the base ; upper jaw with teeth of a similar kind, but the smaller ones more numerous and placed in two or three rows; eyes round and moderate ; maxillary extending back to beneath the anterior part of the pupil; gill-opening large ; branchial rays seven. Lateral line commencing at the upper part of the operculum, taking a slight bend under the anterior part of the second dorsal, from thence passing straight to the middle ray of the tail. Scales on the back and abdomen very small, those down the middle of the body consider- ably larger ; intervening membranes of the caudal fin covered with minute scales which are scarcely perceptible except when in a dried state ; caudal extremity of the body terminating in a point. Num- ber of fin rays— Ist D. 13 ; 2d D. 22; 3d D. 20; P. 21; Ist A. 36; 2d A. 23; V.6; C. 30; “ Vert. 55.” The Whiting is distinguished from the cod, haddock, 344 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and brassy, by having no barbule on the chin. It-is known from the coalfish, the pollack, and green cod, by the un- der jaw being rather the shortest ; in having a black spot at the base of the first ray of the pectorals ; and in the caudal fin being even at the end. The Whiting is esteemed one of the most delicate and wholesome fish we have, and is considered by many persons to be superior in flavour to the haddock or cod, either in the recent or salted state. It is universally distributed throughout the British coasts, but is found in greater abundance on the sandy than on the rocky parts, keeping generally in large shoals a few miles from land. January and February are the months in which this fish is found most plentifully. It sheds its spawn in March when not far from shore, and is then easily taken with the net. The hook when baited with mussel it seizes with great avi- dity, and in this manner numbers are taken and brought to market, where they meet with a ready sale. In April, May, and June, they are out of condition, and ought not then to be made use of as an article of food, particularly by invalids, with whom the flesh is apt to create nausea and sickness ; but in December, January, and February, when the Whiting is in the best condition, no fish agrees better * with weak stomachs, and is often retained when all other food has been loathed and ejected. A Whiting about a foot in length is considered the best size for the table, and when boiled it proves the most wholesome. Inthe month of Au- gust, young Whitings are seen from three to four inches in length in pools left by the receding of the tide, in company with podleys, young cod, and other small fishes. Their food is principally mollusca and crustacea. THE CODFISH. 345 MERLANGUS CARBONARIUS.*—T'HE CoALFIsH. Specific Characters.—U nder jaw longest ; caudal fin deeply forked ; lateral line straight throughout. Description.—F rom a specimen a foot in length. Head one-fourth the length of the body, caudal fin excluded; depth rather less than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides dark grey ; belly dirty white ; dorsal, caudal, and anal fins dusky and minutely freckled ; ventrals white. First dorsal fin of a triangular form, com- mencing a little behind the base of the pectorals; third and fourth rays the longest, equalling the base of the fin ; the first ray spinous, about half the length of the second ; the last very short. Second dor- sal commencing at a short interval from the termination of the first ; third and fourth rays the longest, about half as long as the base of the fin ; the rest gradually decreasing in height ; the first ray simple, about half the length of the second ; the remainder soft and flexible. Third dorsal commencing at a short distance from the last, and leaving a wide space between its termination and the short caudal rays; the fifth ray the longest ; the rest gradually decreasing in height ; the last about half as long as the fourth ; the ninth about one-third the length of the base of the fin; caudal deeply forked, the middle ray not half the length of the longest ray of the same fin. Pectorals pointed, the fourth and fifth rays the longest, more than equalling the length of the first dorsal fin ; ventrals small, placed in advance of the base of the pectorals. First anal fin commencing in a line under the interval between the two first dorsals, and terminating rather be- hind the last ray of the second dorsal ; the fifth ray the longest, about one-third the length of the base of the fin ; the remainder gradually decreasing in height ; second anal corresponding with the third dor- sal, but terminating rather nearer to the caudal. Teeth small and fine, one or two rows placed in the lower jaw and three or four rows in the upper jaw, and a few along the vomer ; under jaw the longest ; maxillary extending back to beneath the anterior margin of the or- bit. Lateral line commencing at the upper part of the operculum and taking a straight course to the base of the tail ; scales small and adherent, those covering the caudal fin very minute and of an elon- gated form. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 12; 2d D.18 ; 3d D. 20; Ist A. 24: 2d A. 22; P. 19; V.6; C. 32. * Merlangus carbonarius, Yarr., Jen., Cuv., Flem. Gadus carbonarius, Linn., Penn., Don. Coalfish, Seithe, Sillock, Grey-Lord, Black- Pollack. Rauning Pollack, Cornwall. 346 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. This fish varies considerably in colour according to its age. When young, about three inches in length, it is of a light grey on the back, with the ventral and anal fins mi- nutely spotted with dark brown ; when it increases to four inches, it is of a beautiful deep green on the back, with the sides of a lighter tinge, the fins shaded with orange and closely freckled with brown; when it becomes a foot in length the back is dark grey ; and as the fish increases in size, the back and sides become darker, and at length as- sume a deep black, with the belly of a dirty white. The Coalfish very much resembles the pollack in appear- ance, particularly when young, It is distinguished from it, however, at all ages, by having the lateral line straight throughout its course, and the middle portion of it when full grown, broad and whitish; whereas the lateral line in the pollack takes a very perceptible bend under the ter- mination of the first dorsal, and never assumes a white ap- pearance. ‘The Coalfish, when from four to five inches in length, from the great resemblance it bears in colour to the Green Cod, has been occasionally confounded with it. The length of the under jaw, however, compared with te up- per, will at all times distinguish them. In all the northern seas and in the Baltic, the Coalfish is said to abound; nor does it appear to lessen materially in number as we proceed southwards, since, on the coast of Cornwall, four men with two boats and lines have been known to capture twenty-four hundredweight in a very few hours. The young of these fish, known by the name of podleys, are very common in the Firth of Forth in the months of August and September, when they are sent to market in great numbers. The larger individuals seem to leave the Firth soon after they have spawned, and do not reappear until the following spring. In the Orkneys THE POLLACK. 347 they are said to form the great support of the poor. They inhabit deep and rocky situations, and are very vo- racious ; they take a baited hook or an artificial fly freely, and afford excellent diversion to the angler. The growth of these fish in the early part of their exis- tence, appears to be rapid. In the early part of spring the spawn is deposited, and. the fry are seen in June about two inches in length; in August they are four inches; in Sep- tember five, when they are considered a delicious fish for the table ; but as they grow older they get coarser, and are less in demand. They are frequently taken the length of three feet. MERLANGUS POLLACHIUS.*—T he PoLtack. Specific Characters.—Under jaw the longest ; lateral line curved ; caudal fin slightly concave. Description.—F rom a specimen two feet ten inches in length. Head ‘about one-fourth of the whole length, caudal included. Depth of the body less than the length ofthe head. Colour of the back and sides dusky green ; belly dirty white ; all the fins dusky brown. First dor- sal fin commencing in a line over the middle of the pectorals ; first two rays simple, the rest branched ; the third and fourth the longest, equalling the length of the base of the fin ; the remainder of the rays rapidly decreasing in height, the last very short. Second dorsal com- mencing at a short distance from the termination of the first ; first two rays simple and stout ; the rest soft and flexible ; the third the longest, equalling in length the fifth ray of the first dorsal; the re- mainder gradually diminishing ; the last very short ; the sixth about one third the length of the base of the fin. Third dorsal commencing at a short interval from the last, and ending not far from the short la- teral rays of the caudal ; the fifth ray longest, about half the length of the base of the fin ; the rest of the rays gradually decreasing ; the last very short ; caudal fin slightly concave at the extremity ; pec- torals pointed ; the fourth ray the longest, equalling the length of the base of the third dorsal ; ventrals in advance of the base of the pec- torals ; the longest ray about the length of the eighth ray of the first dorsal. First anal fin commencing in a line under the posterior por- “ Merlangus pollachius, Yarr., Flem., Jen. Gadus Pollachins Linn., Penn., Don. Pollack, Whiting, Pollack, Lythe. 348 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. tion of the first dorsal, and terminating rather behind the last ray of the second dorsal ; the seventh ray rather the longest ; the remainder gradually decreasing. Second anal corresponding to the third dor- sal. Teeth small and sharp, placed in one row in the lower jaw, and in three or four rows in the upper jaw, and a few on the vomer ; un- der jaw considerably the longest ; maxillary extending back to be- neath the anterior margin of the orbit ; operculum ending in a strong blunt point. Lateral line curved from its origin to the third or fourth ray of the second dorsal, from thence running straight to the tail ; all the fins completely covered with very small elongated scales which are scarcely perceptible except when the fish is in a dried state; scales of the body small and rather deciduous. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 11 5-2d D.19.; 3d D.17 5 Ist A: 275 2d A. 17; P.a9SVo65 C. 30. The Pollack is distinguished from the whiting and the green cod, by the under jaw projecting beyond the upper. It is known from coalfish in the lateral line not being straight throughout, and in the caudal fin not being forked. This species of fish, although frequent in the Orkneys and Shetland Jsles, and common along the eastern * and’ southern shores of England, is acknowledged to be a rare visitant in the Firth of Forth, where seldom more than half a dozen are taken during the season, and those gene- rally of large size; the voung in this neighbourhood are seldom seen. It is found on the west coasts of England and Scotland, and along the shores of Ireland in tolerable numbers, but becomes less frequent as we approach the Northern Seas. The flesh as food is remarkably good, par- ticularly during the winter months, and is considered but little inferior in quality to that of the whiting, being white, solid, and easy of digestion. It spawns in February, after which it remains out of condition till May. The Pollack does not seem choice as to what it feeds on, and is easily taken with a baited line. It inhabits deep and rocky situa- tions, and seldom wanders far from land. THE GREEN COD. 349 MERLANGUS VIRENs.*—THE GREEN Cop. Specific Characters—Jaws of equal length; caudal fin deeply forked. Description.—F rom a specimen ten inches in length. Head about one-fourth of the whole length, caudal included ; depth of the body rather less than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides of a light glossy green ; the belly silvery-white ; dorsal, caudal, and anal fins, dusky green, minutely freckled with dark spots ; ventrals pure white ; sides irregularly marked with a number of small dark blue spots. First dorsal fin of a triangular form commencing in a line over the middle of the pectorals ; the fourth ray the longest, equalling the length of the base of the fin, the remaining rays rapid- ly decreasing, the last very short; second dorsal commencing a little behind the termination of the first, the fourth ray the longest, the rest gradually decreasing, the last very short, scarce perceptible, the sixth about one-third the length of the base of the fin ; third dor- sal arising at a short interval behind the last, leaving a space between its termination and the caudal fin, the fourth ray the longest, about half the length of the base of the fin, the rest gradually decreasing, the last very small; caudal deeply forked, the middle ray about half the length of the longest ray of the same fin ; ventrals small, about half the length of the pectorals ; third ray of the pectorals the longest, equalling the length of the base of the third dorsal fin ; anal fin com- mencing under the last rays of the first dorsal, and terminating rather behind the last ray of the second dorsal; seventh ray the longest, about one-third the length of the base of the fin, the remaining rays gra- dually decreasing, the last very small; second anal corresponding with the third dorsal. ’ Teeth small and sharp in both jaws, and a few on the vomer ; jaws of equal length; maxillary extending back to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit ; eyes moderate; bran- chial rays seven. Scales of the body small, deciduous, and finely striated, having somewhat of a granular appearance ; caudal fin covered with minute scales of an elongated form ; lateral line straight throughout its course. Number of fin rays— iste. 12'5 2d D. 20; 3d D. 195° P2153 °Vi.6 5 Ist AL 273 2a. 19; C. 38. i The Green Cod very much resembles in appearance the young of the coalfish, and has frequently been confounded with it. It is, however, of a much lighter green on the “ : : ; Merlangus virens, Yarr., Jen.,Flem. Gadus virens, Linn., Penn. 350 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. back, and the jaws are of equal length; in other respects the two fish are very similar. The pollack, when young, is likely to be mistaken for the Greén Cod, but the former has the under jaw considerably the longest, and the lateral line taking a gentle curve over the pectorals. This fish does not appear to be so common a species as is generally supposed. It is said to inhabit the coast of Norway, and is found as far south as on the shores of Cornwall. Dr Fleming says “it is frequently taken in the Firth of Forth during the summer ;” but of late, it has certainly become, in that locality, a scarce fish, as I have not been able to ob- tain above half a dozen examples for these last five years, and those were taken with a hook, in the months of July and August, off the pier-head at Newhaven. It feeds on small marine animals, and its flesh is considered rather insipid. Genus MERLUCIUS.—Dorsal fins two; no barbule at the chin. MERLUCIUS VULGARIS.*—THE Hake. Specific Characters.—Under jaw longest ; pectorals dark. Description.—F rom a specimen twenty-one inches in length. Head one-fourth the length of the body, caudal fin not included; depth of the body considerably less than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides dusky brown ; belly and anal fin dirty white; dorsal and ventrals dusky ; lower portion of the pectorals and caudal nearly black. First dorsal fin of a triangular form, commencing in a line over the base of the pectorals ; the first ray simple, nearly as long as the second, the third equalling the length of the base of the fin ; the remaining ray rapidly decreasing, the last very short; second dorsal commencing a little behind the termination of the first, run- ning down the back to within a short interval of the short lateral rays of the caudal fin; the first twenty-two rays of equal length, as long as the sixth ray of the first dorsal, the twenty-third to the twen- ty-seventh rapidly increasing ; the remaining rays gradually diminish- * Merlucius vulgaris, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Flem. Gadus merlucius, Penn., Don. ooo THE HAKE. 35] ing, the last very short. Pectoralsabout the length of the base of the first ten rays of the second dorsal, the fourth, fifth, and sixth rays nearly of equal length, giving a rounded form to the end of the fin ; ventrals about as long as the pectorals, the fifth and sixth rays the longest, the first much shorter than the last ; the base in advance of the pectorals. Anal fin commencing in a line under the third ray of the second dorsal, and terminating rather behind the last ray of the same fin ; the first, second, and third rays gradually increasing in length, the following eighteen about equal height ; the twenty-seventh con- siderably the longest, the rest gradually diminishing, the last very short. Caudal fin rather shorter than the pectorals, and slightly concave at the end; gape wide; maxillary extending back to be- neath the middle of the orbit ; under jaw the longest. Teeth long and slender, one row in each jaw with some short ones at the base, a few on the anterior part of the vomer; operculum triangular, end- ing in a blunt point over the base of the pectorals. Lateral line taking a slight curve from its origin to beneath the third or fourth ray of the second dorsal, from thence passing straight to the middle ray of the caudal fin. Scales of the body moderate, fifteen in an ob- lique row between the middle of the second dorsal fin and lateral line ; head covered with small scales as well as the caudal fin. Number of fin rays— Ist D.10; 2d D. 39; P.14; V.7; A.37; C.20. (Mr Yarrell enumerates only twenty-nine rays in the second dorsal, and twenty- one in the anal.) The Hake is at once easily distinguished from all the British species of this family, by having two dorsal fins and by having no barbule on the chin. In Mr Yarrell’s work, from an error of the press, this fish is stated to have a barbule on the chin. The Hake is frequently taken the length of three and sometimes four feet, and is at all times considered a coarse fish. It is said to abound in the Atlantic Ocean, as well as in the Mediterranean Sea. Numbers are taken on the south and west coasts of England, and in the Bay of Galway on the west of Ireland; but it is seldom met with on the east coast of Scotland. About two years ago, a single speci- men was taken in a stake-net, near Musselburgh, and sent to the Edinburgh market, where it appeared to be unknown, 352 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. The Hake is stated to be so plentiful on the Nymph Bank, off the coast of Waterford, that six men with hooks and lines have been known to take one thousand in the course of a night, besides a number of other fish. It isa very voracious feeder, and pursues herring, pilchards, and mac- kerel, with great avidity. It spawns in the early part of spring. Great numbers are sent to Spain in a dried and salted state, but seldom made use of in England, except by the poorer class of inhabitants, who find it a cheap ar- ticle of food. . Genus LOT'A.— Dorsal fins two ; a barbule on the chin. Lora mMotva.*—TuHE Line. Specific Characters.—U pper jaw longest ; body dusky olive. Description From a small specimen fourteen inches in length. Head one-fifth of the whole length, flattened on the summit ; depth of the body considerably less than the length of the head. Colour of the back and sides dusky olive ; belly silvery-white ; first dorsal fin with a large dark spot on the posterior rays; lower portions of the second dorsal and anal fins edged with white, with a dark band beneath ; caudal fin barred with black, and margined with white ; First dorsal fin short, about one-fifth the length of the second, com- mencing over the posterior half of the pectorals ; the first three rays gradually increasing, the rest of equal height, except the last three, which decrease rapidly. Second dorsal commencing at a short in- terval from the termination of the first, and ending close to the short lateral rays of the caudal fin ; the rays in the three anterior thirds of the fin all of equal length, the succeeding ones gradually increasing ; the last eight or nine rapidly decreasing, giving the end of the fin a rounded form. Pectorals and ventrals of equal length, as long as the base of the first dorsal; anal fin commencing under the tenth or eleventh ray of the second dorsal, and terminating in a line under the last ray but four of the same fin, with which it corresponds in form ; caudal fin rounded at the end. Jaws armed with a number of small, * Lota molva, Yarr., Jen., Cuv. Gadus molva, Penn., Linn. Molva vul- garis, Flem, Asellus longus, Will. aaa tind lod r THE LING. 3D3 sharp, irregular teeth, as well as the anterior part of the vomer; un- der jaw rather the shortest ; gape wide ; maxillary extending back to beneath the middle of the orbit ; operculum of a triangular form, ending ina point behind. The head, body, dorsal, anal, and caudal fins covered with small, elongated, adherent scales ; lateral line taking a slight bend from its origin to beneath the commencement of the se- cond dorsal fin, from thence running straight to the end of the tail ; chin furnished with a long slender barbule about the length of the dorsal rays. Number of fin rays— ist D: 15; 20-D:. 70; P. 175 VeG 5 AV60; C.37% The Ling is a fish well known both in the recent and salted state, and is said to attain to the length of seven feet ; but the more ordinary size is from three to four feet. It is common along the English, Irish, and Scottish coasts, and, like the Cod and Hake, forms a considerable article of commerce. Large quantities are annually salted and dried, the greater part of which is exported to Spain. The liver of the Ling produces abundance of oil, which has been used im certain rheumatic affections, with ap- parent success. In the Firth of Forth, Ling are taken with lines, principally about the Isle of May, where they are found more plentiful than further up the estuary ; oc- casionally small ones are met with near Inchkeith, but scarcely ever above Queensferry. According to Pennant, when a Ling is in season the liver is white, and abounds with fine flavoured oil; but as soon as it is out of season, the liver assumes a reddish appearance, and affords no oil. The same is the case with the Cod and many other fishes, but in a less degree. In June, the Ling sheds its spawn, after which it remains out of condition till August, when it again becomes wholesome food. Genus MOTELL A.—Dorsal fins two, the first with slen- der rays, scarcely perceptible ; the second long, continuing VOL. VII. z 304 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. nearly to the base of the tail ; snout with barbules, one on the chin. MotTeELLA VULGARIS.*—TuHr THREE-BEARDED ROCKLING. Specifie Character.—Snout with two barbules, and one on the chin. Description —F rom a specimen sixteen inches in length. Head about one-fifth of the whole length ; depth of the body much less than the length of the head. Colour of the head, back, and sides, yellowish- brown, marked with a few large, irregular, dusky spots; pectoral, dorsal, and caudal fins, brown ; belly, ventral, and anal fins, pale dusky-yellow ; irides bright yellow. First dorsal fin, about an inch and a half in length, commencing over the base of the pectorals and terminating in a line over the end of the fourth ray of the same fin ; the first ray much the longest and stoutest, the rest very fine, scarcely perceptible. Second dorsal arising at a short interval from the ter- mination of the first, and ending close to the short lateral rays of the caudal fin ; all the rays nearly of equal height, about half the length of the middle ray of the pectoral fin. Anal commencing in a line under the twelfth or thirteenth ray of the second dorsal, and termi- nating in a line with the last ray of the same fin ; all the rays nearly of equal height, but rather shorter than those of the second dorsal ; caudal fin rounded at the end ; ventrals in advance of the base of the pectorals ; the second ray greatly produced, being as long as the base of the first fifteen rays of the anal; pectorals rather longer than the caudal, the three or four middle rays of equal length, giving a rounded form to the end of the fin. Gape rather wide; under jaw the shortest ; maxillary extending back to beneath the posterior mar- gin of the orbit. Teeth numerous, and of irregular length, in both jaws as well as on the front of the vomer ; under jaw the shortest, with a long barbule on the chin, and one on each side of the snout in front of the eyes. Scales of the head and body adherent, small, finely striated, and of an oval form; lateral line scarcely perceptible. Number of fin rays— Ist-D.76e: 2d D: 67 -0P28e) Ve is An 50); C. 20, It is distinguished from the common ling and burbot in the first dorsal fin being scarcely perceptible, and in cay ing a barbule in front of each eye. * Motella vulgaris, Cuv., Yarr. Motellatricirrata, Jen. Mustela ma- rina, Ray. Gadus musiela; Penn. Gadus tricirratus, Bloch. Sea-Loche Whistle-fish. THE THREE-BEARDED ROCKLING. 355 ‘This is not an uncommon fish along the Devonshire and Cornish coasts, where it is found to frequent rocky and weedy localities. It has been taken on the west of Scot- land, and in Belfast Bay on the coast of Ireland, but is by no means of common occurrence towards the north. It is rare in the Firth of Forth, as well as along the whole of the eastern shores of Scotland. Its flesh is seldom made use of as food. It sheds its spawn in January and February, and feeds principally on crustaceous animals. MorTELLaA QUINQUECIRRATA.*—Tue Five-BEarDED Rock. Inc. Specific Character.—Snout with four barbules, and one on the chin. Description From a specimen ten inches in length. Head one- sixth of the whole length, caudal excluded ; depth of the body un- der the pectorals greater than the length of the head. Colour of the head, back, and sides, dark brown; belly and ventrals dirty white ; pectorals, dorsal, anal, and caudal, dusky brown ; irides yellowish. First dorsal fin very inconspicuous, commencing a little anterior to the base of the pectorals, and terminating in a line over the end of the pectoral ray ; the first ray about three times as long as the suc- ceeding ones, and about one-third the length of the base of the fin ; the rays when folded down become lodged in a sulcus behind the nape. Second dorsal commencing at a short distance from the last, and running down the back to within a short interval of the small lateral caudal rays; all the rays nearly of equal height, as long as the base of the first seven rays of the anal ; caudal rounded at the end ; pectorals of a similar shape, but rather smaller. Anal com- mencing in a line under the eleventh ray of the second dorsal, and terminating on a plane with the last ray of the same fin; all the rays nearly of equal height, rather less than those of the second dorsal ; ventrals in advance of the pectorals ; the second ray much produced, as long as the middle ray of the caudal. Under jaw the shortest ; maxillary extending back to beneath the posterior margin of the or- bit. Teeth small and blunt, nearly all of equal height, placed in three or four rows in each jaw, as well as on the anterior part of the vomer ; snout furnished with four barbules, and one on the chin ; * Motella quinquecirrata, Cuy., Yarr. Motella mustela, Jen. Gadus mustela, Linn., Penn. z 2 356 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. gill-opening large ; branchial rays seven ; operculum small, of a tri- angular form, ending over the pectorals ina point. Scales on the head, body, and on some portion of the fins, small and adherent ; late- ral line indistinct. Number of fin rays— Ist D. 50; 24D. 50; P.15; V.7; A. 40; C. 20. This fish, in a great measure, resembles the last species, and has been stated by some authors to be identical, vary- ing only in the number of barbules on the snout ; but, if we compare the fishes together, we shall find them to differ in many respects, entitling them to rank as distinct species. In the Three-Bearded Rockling the teeth are of unequal length and sharp pointed ; some of them are of large size, and projecting considerably beyond the rest, particularly in the lower jaw. In the Five-Bearded Rockling the teeth are excessively blunt, all of the same size and of equal length. The pectoral fins in the three-bearded species are longer than the caudal fin, and the body is marked with a number of large, scattered, dusky spots; whereas in the five-bearded species the pectorals are not so long as the caudal, and the body has no spots. The T'’hree-Bearded Rockling has about fifty rays in the anal fin, and the snout is never furnished with more than two barbules, and one on the chin. In the Five-Bearded Rockling, the anal fin has never more than forty-three rays, and the snout is always furnished with four barbules; besides, this species is seldom found more than a foot in length, and the head is small, compared to the length of the body. According to Mr Low, the Five-Bearded Rockling is common in the Orkney Islands, where it is found under stones, among sea-weed, but seldom exceeding nine to ten inches in length. Mr Yarrell has found it a very common fish on the Kentish coast in autumn, left by the retiring of the tide in small pools among rocks. It has been taken on the coast of Ireland, and I have found it of frequent THE TORSK. 357 occurrence at Brixham, on the coast of Devon, in rocky situations under stones and sea-weed. In the Firth of Forth, about the month of July, this fish is frequently taken with the hook and brought to market, when it is sold in company with young cod, whiting, and podleys; al- together they are said to make a very palatable fry. The Five-Bearded Rockling inhabits hard sandy coasts, as well as rocky places, and feeds on small shells and crustacea. It spawns in January and February, and the young are seen about two inches in length in July. Genus BROSMIUS.—Dersal fin one, extending the whole length of the back ; one barbule on the chin. BrosMt1us VULGARIS.*—TuHeE Torsk. Specific Characters.—Ventral fins fleshy ; caudal margined with white. Description.—F rom a specimen twenty inches and a half in length. “* The greatest breadth at the end of the pectorals, four inches and a half; at the vent four inches ; something more than half-way from the vent to the tail, two inches; at the tail, one inch and a quarter. The length of the head four inches ; from the point of the nose to the commencement of the dorsal fin six inches. Length of the dor- sal fin thirteen inches ; from the point of the lower jaw to the vent eleven inches. Length of the anal fin eight inches ; tail something more than two inches. The head small in proportion to the fish, with a single barbule upon the chin ; upper jaw a very little longer than the lower; in the jaws there are great numbers of very small teeth, and in the roof of the mouth a rough or toothed bone, much in the shape of a horse-shoe ; a pretty broad furrow runs from the nape to the commencement of the dorsal fin, which runs the whole length of the back to within about an inch of the tail; the tail is rounded ; the anal fin begins at the vent and ends at the tail; but is not joined with it ; the rays of the dorsal and anal fins are numerous, but the softness of these and the thickness of the investing skin, hinder them from being counted with exactness ; the edges of the dorsal, anal, and tail, are white, the rest dusky ; the pectoral fins * Brosmius vulgaris, Yarr.,Cuy. Gadus brosme, Penn., Don. 358 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. are rounded, broad, and of a brown colour; the ventrals small, thick, and fleshy, ending in points ; the body to the vent is roundish ; the belly from the throat growing suddenly very prominent, continuing so to the vent, where it becomes smaller to the tail ; behind the vent, the body is pretty much compressed; the colour of the head is dusky ; the back and sides yellow, which becoming lighter by de~ grees is lost in the white of the belly ; the lateral line is scarcely dis- cernible, but runs nearer the back than to the belly, till towards the middle of the fish; in its passage backwards it curves a little down- wards and runs to the tail.” Number of fin rays— “DPD. 49; P. 21; V.5; A, 37; C, 36."—Yarrell, It is readily distinguished from its congeners by having but one ~ dorsal fin. The Torsk is scarcely known on the southern shores, being confined principally to the northern seas. It is said to be occasionally taken in the Firth of Forth, and brought to the Edinburgh market, where the young of the Ling is fre- quently mistaken for it. Mr Yarrell states it “to bea northern fish, scarcely occurring below 60° or above 73° ; not migrating regularly, and therefore rarely seen by the ichthyologists of the South. Plentiful on the coast of Nor- way as far as Finmark, off the Faroé Islands, and the west and south coasts of Iceland; rare on the north and east coasts of Iceland. It must be uncommon in Greenland, as Fabricius only knew it from the report of the natives. Just touches the most northern point of Denmark, at Skagen in Jutland, where it is sometimes taken : not at all in the south. Approaches the land early in the year in shoals, that of Iceland in January ; remains there in company with the five-bearded, and goes away again late in the summer, Lives in deep water, and is therefore seldom taken, even when it is most abundant. Prefers a rocky bottom, on which sea-weeds grow. Never found any thing in its sto- mach ; and this has probably given rise to the saying, that it lives on the juice of sea-weeds. Spawns in April and THE TADPOLE FISH. ) 359 May among the fuci along the coast. Is rarely taken with the cod-hooks, more frequently at the smaller lines. Some- times taken by the Norwegian fishermen among the Hali- buts. It must have less power of resisting the violence of the sea than its congeners, as it is thrown up dead in incre- dible numbers on the coasts of the Faroé Islands and the south coast of Iceland after a storm. Its flesh is hard, but well flavoured. In Iceland seldom dried, but eaten fresh. Jan Olsen says, that the fresh flesh is badly tasted, but when dried it is the best food. In Norway it is treated like the Stock-fish, but forms no branch of merchandise. 'The hard roe, according to Pontoppidan, has good flavour. Its ene- mies are the larger species of cod. It is much infested by a worm which form a nidus in its skin, and produces rounded swellings.” It is said to grow occasionally to the length of three feet and a half, the average size being about eighteen inches, Genus RANICEPS.—Dorsal fins two ; the first scarcely perceptible ; the second long ; one barbule on the chin, none on the snout. RANICEES TRIFURCATUS.*—THE TaAppoLE-F isu. Specific Character.—First two ventral rays much produced. (See Plate XXXVI.) Description.—F rom a specimen four inches and a half in length. Head large and wide, about one third the length of the body, with the crown much flattened and depressed ; anterior part of the body rounded and tumid ; hinder part compressed. Colour of the body dark sooty black ; lips, angle of the mouth, and under the gill-covers, pure white ; second dorsal, caudal, and anal fins, deep black, with the margins of the two former shaded with white. First dorsal fin com- mencing over the base of the pectorals, composed of three small rays * Raniceps trifurcatus, Yarr., Jen., Flem. Raniceps Jago, Flem, Bar- bus minor, Penn. Ratrachoides trifurcatus, Penn. 360 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the middle of which is the longest, being about half the length of the pectorals. Second dorsal commencing over the middle of the pec- torals, and running down the back to within a short interval of the tail. Anal fin begins in a line under the termination of the pectoral rays, and ends at a point not quite so far as that at which the dorsal terminates. Ventrals arise under the throat ; the two first rays the ~ longest, and extend a little beyond the origin of the anal fin, of a bluish-white colour; the remainder of the rays about one third the length of the first, of a dull black appearance ; caudal and pectorals nearly of equal size and shape, slightly rounded at the extremity ; the latter of a sooty-black colour with a broad light-coloured band run- ning across the middle. Scales small and adherent, scarcely percep- tible when fresh; air-bladder large ; coats of the stomach strong ; cecal appendages wanting. Jaws furnished with a number of small, sharp teeth, with a few long ones projecting beyond the rest, parti- cularly on the lower jaw, and on front of the upper ; anterior part of the roof of the mouth also furnished with teeth set close together, and arranged in a lateral direction ; four cartilaginous prominences at the commencement of the esophagus, covered with a number of very small sharp teeth, rendering each rough to the touch ; tongue broad, smooth, without teeth ; under jaw shortest, with a conical barbule placed on the chin ; eyes situated a little in advance of the angle of the mouth, of a pale yellow colour. Lateral lme commencing over the pectorals, and after running a straight course half-way down the side, takes a sudden bend, from thence straight to the base of the caudal fin. Number of fin rays— tst\D235: 2d D. 67; C205 'A. 575 Balls; Vi. 6. At the origin of the lateral lme, are from nine to ten small tubercles, which are not perceptible when the fish is recently taken ; but when the skin is somewhat shrunk by exposure to the sun or open air, these gland-like bodies be- come very evident. In appearance this animal little resembles any of our British fishes as to shape or colour, and may well be compared, from its form, to a frog in the tadpole state, from which circumstance it appears to have derived the name of “ Tadpole fish.” It does not appear to be so rare a fish as was formerly imagined. It has been taken on the coast of Cornwall, on the Northumberland and Ber- wickshire coasts, on the west coast of Scotland, and in the THE PLAISE. 361 Firth of Forth in the neighbourhood of Alloa. It feeds on small insects, and sheds its spawn in April. Famity VI. PLEURONECTIDA.—Body flat, com- pressed vertically ; back of a dark colour ; under surface of a pure white ; dorsal fin single, extending the whole length of the back ; both eyes placed on the same side of the head. The species’ keep close to the bottom, having no swimming bladder. Genus PLATESSA. Both eyes on the right side; dor- sal fin commencing over the left eye, and not reaching to the caudal ; caudal fin rounded at the end. ; PLATESSA VULGARIS.*—-THE PLAISE. Specific Characters.—A row of five or six osseous tubercles on the eye side of the head; scales entire. (See Plate XX XVII.) Description.—F rom a small specimen a foot in length. Head ra- therless than one-fourth of the entire length, caudal included; breadth of the body half its length, fins not included. Colour of the body above brownish, with large distant orange spots ; under surface pure white, occasionally mottled. Dorsal fin commencing over the mid- dle of the orbit, and terminating at a short interval from the base of the caudal ; the middle rays the longest, more than twice the length of the first. Anal fin arising under the middle of the pectoral, and ending under the last ray of the dorsal; the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth rays the longest, more than twice the length of the first, the succeeding ones gradually diminishing ; the last very short ; caudal even or slightly rounded at the end ; the middle ray as long as the base of the fifteen first dorsal rays; ventrals as long as the fifth or sixth ray of the anal, and situated in advance of the base of the pectorals; a strong spine placed in front of the anal ;- pectorals rather longer than the ventrals ; snout pointed ; body contracted at the base of the tail; under jaw longest, ascending ; mouth small ; teeth even, closely set and rather obtuse ; eyes on the right side, full and prominent, both equally advanced towards the end of the snout ; * Platessa vulgaris, Yarr., Jen., Flem. Pleuronectes platessa, Linn., Penn., Bloch. Fluke. 362 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the intervening space narrow, with an osseous ridge in the middle, which, behind the eyes, becomes interrupted, giving rise to a flexuous row of tubercles five or six in number, from the termination of which the lateral line commences, taking a very slight curve over the pec- torals, from thence passing straight to the base of the tail, where it accompanies the under surface of the middle caudal ray. Scales en- tire, small and adherent, and from being deeply impressed in the cu- ticle it gives the surface a pitted appearance. Number of fin rays— D.70; P.11; V.-6; A. 50; C.:20; Bw6. The Plaise is readily distinguished by having a row of osseous tubercles, about five in number, placed on the eye side of the head, running with a gentle curve from the ori- gin of the lateral line to the central ridge of the orbits; a character which none of the other species of this genus possess. It is a fish well known throughout the British coasts, in consequence of its being held in high estimation for the table. Itis said to have been taken on some parts of the English coast the weight of fifteen pounds. During the summer months it inhabits rocky situations, but in February and March it approaches the sandy banks for the purpose of shedding its spawn, when great numbers are taken both with the net and line. In the month of August the young are seen from two to three inches in length at the mouths of rivers, but seldom found beyond the flow of the tide, although they have been retained with success in fresh-water ponds. They are com- mon in almost every part of the estuary of the Forth, but seldom met with of large size; the small ones are named Flukes and are in their best condition as food in May, par- ticularly when: taken on rocky ground, where they meet with various species of «:.:stacea and small fishes on which they principally feed. a THE MUD-FLOUNDER. 363 ) Pratessa FLEsUS.*—TuHE Mup-FLounDER. Specific Characters.—Middle of the back along the course of the lateral line, and at the base of the dorsal and anal fins, rough ; sides smooth. (Plate XX XVII.) Description——From a specimen eleven inches in length. Head rather less than one-fourth of the entire length ; breadth of the body, fins not included, half its length. Colour of the upper surface oliva- ceous brown; fins rather lighter; under surface white; liable to great variation ; occasionally both surfaces are of the same colour ; sometimes the back is yellow or yellowish-brown, marked with dark red spots, and frequently with large white spots ; the colour depend- ing greatly on the nature of the soil on which the fish reposes ; if it frequents muddy situations the back is dark ; if sandy places it is more or less red. Dorsal fin commencing over the anterior margin of the orbit, running down the back to within a short interval of the base of the lateral caudal rays, the first ray short, about the length of the diameter of the orbit, the succeeding rays gradually increasing in height to the thirty-fourth, which is the longest, being as long as the base of the eleven first dorsal rays, the rest more rapidly dimi- nishing, the last very small ; caudal fin even or very slightly rounded at the end, the middle ray as long as the base of the first thirteen rays of the anal, all the rays branched except the three lateral ones, which are simple and shorter than the rest. Pectorals rounded, the middle ray the longest, about half the length of the head ; ventrals placed a little in advance of the pectorals ; anal commencing under the middle of the pectorals, and ending in a line under the last ray of the dorsal, the first ray short, the fifteen succeeding ones gradually increasing, from thence gradually diminishing to the last, which is very short, the longest equalling the length of the thirty-fourth ray of the dorsal, a small spine in front of the first ray ; snout rather pointed ; under jaw longest ; mouth small; teeth obtuse, placed in a single row ; eyes on the right side of the head equally in advance ; operculum terminating in a point over the base of the pectorals. Lateral line taking a slight curve over the pectorals, from thence running straight to the tail, when it accompanies the lower margin of the middle cau- dal ray ; on each side of the anterior portion of the lateral line are a number of small, rounded, stellated tubercles, giving a roughness to that part when the finger is passed along the lateral line ; the head and cheeks have also a few tubercles of a similar kind; as well as the base of the dorsal and anal fins ; scales of the body small, entire, and very adherent. Number of fin rays— D. 62; P. 10; V.6; A. 45; C. 18. * Platessa flesus, Yarr., Jen. Plewronectes flesus, Linn., Penn. F'resh- water Fluke, Mud-Flounder. 364 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. This species of Flounder is distinguished by the upper surface being perfectly smooth, except the middle of the back along the course of the lateral line, and the base of the dorsal and anal fins, which are rough with small round- ed stellated tubercles ; by passing the hand down the back they are readily felt. The Mud-Flounder, as it is frequently named in Scot- land, is rather more common on our coasts than the last- described species, and is found at the mouths of rivers nearly all the year round, up which it sometimes ascends to a considerable distance, particularly when the waters are discoloured and increased in size by heavy rains. In ge- neral, it is a dirty feeder, subsisting on slugs, worms, and dead animal matter, and inhabiting muddy situations in preference to fine sandy banks. In the months of July and August these fish are taken in great numbers in the Firth of Forth in the salmon nets, particularly above Queensferry ; as well as in Leith Harbour with the hook. ‘They take the bait most eagerly, and require but little skill in their capture. The average size is from seven to nine inches in length, and one of double that is considered un- common. The largest specimen I have met with taken from the Firth of Forth, measures the length of sixteen inches. Pennant has heard of them weighing six pounds. Those found in the river are said to be held in higher estimation for the table than those met with in the sea, and are at all times inferior in flavour to the other species of flat fish. They spawn in brackish water in March and April, and the young are seen in June scarcely half an inch long. A variety of this fish is often met with, with the eyes on the left side of the head; some authors formerly considered it as a distinct species, under the name of Pleuronectes passer, but since it differs in no other respect from the common kind, naturalists are now agreed to make no distinction be- tween them. a) THE SALTWATER FLOUNDER. 365 PLATESSA LIMANDA.*—THE SALTWATER FLOUNDER. Specific Characters.—Scales ciliated ; lateral line much arched over the pectorals ; rays of the dorsal and anal fins rough. (Plate XXXVII.) Description —From a specimen a foot in length. Head less than one-fifth of the whole length, caudal included ; body rather more than twice the length of its breadth, fins excluded. Colour of the upper surface yellowish-brown, sometimes pale yellow ; marked with a few obscure orange spots ; fins rather lighter ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commencing over the middle of the left or- bit and terminating ata short distance from the caudal rays, the first ray short, less than the diameter of the orbit ; the succeeding ones gradually increasing in length to about the fortieth ray; the re- mainder rather more rapidly diminishing, the last very short. Caudal rounded at the end, the middle ray as long as the base of the first seventeen rays of the dorsal, all branched except the three lateral ones which are shorter than the rest ; pectorals more than half the length of the head, the three or four middle rays of equal length. Ventrals small, placed in advance of the base of the pectorals. Anal fin commencing a little beyond the end of the ventral rays, and ter- minating in a line under the last ray of the dorsal, the twenty-third or twenty-fourth ray the longest, the rest gradually diminishing. Both eyes placed on the right side of the head, the under of which is rather in advance ; mouth small; under jaw longest. Teeth obtuse, placed in one row in each jaw ; lateral line taking a high curve over the pectorals, from thence passing straight to the end of the middle caudal ray. Scales of the body more than twice the size of those in the last-described species, ciliated at the free margin, rendering a roughness to the surface when the hand is passed from tail to head ; each ray in the dorsal and anal fins'is accompanied by a series of ciliated scales running along the anterior margin ; these scales are more perceptible on the middle rays, and are frequently wanting in the lateral ones; the caudal rays are furnished with a row of scales on each side, but not ciliated, causing the fin to feel perfectly smooth ; no scales on the pectorals or ventrals except a few at the base of the first and second ray; a sharp, stout, reclining spine immediately at the commencement of the anal fin. Number of fin rays— Meio; ©. 11; V.6; A. 57; C. 16. * Platessa limanda, Yarr., Jen. Pleuronectes limanda, Bloch, Penn. Don., Linn. Common Dab, Saltwater Fluke. 366 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. The essential characters are: lateral line much arched over the pectorals ; dorsal and anal fins rough to the touch ; pectoral, ventral, and caudal fins, smooth ; back rough when the hand is passed from tail to head. Head, lateral line, and base of the dorsal and anal fins, without tubercles. This species of flat fish is found to frequent most of the sandy banks throughout the British coasts, but is not of so common occurrence as either the Plaise or Mud-Flounder. There are few fish of the kind which surpass it in flavour, particularly when taken in the months of February and March, and it even rivals the sole in delicacy. In the Firth of Forth numbers are caught with long lines baited with mussels, and they are frequently found with other flounders entangled in the salmon-nets at Musselburgh and Queens- ferry. They delight in shallow water in preference to the deep, and are seldom seen in rocky situations, or at the mouths of fresh-water rivers. ‘They spawn in the months of April and May, and are then, and for two months after- wards, of little value tor the table, the flesh being at that period soft, and ill flavoured. Crustacea and small fishes appear to be their principal food. I obtained a specimen of fifteen inches in length in Edinburgh in the month of March ; one of eight or nine inches is considered the ave- rage size. PLATESSA MICROCEPHALUS.*—TuHE SmootH Dap. Specific Characters.—Upper surface smooth ; head without tuber- cles ; teeth deficient on the eye side ; jaws equal. (Plate XX XVIII.) Description —From a large specimen eighteen inches in length. Head small, about one-sixth of the whole length, caudal included ; breadth of the body less than half its length. Colour of. the upper surface yellowish-brown mottled with brown of a darkershade ; mar- - ‘gin of the gill-cover orange-yellow ; belly pure white. Dorsal fin * Platessa microcephalus, Flem., Yarr. Pleuronectes levis, Penn. Pleu- ronectes microcephalus, Donn. Lemon Dab, Smear Dab, Sandfleuk, Mary- sole, Town Dab. | rs 9, { AY, va Vv y oe! THE SMOOTH DAB. 367 commencing over the anterior part of the orbit, and ending near the caudal rays ; the first ray short, about the length of the orbit; the succeeding thirty gradually increasing in height, the next thirty-four about equal, the rest gradually decreasing, the last very short and fine, the middle rays rather longer than half the length of the head. Caudal rounded at the end, the middle ray equalling the length of the head ; ventrals small, placed in advance of the base of the pec- torals the middle ray as long as the base of the five first rays of the dorsal. Anal commencing nearly under the base of the pectorals, and terminating under the last ray of the dorsal; the twelve first rays gradually increasing in height the following thirty of nearly equal length, the rest gradually decreasing, the last very short, the middle rays as long as the base of the first ten. Pectorals about half the length of the head ; lateral line slightly curved over the pectorals, from thence running straight to the end of the middle caudal ray. Lips thick and fleshy ; jaws of equal length ; teeth obtuse, set close together in one row ; the first two on the lower jaw a little apart from the rest ; on the eye side of the jaws the teeth are deficient ; mouth small; lower orbit very slightly in advance of the upper. Seales distinct, oval, entire. Number of fin rays— Peeg eb. Us. 5s A, 73570. b7. This fish is readily distinguished from the rest of the spe- cies in the same genus, in having both jaws of equal length ; in the teeth extending but a very little more than half-way round the mouth, and in the teeth being deficient on the eye side. The Smooth Dab is not by any means a common fish in the Firth of Forth; it makes its appearance mostly in the spring months, and is taken on the sandy banks off Fife- © shire, as well as on the opposite coast, with lines baited with soft mollusca. Two or three seasons sometimes pass when not half a dozen of these fish are seen in the Edinburgh market. In the year 1835 they were unusually plentiful, particu- larly in the month of February ; but after March they are scarcely ever met with. They shed their spawn some time during April, after which they retire to rocky ground, where they generally remain until the commencement of the fol- 368 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. lowing year. The Smooth Dab, as an article of food, is considered by some persons to be of little or no value, in consequence of its possessing a strong, disagreeable, tarry flavour ; by others again, no flat fish is said to surpass it in excellence, the flesh being firm and well-tasted. These op- posite opinions may be easily accounted for when we con- sider that the quality of the fish depends solely on the pe- riod of the year in which it is caught. In December, Ja- nuary, and February, the Smooth Dab is in good season for the table; but in April, May, and June, it is found to be of very inferior quality, and on some occasions has been proved unwholesome. It feeds on small shell-fish and crustacea. I have also met with this species occasionally on the Devonshire coast ; it is said to be rare in Cornwall. PLATESSA LIMANDOIDES.*—THE Lone Roucnu Das. Specific Characters.—Rays of the pectoral and caudal fins rough ; lateral line nearly straight. (Plate XX XVIII.) Description.—F rom a specimen eleven inches in length. Head one- fifth of the whole length, caudal included ; breadth of the body nearly one third of its length, fins not included. Colour of the upper surface pale brownish-grey ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commen- cing over the anterior part of the left orbit, and terminating at a short distance from the caudal fin ; the first ray short; the forty succeed- ing ones gradually increasing ; the following ten about equal height ; the remainder gradually diminishing; the last small, rather shorter and finer than the first. Anal commencing a little behind the base of the pectorals and terminating under the last ray of the dorsal, in form similar to the dorsal; the middle rays equalling the length of the pectorals ; caudal somewhat angular at the end; the middle ray as long as the base of the first fourteen rays of the anal, all branched except the three lateral ones, which are much the short- est. Ventrals in advance of the base of the pectorals; the middle ray which is the longest reaching to the anal spine. Pectorals less * Platessalimandoides, Yarr., Jen. Plewronecies limandoides, Shaw, Bloch. Sandsucker, Long Klenk, Sand Fleuk. THE LONG ROUGH DAB. 369 than half the length of the head, and as long as the base of the nine first dorsal rays. Mouth large; under jaw longest; teeth long and slender, and very sharp, placed a little apart from each other, and in one row ineach jaw. Eyes large, the upper rather in advance ; an elevated bony ridge between ; lateral line broad and distinet, tak- ing a very slight turn over the pectoral fin, from thencerunning straight ' to the end of the middle caudal ray. Scales of the body large, cili- ated and very deciduous ; those on the rays of the fins, smaller and more adherent. Number of fin rays— Peds > P. 10’; V. 6; A. 69; C. 17. The Long Rough Dab insome measure resembles the salt- water Flounder, in having the back rough, and the dorsal and anal rays furnished with a row of ciliated scales; but it differs from it, however, in being a narrower fish, and in having the lateral line nearly straight; the caudal, pectoral, and ventral rays rough ; the mouth large, and the teeth long and sharp : whereas in the salt-water flounder, the lateral line is much bent over the pectorals; the caudal, pectoral, and ventral rays smooth ; the mouth rather small, and the teeth blunt. In the Edinburgh market this fish receives the name of Sandsucker, from an erroneous idea entertained by the fish- ermen in supposing it to feed on nothing but sand ; for, on opening the stomach, it appears filled with small, granu- lar, sand-like particles, which seem to be the broken frag- ments of some species of Asterias. This fish I first recorded as British, in the Edinburgh - New Philosophical Journal for July 1835, from specimens taken in the Firth of Forth. I have since met with it on the Berwick and Devonshire coasts. It frequents sandy shores, and is taken by the hook in company with the plaise and other kinds of flat fish, principally in the months of May, June, and July, when several may be found daily in the Edinburgh market. Its flesh is sweet and good, but rather dry. The largest specimen I have met with measures fif- teen inches in length. Dr Clarke of Ipswich was the first VOL. VII. Aa 370 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. naturalist to notice the Long Rough Dab as occurring in the Firth of Forth, from whence he obtained several speci- mens in the summer of 1834. According to Mr Yarrell, a specimen was seen by Dr John Harwood on the Sussex coast in 1833. PLATEssA POLA.*—THE PoLE-Das. Specific Characters.—Head without tubercles ; scales large, not ci- liated ; under jaw longest. (See Plate XX XVIII.) Description—¥rom a large specimen nineteen inches and a half in length. Head small, one-fifth of the length, as far as half-way ~*, “down the caudal rays; breadth of the body, fins included, exactly “half the length of the whole fish. Colour of the upper surface, yel- lowish-brown ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commencing over the middle of the left eye, and ending at a short distance from the base of the caudal rays; the first ray short, about half the length of the orbit, the twenty-five succeeding ones gradually increasing in height, the forty following rays of equal length, as long as the base of the first ten, the remainder gradually decreasing, the last very short and fine. Ventrals rather small, placed in advance of the base of the pectorals ; the middle ray the longest, equalling the length of the thirteenth ray of the dorsal. Anal commencing nearly under the base of the pectorals, and terminating in a line with the last ray of the dorsal; the first ray very short, the ten succeeding ones rapidly increasing, the forty following of equal height, as long as the middle rays of the dorsal, the remainder gradually diminishing, the last very small. Caudal rounded or somewhat angular at the end, the middle ray as long as the base of the first sixteen rays of the anal; pecto- rals pointed, rather more than half the length of the head. Mouth small; under jaw longest ; teeth obtuse, small, set close together, in one row in each jaw, all of equal height. Eyes large, the lower one placed very conspicuously in advance of the upper ; lateral line nearly straight throughout its course, bent very slightly over the pec- torals. Scales on the body large, entire, and very deciduous ; those on the fins small and adherent. Number of fin rays— D103 :3°P29 3 V.6 ROTC. 20. The Pole Dab is distinguished from the plaise in having | no tubercles on the head, and the scales of the body being * Platessa pola, Yarr., Jen., Cuv. Pleuronectes pola, Lacepede. Pole, Craig Fluke, French Sole. : THE POLE_-DAB. 371 large and deciduous ; it is distinguished from the mud-floun- der, in the middle of the back and base of the dorsal and anal fins being perfectly smooth and free from tubercles ; from the salt-water flounder, in the scales not being ciliated, the dorsal and anal rays being smooth, and the lateral line over the pectorals nearly straight; from the smooth dab, in having the under jaw longest, and the teeth extending the whole way round and not being deficient on the eye side ; from the long rough dab, in having all the rays of the fins perfectly smooth, and the mouth small. This fish was first recorded as new to the British Fauna, in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal for 1835. The only locality then known for it was the Firth of Forth. Mr Yarrell, however, had obtained a specimen in Bond Street in 1833, but on what coast it was taken does not ap- pear to be known. In 1836 I met with three examples at Brixham, on the coast of Devon, where they were taken in the trawl-net with other fishes. In the Firth of Forth, since the time I first discovered it, I have obtained fifteen speci- mens, from the largest of which the above description was taken. According to Baron Cuvier, this fish is not unfre- quently taken along the coast of France, where it is held in high estimation as food. The flesh of those taken in the Firth of Forth was considered equal, if not superior, to that of the sole. They shed their spawn in May and June, when they are found in sandy situations, and are then taken with lines. In the winter months they inhabit rocky ground, and feed on different kinds of crustacea. In the stomachs of those examined were found the remains of small crabs and star-fish. Grnus HIPPOGLOSSUS.—Both eyes on the right side ; dorsal fin commencing over the left eye ; caudal fin concave at the end. AaQ aie FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Hiprocwussus vuLGARIs.*—THe Hatiset. Specific Characters.—Lateral line arched over the pectorals ; teeth in two rows in the upper jaw. Description.—F rom a specimen twenty-one inches in length, and ten and a half in breadth, fins included. Head about one-fourth of ‘the whole length. Colour of the upper surface dusky brown, occa- sionally marked with six or eight large white or bluish spots ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commencing over the anterior part of the left eye, and ending at a wide interval from the base of the cau- dal rays; the first twenty-four rays nearly of equal height, about half the length of the orbit; the succeeding fifteen rapidly increas- ing, the longest rays equalling the length of the base of the first ten rays, the remainder gradually diminishing, the last very short. Cau- dal concave ; the middle ray considerably less than the length of the long lateral rays; pectorals as long as the base of the first twelve rays of the anal; the fourth ray the longest, all branched except the two first ; ventrals placed in advance of the pectorals, the middle ray as long as the seventh of the anal. Anal fin commencing in a line under the twenty-fifth ray of the dorsal, and ending under the last ray of the same fin, the first ray short, the seventeen succeeding ones rapidly increasing, the remainder gradually diminishing, the last very short ; the longest rays equalling those of the dorsal. Gape wide ; under jaw longest ; teeth long and sharp, set a little apart,- placed in two rows in the upper jaw, and in one in the lower. The left eye, smallest ; lateral line much arched over the pectorals, from thence running straight to the end of the middle caudal ray ; scales small, of an oblong form, rather adherent. Number of fin rays— De Oigo Ped; Ne seh > C.48. This fish is readily distinguished from all the other flat fish by the caudal fin being concave at the end. The Halibut is a native of the Northern Seas, where specimens of large size, weighing nearly five hundred pounds, are said to have been occasionally taken. It is frequently met with along the east coast of Scotland, but seems to be rare, or entirely unknown, on the south coast of England. A fine specimen was taken off the Isle of Man in April * Hippoglossus vulgaris, Yarr., Jen., Cuv. Pleuronectes hippoglossis, Linn., Penn., Don. so einai, i le THE HALIBUT. 373 1828, and sent to the Edinburgh market. It measured seven feet six inches in length, three feet six inches in breadth, and weighed three hundred and twenty pounds. It seems most voracious, and subsists principally on crus- tacea and small fish. Pennant states that two instances oc- curred in one year of its swallowing the lead weight at the end of a line with which the seamen were sounding ; one off Flamborough Head, the other going into Tynemouth Haven. In the latter instance the fish was taken, in the former it dis- engaged itself. The Halibut, in the Firth of Forth, inhabits deep and rocky places, and is frequently taken of large size near Inchkeith, and in the neighbourhood of the Bass. In the months of July and August, specimens are caught about a foot and a half in length, and sold in the Edinburgh mar- ket at the rate of fourpence a pound, where they are named Halibut-Turbot, and are frequently disposed of as turbot. The large individuals are considered coarse and dry eating ; the part which adheres to the side fin is esteemed the best, and by some is regarded as a very delicious morsel. They spawn in spring. Genus RHOMBUS.—Both eyes on the left side, dorsal fin commencing in front of the right eye. RuomBus MAXIMUS.*—TurE Tourpor. Specific Character.—Upper surface of the body with prominent os- seous tubercles. Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches in length. Breadth, ' fins included, eleven inches ; head one-third of the length of the body, caudal not included ; body of a rhomboidal form approaching to round. Colour of the upper surface yellowish-brown, mottled * Rhombus maximus, Cuv., Yarr. Pleuronectes maximus, Penn., Jen., Flem. Rawn Fluke, Bannock Fluke. 374 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and spotted with dark brown ; under surface pure white ; occasion- ally of a dark appearance, and instances have occurred in which both surfaces were of the same colour. Dorsal fin commencing anterior to the right eye, between it and the upper lip ; the first ray short, about the length of the orbit, the thirty-six succeeding ones gradually in- creasing, the rest gradually diminishing, the last ray about the length of the first, the longest ray equalling the length of the base of the first nine rays of the same fin. Anal fin arising in advance of the base of the pectorals, and ending under the last ray of the dorsal, being separated from the caudal fin by a short interval; origin of the pectorals placed under the nineteenth ray of the dorsal, the fourth and fifth rays rather the longest, equalling the length of the base of the first eight rays of the dorsal. First ray of the anal short, the succeeding seventeen gradually increasing, the remain- der gradually diminishing, the last rather shorter than the first, the longest ray, as long as the base of the first eight rays of the same fin. Base of the ventrals long, placed in a line under the cheeks, the rays gradually increasing from the first; the fin in form and size is similar to the anterior portion of the dorsal as far as the ninth ray. Under jaw longest ; teeth small and sharp, set a little apart, arranged in several rows, particularly in the front of each jaw ; eyes rather small, the under one rather in advance of the upper; lateral line much arched over the pectorals, after which it passes straight to the base of the tail, from thence along the under margin of the middle caudal ray ; caudal fin rounded at the end, the middle ray equalling the length of the base of the first eleven rays of the anal. Both sides of the body smooth, excepting being furnished with prominent osseous tubercles having their blunt points directing forwards ; on the upper surface, they are more numerous than on the lower ; head and cheeks rough, with tubercles of a similar kind, but smaller, more numerous and set close together, particularly between the eyes and along the margin of the preoperculum ; body apparently without scales, marked with a number of irregular depressed lines, particularly on the under surface. Number of fin rays— D. 66; P. 11; V.6; A. 48; C. 15. The Turbot is seldom met with in Orkney and still rarer towards the Shetland Isles. Along the east coast of Scot- land, in the bays of the Moray and Dornoch Firth, they are occasionally taken but of small size, and do not appear in any numbers until we approach the English coast. At the mouth of the Firth of Forth, they are found more plenti-_ ful, and specimens weighing from twenty to thirty pounds THE BRILL. 370 are not unfrequently taken, from whence the Edinburgh market is abundantly supplied. Onthe Yorkshire coast an extensive Turbot fishery is carried on, principally with the hook, when lines of three miles in length are used. Each line which is placed across the current and allowed to re- main for six hours and then hauled up, has more than two thousand hooks. The bait generally used is the sand-eel, but portions of other fish will answer as well, provided they be fresh. On the coast of Devon, turbot are taken in trawl-nets ; but not in any numbers, until they leave the rocky parts, and approach the sandy ground to deposit their spawn. This they shed in spring, The flesh of the turbot is the most esteemed as food of all the Pleuronec- tide, and meets with a ready market at a high price. When fresh it is wholesome, but if eaten when in the slight- est tainted, there are few stomachs with which it is found to agree, being liable to create nausea and sickness, and that sometimes to an alarming extent. It is in best con- dition for the table when in roe. The most common weight of this fish is from five to ten pounds. It is recorded to have been taken the weight of one hundred and ninety pounds, measuring six feet across. RHOMBUS VULGARIS.*—THE Britt. Specific Characters.—Body smooth, without tubercles ; scales dis- tinct, entire, not ciliated. Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches in length ; breadth, fins included, ten inches. Head about one-fourth of the whole length; form much resembling that of the turbot, but rather more oval. Colour of the upper surface dark brown, with numerous white and dusky spots ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commenc- ing in front of the right eye, between it and the upper lip, and ter- minating at a short interval from the base of the caudal rays; the * Rhombus vulgaris, Yarr., Cuv. Pleuronectes rhombus, Jen., Don., Penn. Pearl, Brett, Kite, Bonnet-Fluke. 376 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. first ray short, the succeeding ones as far as about half-way down the back, gradually increasing ; the rest gradually diminishing, the long- est ray equalling the base of the first nine rays of the same fin. Anal commencing in advance of the base of the pectorals, and ending in a line under the last ray of the dorsal, the first ray short, the suc- ceeding ones gradually increasing to about half-way down the fin; the remainder gradually diminishing, the last about the length of the first, the longest rays equalling the length of the same rays of the dor- sal. Caudal rounded at the end, all the rays branched except the two or three lateral ones ; ventrals situated in a line under the preoperculum, appearing like a continuation of the anal ; a small space intervening, in which is placed the vent; pectorals arising in a line under the twentieth ray of the dorsal, the third and fourth rays the longest, equalling the longest ray of the anal. Under jaw longest, ascending obliquely ; teeth small and sharp, placed in many rows in front ; gape wide ; maxillary extending back to beneath the middle of the eye; eyes small, the lower placed rather in advance of the upper. Lateral line forming a considerable arch over the pectorals, after which it runs straight to the base of the tail, from thence along the under margin of the middle caudal ray; body smooth without tubercles ; scales small and distinct. Number of fin rays— Doel 5 Po 11; ¥. 6; A. Go 5 C. 36, This fish, inferior to the turbot in excellence as well as in size, is seldom found weighing more than ten pounds, On the Cornish and Devonshire coasts it is common, where it is known by the name of Kite, but becomes less frequent as we advance towards the northern shores. In the Firth of Forth it is taken with the hook principally about Aber- lady Bay, but scarcely ever found as high up the Firth as Queensferry. It is of much less frequent occurrence than the turbot. It feeds on crustacea and small fish, and spawns in spring. RuHomeBus HIRTUS.*—MULLER’s TorpxKnot. Specific Characters.—Upper surface of the body , rough; scales ciliated ; first ray of the dorsal not longer than the second. * Rhombus hirtus, Yarr. Pleuronectes hirtus, Mull., Jen. Pleuronectes punctatus, Penn. Black Fluke. MULLER’S TOPKNOT. 377 Description.—From a specimen eight inches in length ; breadth, fins included, five inches. Head more than one-fourth of the whole length. Colour of the upper surface of the body reddish-brown mottled and spotted with very dark brown or black ; a broad black band extending vertically across the head; commencing about the base of the twentieth ray of the dorsal, passing down through both eyes, and ending under the lower portion of the preoperculum ; un- der surface white. Dorsal fin arising between the right eye and up- per lip, and ending at the base of the caudal, but not connected to it, a few of the rays passing underneath the tail; the first ray short, the succeeding sixty gradually increasing in height, the rest more rapidly decreasing, the longest rays equalling the base of the first twelve rays of the same fin, all the rays branched except a few of the first and last ; caudal fin small ; rounded at the end, the middle ray about the length of the longest rays of the dorsal. Ventrals com- mencing in a line under the left eye; appearing like a continuation of the anal, to which it is slightly connected. Anal arising under the preoperculum, answering to the dorsal and terminating in the same manner under the base of the tail. Pectorals about half the length of the head, all the rays branched except the first, the third and fourth longest. Lateral line taking a strong curve over the pec- torals, after which it passes straight to the middle caudal ray ; under jaw longest ascending obliquely to meet the upper ; teeth small and fine, placed in many rows in front, and a few on the vomer forming a dense cluster; gape rather wide, maxillary very oblique; orbits round, the lower one rather in advance of the upper; basal and pos- terior margins of the preoperculum meeting at a very obtuse angle ; operculum terminating in a blunt point over the base of the pecto- rals ; upper surface of the body very rough, presenting a velvet-like appearance ; scales ciliated, small, adherent, with their free margins directing outwards, extending along the rays of the fins, as well as on the cheeks, eye-lids, and jaws. Number of fin rays— Doss P. 113. V.65 A..743.C..14. This species has been for a long time confounded by natu- ralists with the Rhombus punctatus or Bloch’s Topknot, which it, at first sight, very much resembles ; but, when closely compared, thereis found a wide difference between them. Mr Yarrell was the first to point out the error in which ichthyo- logists had previously laboured, and has given an excel- lent figure of both species in the second volume of his Bri- 378 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. tish Fishes. Muller’s Topknot is distinguished from Bloch’s Topknot, in the under surface of the body being perfectly smooth, and in the first ray of the dorsal fin not being longer than the second ; whereas, in the latter species, the under surface is rough, with ciliated scales, and the first ray of the dorsal fin is about three times as long as the se- cond ray. ‘There is no other species with which the present one could well be mistaken, in consequence of its very sin- gular and striking appearance. In the Edinburgh market it receives the name of the Little Black Hairy Fluke, and is very rarely seen except during stormy weather. It has been taken several times on the English coast, and, accord- ing to Mr Yarrell, once on the coast of the county of Down in Ireland. It inhabits deep and rocky ground, and seldom takes a bait. Those which have fallen under my observation were taken in the Firth of Forth, in crab-cages, generally near Inchkeith, but not beyond Inchcolme. They feed on small shells and star-fish. Their flesh is soft, and insipid to the taste. Genus SOLE A.—Both eyes on the right side; dorsal fin commencing over the upper lip, and reaching to the caudal. SoLEA VULGARIS.— THE SOLE. Specific Characters.—Upper side of the body dark brown ; pecto- ral tipped with black ; greatest breadth not half the length. Description.—F rom a specimen thirteen inches and a half in length. Breadth, fins included, six inches. Head about one-seventh of the whole length. Colour of the back dark brown ; under surface pure white. Dorsal fin commencing over the upper lip, running down the back, to be connected with the caudal rays ; the middle rays rather the longest, equalling the length of the base of the four first rays of the same fin. Caudal small, rounded at the end ; all the rays THE SOLE. 379 branched, except two or three of the short lateral ones ; pectorals small, about as long as the middle rays of the dorsal ; ventrals placed in advance of the pectorals, appearing as if a continuation of the anal, but separated from it by a deep notch, in which is placed the vent. Anal commencing in a line under the base of the pectorals, answering to the dorsal, and terminating nearly in the same line; snout obtuse and rounded. Mouth rather small, irregular; jaws nearly of equal length; teeth very small and fine, placed in many rows in front; on the eye-side they are entirely wanting ; gill-cover rounded ; eyes small, the left rather in advance ; the right, situated nearly over the angle of the mouth; left side of the head, furnished with numerous white cirri ; scales small and adherent, finely ciliated at their free margins, rendering the whole back rough to the touch when the hand is passed from tail to head ; lateral line straight throughout its course, excepting at the commencement, where it takes a high curve under the seventh or eighth ray of the dorsal. Number of fin rays— Peo. o>. V..53 A, 6¢ 3G. 18, There are few marine fishes better known than the Com- mon Sole, which is universally esteemed as a delicate, whole- some, and well-flavoured article of food, especially when in season. It is found to inhabit the Baltic, the whole of the Scotch and English shores, and as far southwards as the Mediterranean. It frequents sandy ground, where it feeds on small shells and crustacea, and possessing no swimming-bladder it keeps close to the bottom. At the mouth of the Firth of Forth, soles are taken with the net, but in sparing numbers, falling far short of the de- mand required in the Edinburgh market. A solitary specimen is occasionally found on lines set for haddocks, and then generally of large size; one of twenty-two inches in length was caught a short time since near the Bass, the skin of which is now preserved, being the largest ex- ample that had been seen in that neighbourhood for many years; yet on the south coast of England they have been taken considerably larger ; one of twenty-six inches long, and eleven inches and a half wide, and weighing nine 380 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. pounds, is recorded to have been seen at Totness in 1826. Along the Devonshire coast these fish are taken in great abundance, particularly off Brixham and Torbay, where trawl-nets are principally used, and the numbers thus cap- tured are found sufficient to supply the different mar- kets within a distance of fifty miles. Soles have been found to live and thrive well in fresh-water ponds, and to grow thicker in proportion than those at sea. They shed their spawn in March, when they remain unfit for the table till the end of May, after which they increase in quality with the advance of the season. Those about a foot in length are considered better food than the larger ones. The dried skin of the Sole is much used for fining coffee, and is, for that purpose, a good substitute for isinglass. Famity VII. DISCOBOLI.—Eyes placed one on each side of the head; ventral fins united in a disk-like form; skin without scales. Genus CYCLOPTERUS—Body deep; rough with osseous tubercles. CycLorpTErRUs LuMpPUs.*—THE Lump-FIsu. Specific Characters.—Back elevated, with a row of large, conical, osseous tubercles, arranged along the summit, in front of the dorsal fin. Description —From a female specimen nineteen inches in length ; greatest depth ten inches. Colour of the back dusky blue ; belly yellowish-white, approaching to red ; dorsal and caudal dusky ; irides pale yellow. Body remarkably deep and thick; back elevat- ed, and rather compressed, more so towards the dorsal ridge, along which, in front of the dorsal fin, is placed a row of conical, osseous tubercles, slightly granulated, about seven oreight in number. Dor- sal fin commencing very remote from the head ; the first and second * Cyclopterus lumpus, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Penn., Don., Flem. Lump- sucker, Sea-owl, Hen Padle(female), Cock Padle (male). THE LUMP-FISH. 381 rays simple, the rest branched, the fourth the longest, equalling the length of the base of the fin, the last about half the length of the third. Caudal fin rounded at the end, the middle ray as long as the fourth ray of the dorsal, all branched except the two first on each side ; base of the pectorals very broad, passing downwards and for- wards beneath the throat, where it partly conceals the disk of the ventrals ; the first ray longest, equalling the length of the base of the anal fin, the rest gradually diminishing, the last very short ; anal fin commencing under the fourth ray of the dorsal and ending at a distance of half the length of the fin from the caudal ; in other re- spects it answers to the dorsal; ventrals united, forming together a circular disk, with a funnel-shaped cavity in the middle, placed im- mediately under the base of the pectorals; the rays of the dorsal, caudal, anal, and pectoral fins, furnished with a number of small, rough, osseous tubercles, diminishing in size as they approach the summits. Mouth broad; under jaw rather the longest ; teeth small and fine, placed in three or four rows in front of each jaw ; eyes si- tuated behind the angle of the mouth, and in a line with the upper corner of the operculum ; gill-opening extending half-way down the base of the pectorals ; skin covered with a number of granulated, os- seous tubercles of various sizes, giving a roughness to the surface when the hand is passed in either direction. Immediately over the eye a row of large tubercles commences, which runs down the sides to the base of the caudal fin; over the base of the pectorals another row commences, which terminates at the same point as the first ; on the side of the abdomen a third rowis placed, which does not extend beyond the commencement of the anal fin. A little in front of the dor- sal fin, across the back, is placed a deep, ragged looking notch ; in a vertical line under which is situated the vent. Number of fin rays— mao F.. 20s A. 10: C1. The male fish is much smaller than the female, and when in spawning condition, the whole under surface is of a bright red, particularly the ventral disk to which the fishermen give the name of the Rose, in consequence of a supposed re- semblance to that flower. In the northern seas the Lump- Fish is said to be a very common species, when, in the months of April and May, considerable numbers are taken and made use of as food. It is sometimes, in this country, eaten in the salted state; but, by the Greenlanders, it is held in higher estimation when perfectly fresh. They 382 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. also eat its roe after having reduced it, by boiling, to a pulp, It is a fish well known along most of the British shores ; but is found less frequent towards the south. On the west coast of Scotland, sometimes as many as two dozen are taken in the salmon-nets at almost every tide, principally in the month of June, when they seek the sandy ground to deposit their spawn. The fishermen boil them down with vegetables for their pigs, and consider them to be fattening food. The flesh when cooked, is soft and very rich, and is considered by some of the inhabitants of Edinburgh as a luxury ; but there are few stomachs with which it agrees, in consequence of its oily nature. 'The males are considered the best for the table. ; The Lump Fish or Padle, as it is named in Scotland, is | often taken in the Firth of Forth in the salmon-nets at Mus- selburgh and Queensferry, generally about the month of June, and entirely disappears after the month of August. It seldom takes a bait; its food consists of marine worms and small fish, and as its intestinal canal is longer than that of most other fishes, it is well calculated to sustain hunger for a considerable time. In the winter season it conceals itself under rocks, or attached to their base by means of its ventral disk, with which it adheres with considerable force. Pennant, on throwing one of these fishes into a pail of water, found it adhered so firmly to the bottom, that on taking it by the tail the whole vessel was lifted, though it held some gallons. From its being a heavy inactive fish, and possessing but few or no means of defence, it readily becomes the prey of seals, squali, and other voracious inhabitants of the sea. THE SEA-SNAIL. 383 Genus LIPARIS. Body rather elongated, smooth, with- out tubercles. LIPARIS VULGARIS.*—THE SEA-SNAIL. Specific Character.—Dorsal and anal fins connected with the caudal. Description.—From a specimen five inches in length; greatest depth one inch and a quarter ; head not quite one-fifth of the whole length. Colour of the body pale yellowish-brown, mottled and spot- ted with dark brown ; belly dirty white. Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the middle of the pectorals, ranning down the back to be connected with the caudal rays; the first ray very short; the suc- ceeding rays gradually increasing in height to about a little more than half-way down the fin; the rest of the rays very gradually di- minishing, the last two or three rather more rapidly; the longest rays equalling the length of the base of the first seven rays of the anal. Pectorals very broad, extending downwards and forward un- der the throat ; the first twelve or thirteen rays nearly of equal length, as long as the middle ray of the caudal; the rest gradually diminish- ing as far as the last but six, which are very much produced. Anal commencing in a line under the seventh ray of the dorsal, and run- ning down to be united to the caudal, a little farther back than the termination of the last dorsal ray ; ventrals united, forming a concave disk, placed under the throat between the termination of the pecto- rals ; caudal rounded at the end. Jaws about equal; teeth small and closely set, arranged in two or three rows in front of each jaw ; eyes small, placed rather behind the angle of the mouth ; operculum ending in a small point directed backwards over the base of the pec- toral; body covered with an unctuous, thin, loose, skin, without scales or tubercles of any description ; gill-opening very small, ‘en- tirely closed in front of the base of the pectorals. Number of fin rays— D. 36; P. 34; A. 28; C.12; Ceca 16. This fish is occasionally taken in the Forth above Alloa, in nets used for the capturing of spirlings ; but does not ap- pear by any means common. A few examples have also been found in the cruives at Kincardine along with other small fishes. According to Mr Low, it is found in Ork- ney, in many places under stones, but more particular- * Liparis vulgaris, Yarr., Cuv. Cyclopterus liparis, Linn., Penn., Don., Jen. Uncetuous sucker. 384 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ly at the point of the Ness at Stromness, where they may be picked up by dozens. It has been observed as far north as Greenland, as well as on the southern shores of England. It sheds its spawn in February, and feeds on small shells and marine insects. It is chiefly used as bait for other fishes. This species very much resembles the L. Montagui, with which it is likely to be confounded, but in the latter species the dorsal and anal fins are unconnected with the caudal. III.—APODES. Ventral fins wanting. Famity VIII. ANGUILLID. Body very much elongated, eel-shaped ; scales scarcely apparent. Genus ANGUILLA. Dorsal commencing considerably behind the pectorals, and forming with the anal a caudal ; lower jaw longest. ANGUILLA ACUTIROSTRIS.*—THE SHArP-NosEp EEL. Specific Characters.—Snout sharp ; gape extending to beneath the middle of the eye ; the distance before the dorsal about one-third of the entire length. Description From a specimen thirty inches inlength. From the point of the snout to the base of the pectorals, about one-ninth of the whole length, and one-third as far as the origin of the dorsal. Colour of the back as far as a little below the lateral line, dark olive ; belly yellowish-white ; pectorals dark. Snout sharp, compressed at the sides. Teeth small and closely set, placed in one row on the sides of each jaw, and in many rows in front ; under jaw longest ; * Anguilla acutirostris, Yarr., Jen. Murena anguilla, Linn., Penn. Anguilla vulgaris, Flem. THE SHARP-NOSED EEL. 385 angle of the mouth extending back to beneath the middle of the eye ; pectorals rounded ; all the rays finely branched. Dorsal fin com- mencing at about one-third of the whole length from the snout, and running down the back to form, with the assistance of the anal, the caudal fin ; the terminating rays rather the longest. Anal fin com- mencing alittle in front of the middle, and answering to the dorsal ; a number of mucous pores about the head and sides; gill-opening small, placed in front of the lower half of the base of the pectoral fin; scales small, scarcely perceptible ; skin soft and very slimy, marked with a number of capillary lines arranged in threes, giving an appearance as if the skin had been finely plaited ; lateral line straight throughout its course ; ventral fins wanting. There is a variety of Kel frequently met with, known by the name of Silver Eel, with the back of a light colour, the sides of a silvery lustre and subtranslucent, and the pecto- rals nearly black ; in other respects it answers to the above description of the common Sharp-nosed species. Eels are said not to exist in the Arctic Regions. They abound, how- ever, in many of the European rivers, and are caught in immense numbers in Holland as well as in the rivers emp- tying themselves into the Baltic, and form a considerable article of trade. They frequent nearly the whole of the rivers and lakes throughout Britain, and are found more or less numerous in almost every part of the world. In all the large towns in England they are much sought after asan article of food, and by some are held in high estimation, particularly when cooked by potting or stewing them ; but, on account of the large proportion of oil which they contain, are extremely unwholesome, and apt to create se- vere indigestion, and alimentary disturbance from their use. In Scotland, the Eel is seldom or never eaten, under an er- roneous impression of its not being a true fish, but a kind of water-serpent, and so a prejudice is excited against it. This fish inhabits both the river and sea, and, in the month of April, deposits its spawn in the brackish waters. VOL. VII. Bb 386 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. In June, the young are seen from two to three inches in length, making their way up the fresh-water rivers in innu- merable multitudes, keeping a few inches below the surface, and at a short distance from the bank. No obstacle ap- pears to arrest their progress. They have been known to climb up posts, and to ascend into trees, and- from thence let themselves drop down into the adjoining stream. They have also been observed crawling over land from one pond to another, and Albernus tells us, that he has known them to collect together under a hay-rick, to keep themselves warm, yet all perished through excess of cold. In Novem- ber, December, and January, if the season be mild, Eels re- descend the rivers in their passage to the sea, and are then taken in great numbers in cages and other snares set for that purpose ; but if the weather be cold, and the water low and clear, they are found to bury themselves under the sur- face of the mud, frequently at a depth of from four to six inches, and there remain during the frost. After a heavy fall of rain, so as to discolour the water and increase the size of the rivers, these fish leave their hiding places and range about in search of food ; this they do with ereater eagerness dur- ing the night than by day. They feed on worms, insects, and carcasses, and it is a common occurrence to find in the abdomen of a dead cat or dog, which has remained under water for a week or more, several pounds of Eels. A most extravagant idea was entertained amongst the ancients, as regards the generation of eels. Aristotle be- lieved that they sprang from the mud; Pliny that the scrapings of their bodies which they left on rocks, were ‘animated and became young eels ; other ancients supposed that they sprang from grass, horse-hair, and carcasses of animals ; Helmont believed that they came from May-dew ; Rondelet says they couple after the manner of serpents, and THE BROAD-NOSED EEL. - 387 that they are viviparous. But it has been now sufficiently proved by Mr Yarrell that the generation of these fishes is effected in the ordinary course of nature, and that they are oviparous. Eels are said sometimes to attain to the length of six feet three inches. They are very abundant in the Firth of Forth, as well as in every river and streamlet which enter it. ANGUILLA LATIROSTRIs.*—THE BroapD-NOsED EEL. Specific Characters.—Snout broad and rounded ; gape extending to beneath the posterior part of the orbit ; the distance before the dor- sal, more than one-third of the entire length. Description.—From a specimen three feet in length. The distance from the point of the snout to the base of the pectorals, about one- seventh of the entire length. Colour of the back of a dark olive ; belly yellowish-white ; pectorals dusky green (the whole fish is liable to great variation as to colour). Dorsal fin commencing, at a dis- tance from the point. of the snout, of rather more than one-third of the whole length of the fish, and ending by uniting with the caudal; the terminating rays rather the longest. Anal fin commencing close be- hind the vent, and answering to the dorsal ; caudal formed by the continuation of the dorsal and anal; pectorals rounded, the middle ray equalling the length of the gape ; gill-opening small, situated in front of the lower portion of the base of the pectorals. Head rather flattened ; jaws broad and rounded ; the lower. one the longest ; teeth small, closely set, placed in many rows in each jaw. Lateral line not very apparent ; a few mucous pores about the head and throat, and over the pectorals; scales very small and adherent, deeply im- bedded in the skin; the whole surface of the body covered with a thick mucous secretion ; ventral fins pe Number of fin rays— P. 17; D., A., and C. 480. In the Firth of Forth, the Broad-nosed Eel is less fre- quently met with than the Sharp-nosed species, but in other respects their habits appear similar. * Anguilla latirostris, Yarr., Jen. Bb2 388 FISHES OF THE FIR'‘TH OF FORTH. Grnus CONGER.—Dorsal fin commencing over the end of the pectorals; and forming with the anal a pointed cau- dal ; lower jaw not projecting beyond the upper. CoNGER VULGARIS.*—THE ConcER-EEL. Specific Character.—Dorsal and anal fins margined with black. Description.—F rom a specimen twenty-one inches in length. Co- lour of the back and sides a pale yellowish-grey ; dorsal and anal fins margined with deep black, which is very conspicuously seen in young specimens ; lateral line spotted with white, frequently very obscure. Dorsal fin commencing immediately over the end of the pectorals, all the rays short, nearly of equal length throughout, ex- cept where they terminate to unite with the anal, to form the acute pointed caudal. Anal fin commencing close behind the vent, in a line under the seventieth ray of the dorsal, and answering in other re- spects to that fin; ventrals wanting ; pectorals rounded, the middle ray about the length of the lower jaw, as far as the angle of the mouth. Kyes large ; head depressed ; snout narrow towards the ex- tremity ; lips fleshy ; lower jaw rather the shortest ; gape wide ; angle of the mouth in a line under the posterior margin of the iris ; teeth blunt, irregular, small, and numerous, placed in one or two rows on the sides of each jaw, and in many rows in front, especially on the upper jaw, when the teeth are rather longer and larger ; those on the vomer extending but a short way back. Lateral line straight throughout its course, from the point of the upper jaw to the base of the pectorals, about one-seventh of the whole length of the fish ; skin thick and firm, covered with a mucous secretion ; gill-opening small, situated in front of the lower part of the base of the pectorals. Number of fin rays— P. 17; D., A., and C. 546. “ Vert. 152.” The Conger is a common fish on many of the rocky parts of the British coast. It is found in the Shetland and Ork- ney Isles, and along the east and western shores of Scot- land, but in no great plenty. It abounds on the coast of Cornwall, where “ it is not uncommon for a boat with three men to bring on shore from five hundredweight to two tons,” the fishing being performed during the night. ‘ They are * Conger vulgaris, Yarr., Cuv. Murena Conger, Linn., Penn., Don. Anguilla Conger, Jen. Eq THE CONGER EEL. 389 taken principally with long lines, called by the fishermen bulters ; each line is about five hundred feet long, with sixty hooks placed eight feet apart from each other, baited with pilchards or sand-eels, and not unfrequently such a number of bulters are fastened together as to reach a mile in length.” Congers are extremely voracious, preying on all kinds of small fish, as well as shells and dead animal 4 <> matter. A fine specimen was taken in the month of No- vember 1834, at a short distance below Alloa, and sent to the Edinburgh market, where, on opening its stomach, sixty- ''" eight spirlings were found in a perfectly fresh state; they were consequently exposed for sale, and soon obtained a purchaser. The Conger is remarkably tenacious of life, and will live several hours out of water. ‘The fishermen in Cornwall are aware of this; and are said to be in the habit of striking the fish on the abdomen, which proves an effec- tual mode of causing instantaneous death. The Firth of Forth is an excellent nursery for the Conger, in conse- quence of the rich feeding ground between Alloa and Stir- ling, where, in the months of July and August, the young are frequently taken with the hook from one to five pounds in weight. Specimens have been taken occasionally in the Firth weighing seventy pounds; they are said to grow to the length of ten feet, and to acquire a weight of one hun- dred and thirty pounds. These fish spawn in December and January ; and are frequently brought to the Edinburgh market, where one of four feet in length will fetch a price of from a shilling to eighteen pence ; the flesh is considered good, but in general rather dry. A young conger-eel from one to two feet in length, is distinguished from the common eel in the dorsal fin commencing over the end of the pec- torals; in the under jaw net projecting beyond the upper jaw; in the caudal being acutely pointed ; in the dorsal 39G FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and anal fins being margined with black; and in the end of the pectoral rays being half-way between the point of the snout and the commencement of the anal fin ; none of which characters are possessed by the common eel. Genus AMMODYTES.—Dorsal and anal fins separat- ed from the caudal by a short space ; caudal fin forked. AMMODYTES TOBIANUS.*—THE SAND-EEL. Specific Character.—Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the ex- tremities of the pectorals. Description.—F rom a specimen eleven inches in length. Head, measuring from the point of the under jaw to the posterior extremity of the operculum, one-fifth of the whole length, caudal excluded ; body elongated, somewhat of a square form, with the angles round- ed, nearly of equal thickness throughout. Colour of the back dusky green ; sides and belly silvery-white. Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the end of the pectoral rays, and running down the back to within a short interval of the caudal rays ; all the rays simple, and nearly of equal length throughout, being about half the length of the pectorals. Anal fin commencing immediately under the twenty- ninth ray of the dorsal, and ending a little before the caudal, all the rays simple, answering to the dorsal. Caudal fin deeply forked, the middle ray about half the length of the longest ray of the same fin ; pectorals pointed ; ventrals wanting. Snout sharp; gape wide ; under jaw projecting considerably beyond the upper, and ending in a strong point ; maxillaries long; pedicels of the intermaxillaries very short ; upper jaw turns up at its extremity when the jaws are widely expanded, causing the maxillaries to become vertical ; vomer with one long tooth directed forwards and downwards, and bifur- cated at its extremity; eyes small; orbits round, situated rather nearer the point of the under jaw than to the posterior margin of the gill-cover ; suboperculum large, marked with a number of diverging striee, terminating in a rounded point, directed over the base of the pectorals ; gill-opening large ; body covered with small scales; late- ral line taking its origin behind the head, and running close under the base of the dorsal fin; throughout its whole course down the back, along the middle of each side a second line is visible taking a course parallel to the former. Number of fin rays— D. 58; P. 12; A. 31; C. 18. * Ammodytes tobianus, Yarr., Jen. Horner, Wide-mouthed Launce. ‘ . THE SAND-LAUNCE. 39] This species is found in many situations along the east and west coasts of Scotland ; it has been taken on the Ber- wickshire coast, on the coasts of Yorkshire and Suffolk, and as far south as on the shores of Devon and Cornwall. It is seldom or never observed to frequent rocky places, or where the ground is hard and stony, but is found almost invariably on fine sandy banks where it conceals itself by burrowing under the surface, at a depth of from four to six inches. It is generally considered a rare fish on most of the British coasts, compared with the A. Jancea, the next species to be described. It is, however, not unfrequently met with in the Firth of Forth, more particularly in the sands at Musselburgh and Portobello, where numbers are raked out from under the sand, after the ebbing of the tide. In Edinburgh they receive the name. of Aorners, and are brought to market in August, and sold by the dozen. The flesh is wholesome and palatable; they shed their spawn in September. Specimens are occasionally met with mea- suring fourteen inches in length. AMMODYTES LANCEA.*—THE Sanp-LAUNCE. Specific Character.—Dorsal fin commencing in a line over the middle of the pectorals. Description.—F rom a specimen six inches in length. Head one- fifth of the entire length, caudal not included ; body elongated, ap- proaching to square, with the angles rounded, nearly of equal thick- ness throughout. Colour of the back and upper part of the sides dusky green ; belly silvery-white ; caudal of an olive tinge. Dorsal fin commencing over the middle of the pectorals, or frequently over the lower third, and terminating at a short distance from the caudal ; all the rays simple, and nearly of equal height, about half the length of the long caudal rays. Anal fin arising immediately under the twenty-ninth ray of the dorsal, and ending in a line with the las ray of the same fin ; all the rays simple, the anterior ones, excep * Ammodytes lancea, Yarr., Jen. Ammodytes tobianus, Penn., Flem Sand-Eel, Riggle, Small-mouthed Launce. 392 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. = the first two, rather the longest ; caudal fin forked, the middle ray rather longer than the longest ray of the same fin ; the lobes rounded ; all the rays finely branched, except the short lateral ones, which are simple ; pectorals pointed ; ventrals wanting. Head long and nar- row ; snout conical; gape small ; under jaw longest when the jaws are closed ; mouth protractile; maxillaries short ; pedicels of the intermaxillaries rather long ; when the mouth is widely opened, the end of the upper jaw does not turn up as is observed under similar circumstances in the last-described species, but projects forwards and slightly downwards ; one tooth on the vomer bifurcated at its ex- tremity ; no perceptible teeth on the jaws; eyes round, situated nearer the point of the snout than to the end of the gill-covers ; sub- operculum large, beautifully marked with diverging striz, terminat- ing in a rounded point, directed over the base of the pectorals ; la- teral line commencing behind the head and running’ parallel with, and immediately beneath, the base of the dorsal fin ; below it, about half-way down the side, is observed another line taking a similar course ; scales small and adherent, arranged in oblique lines. Num- ber of fin rays— D. 64; P.18; A. 26; C. 16. Two species of Sand-Eels, inhabiting our British coasts, have been for a long time confounded, under the name of Ammodytes tobianus, but which appear now to be clearly understood ;—M. Lesauvage of Caen being the first natu- ralist to point out the characters in which the two species differ. The A. lancea is distinguished from A. tobianus in seldom exceeding the length of six inches, in the dorsal fin commencing over the middle, or last quarter of the pecto- rals; in the upper jaw not turning up when the mouth is widely opened; in the maxillaries being short and the pe- dicels rather long. Whereas in A. tobianus the length fre- quently exceeds thirteen inches ; the dorsal commences over the extremities of the pectorals ; when the mouth is.widely opened, the end of the upper jaw turns up very conspicu- ously ; the maxillaries are very long, and the pedicels very short. The Ammodytes lancea has been observed in the Orkney THE SAND-LAUNCE. 393 Isles by Mr Low, who records it as being a common fish, and constantly used as bait for other fishes. It is exces- sively common on the shores of Scotland, as well as on the east, west, and south coasts of England ; it also occurs along the coast of Ireland, and, according to Mr Lukis, on the authority of Mr Yarrell, both species are met with at Guernsey. It, like the 4. ¢tobianus, inhabits sandy ground, and conceals itself under the surface. These fish are much sought after by fishermen, who put much va- lue on them as bait; and on the south coast of Devon they are taken in such numbers with a net, that “ they are usually sold to Dieppe fishermen for twenty pence the bushel.” They are very plentiful in the summer months in the Firth of Forth, especially on the sands above Queens- ferry, where the A. tobianus is never found. At Mussel- burgh and Portobello the two species inhabit the same locality. They are caught after the recess of the tide in the wet sand, by scraping away the surface with a rake or a stout stick, when they are observed twisting about with the greatest activity, and will, if not soon taken up, conceal themselves again beneath the sand. I have seen these fish swimming about in large shoals, but they refused to take a bait of any description. Their food is said to be marine worms and very small fishes. They frequently appear in the Edinburgh market during the summer months, and are sold by the measure. On the south coast of England they are salted and dried for winter use. The period of their spawn- ing has been differently stated by different authors ; I have not myself been able to detect ova in them sufficiently ad- vanced to form an opinion as to the period of their deposi- tion. 394 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ORDER III.—OSTEODERMI. Operculum large; branchial opening very small; body mailed with transverse angular plates; snout much pro- duced ; one dorsal with simple, slender rays. Genus SYNGNATHUS.—Body slender ; snout pro- longed into a tube, with the mouth placed at the extremity ; gill-opening towards the nape. SynenatTuus acus.*—THE GREAT PIPE-FIsH. Specific Characters.—Pectoral fins present ; crown of the head ca- rinated. Description.—F rom a specimen fourteen inches anda halfin length; head measuring from the point of the snout, to the posterior ex- tremity of the operculum, about one-eighth of the entire length ; body anteriorly heptangular ; at the caudal extremity quadrangular. Colour of the back yellowish-brown, with sixteen dark broad patches, half an inch in breadth, placed a quarter of an inch from each other; belly pale yellow. Upper surface of the back flat, with a ridge on each side, commencing at the gill-opening, over the base of the pec- torals, and running down as far as the last ray but four of the dorsal fin where it terminates ; immediately behind the pectoral fin a se- cond ridge takes its origin and runs parallel with the one on the back, as far as in a line under the fifth or sixth ray of the dorsal, where it becomes abruptly lost ; under the pectoral a third ridge commences, which passes down the whole length of the body, and ends at the base of the caudal fin; on the under surface of the belly a fourth ridge is observed, which begins under the throat and terminates at the vent ; a little above the end of the second ridge, and in a line under the third ray of the dorsal fin, another ridge commences, and terminates at the base of the tail. Crown of the head very conspi- cuously carinated, by a ridge commencing at the nape, passing over the head and becoming lost between the eyes ; eyes rather large, or- bits rising above into a sharp granulated ridge, forming a depression %3* Syngnathus acus, Linn., Yarr., Jen., Penn. Tangle-Fish, Scotland, a name so given by the fishermen, in consequence of its being found under seaweed, which they call tangle. THE GREAT PIPE.-FISH. 395 between ; on the anterior part of each eye is placed a small spine directed laterally. Snout produced about half the width of the head ; mouth very small placed quite at the extremity ; lower jaw shortest, ascending to meet the upper; teeth wanting; a small granu- lated ridge on the upper part of the snout, extending from the middle of the upper lip, to between the eyes, where it is joined by another small granulated ridge passing down from the summit of the cra- nium ; on each side of this latter ridge, in another which terminates at the upper and posterior margin of the orbit; operculum large ; very much resembling a mussel-shell in form, marked with granula- ted and diverging strize; gill-opening small, situated in a line over the posterior margin of the operculum. Body mailed with about sixty-three osseous plates, beautifully striated. Dorsal fin situated immediately before the middle of the back, all the rays soft and simple; the middle ones rather the longest; the base of the fin equalling the length of the head, snout included ; the last ray placed half-way between the tip of the nose and the end of the caudal rays ; vent in a line under the sixth dorsal ray, and immediately before the anal fin, which is very small and scarcely visible, consisting of only three short, simple rays. In the male there is a long longitudinal slit extending from behind the vent, to nearly half-way down towards the tail; caudal and pectoral fins rather small, and rounded at the end ; ventrals wanting. Number of fin rays— adds E12. se A. 3 sC. 12, This species of Pipe-fish is not unfrequently met with in the Firth of Forth, where it is found lurking under sea- weed in shallow water. It is occasionally taken on the Portobello sands, in shrimping nets, but in warm weather it keeps farther from land. We are informed by Mr Yar- rell, that the male differs from the female, in the belly from the vent to the tail fin being much broader, and in having, for about two-thirds of its length, two soft flaps, which fold together and form a false belly. They breed in summer ; the females casting their roe into the false belly of the males. Early in the summer, roe is found in those without a false belly, but never any in those with it ; but later in the sum- mer no ova are found in the females, but in the false belly of the males only. They begin to breed when only four or 396 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. five inches in length. Mr Yarrell has ascertained that the males of Syngnathus acus carry their living young in the anal pouch, even after they have been hatched there. He has been frequently told by fishermen that on opening them, they had found the living young within the pouch, which they called the belly, and that when these young were shaken out into the water over the side of the boat, they did not swim away, but when the parent fish was held in the water in a favourable position, the young would again re-enter the pouch. The Great Pipe-fish I have also found on the coast of Berwick, on the Devonshire coast, and on the shores of the Solway ; it feeds on small mollusca, minute crustacea, and the ova of other fishes. It is of little or no value either as bait or food. SyNGNATHUS TYPHLE.*—TuHeE DerEEp-NosED Prtre-FIsH. Specific Characters.—Pectoral fins present ; head not carinated, or raised above the level of the back. Description.—From a specimen ten inches in length ; head mea- suring from the point of the snout to the posterior extremity of the operculum about one-sixth of the entire length ; body anteriorly hep- tangular ; quadrangular at the caudal extremity. Colour of the back and sides, greenish-yellow ; belly pale yellow. Back flat, with a ridge on both sides, commencing at the gill-opening, and terminat- ing at the last ray but six of the dorsal fin ; behind the pectoral fin commences a second ridge which runs down the side as far as in a line under the fourth dorsal ray ; at the lower extremity of the base of the pectoral arises a third ridge which runs down the whole length of the body, to the base of the caudal fin ; under the throat a fourth ridge takes its origin, and, after running down the mesial line of the abdomen, terminates at the vent ; immediately under the third ray of the dorsal, and above the termination of the second ridge, commences another ridge, which, after taking an oblique course for a short distance, towards the last ray of the dorsal, passes straight to * Syngnathus typhle, Linn., Yarr., Jen., Don. Short Pipe-fish, Lesser Pipe-fish. THE DEEP-NOSED PIPE-FISH. 397 the caudal fin ; summit of the head not carinated or raised above the level of the back ; eyes rather small, the space between flat ; a small obtuse tubercle in front of each eye, from which extends a narrow line to the point of the upper jaw; extremity of the snout as deep as the head ; under jaw shortest, ascending obliquely to meet the upper ; the lower margin rounded. Gill-opening small, situated above the upper and posterior border of the operculum ; gill-covers large, finely granulated and striated, approximating under the throat ; teeth not perceptible ; snout compressed, especially towards the extremity, where it takes a slight turn up. Body protected by fifty-three osse-- ous plates, beautifully marked with fine striated lines. Dorsal fin situated rather nearer the tip of the tail than to the point of the snout ; the middle rays rather the longest ; the base of the fin as long as from the tip of the lower jaw to the posterior margin of the orbit ; caudal fin twice the length of the pectorals ; the middle ray about twice the length of the two first lateral rays ; when expanded it pre- sents at the end an angular form. Vent placed in a line under the third ray of the dorsal, and immediately in front of the anal fin, which is excessively minute, composed of only three rays ; -ventrals wanting. In the male there is a long longitudinal slit or pouch, extending a considerable way down the body, and commencing close behind the vent. Number of fin rays— Wags -PP1s'>-A.3';-C,,9. Some naturalists have very erroneously considered S. typhle and S. acus as mere varieties of the same fish. In S. typhle the twelfth ray of the dorsal fin is situated ex- actly in the middle of the fish ; the head is not raised above the level of the back ; between the eyes, perfectly flat ; the upper margins of the orbits not in the slightest degree raised ; the pectorals not half the length of the caudal ; base of the dorsal fin considerably less than the length of the head ; the caudal fin angular at the end ; the body with but fifty-three osseous shields. Whereas in S. acus the last ray of the dorsal fin is in the middle of the fish; the head very much raised over the gill-covers ; between the eyes a deep depression, formed by the upper margins of the orbits being much raised ; pectorals about the length of the cau- dal ; base of the dorsal fin equalling the length of the head ; 398 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the caudal rounded at the end; and the body with sixty- three osseous shields. . The Deep-nosed Pipe-Fish is rather rare in the Firth of Forth, although a place apparently favourable for its habits. It frequents water from three to four feet deep, where the bottom-is of a sandy nature and covered with the smaller kinds of fuci, among which it prowls about in search of mi- nute aquatic insects. I have taken them in pools, at North Berwick, left by the receding of the tide, but further up the Firth they seem but little known. It is a common fish on the east coast of England, as well as along the shores of Devonshire and Cornwall. At Brixham in the month of September, I saw as many as four dozen taken at one haul of a net, and I was informed at the same time by the fish- ermen, that in the earlier part of the season they would sometimes enclose five times that number; which being of no service, are invariably returned again to the sea. SyNGNATHUS ZQUOREUS.*—THE AU QuorREAL Pire-FIsun. Specific Characters.—Pectoral fins wanting ; caudal obsolete ; dor- sal and vent nearly in the middle of the entire length. Description.—*‘ Length from twenty to twenty-four inches, readi- ly distinguished from both the foregoing species by the want of the pectoral and anal fins. Form slender and very much elongated ; body compressed, with an acute dorsal and abdominal ridge, also with three slight ridges on each side, hence the trunk from the gills to the vent is octangular ; the tail is obsoletely quadrangular, becom- ing almost round towards the tip, which is extremely tapering ; trans- verse shields or plates, between the gills and the vent, twenty-eight in number ; from the vent to the extremity of the tail, sixty or more, but, from the extreme minuteness of the last few not admitting of being counted with exactness; head not more than one-twelfth of the entire length, without any elevated ridge on the occiput ; snout narrower than the head, similar in shape to that of §. acus, but much shorter in relation to the entire length of the fish ; dorsal occupying * Syngnathus equoreus, Auctorum. THE SNAKE PIPE-FISH. 399 nearly a middle position in the entire length, the distance from the last ray to the end of the tail, at the same time, a little exceeding that from the end of the snout to the commencement of the fin; vent a very little before the middle, being nearly in a vertical line with the commencement of the last quarter of the dorsal fin; tail compressed at the extremity, shewing a very small rudimentary caudal fin ; the rays, however, so obsolete, and so much enveloped in the common skin, as to be scarcely distinguishable. (Colours) Yellowish, with transverse pale lines, with dark margins, one in each joint, and ano- ther down the middle of each plate, giving it the appearance of pos- sessing double the number of joints it really has; these markings, however, cease, just beyond the vent.”” Number of fin rays— “ D about 40; A.0; C.0? P.0.” Jenyns. This fish was first recorded as British by Sir Robert Sib- bald, who obtained a specimen in the Firth of Forth prior to the year 1685. No other instance of its occurrence in that locality has since been noticed. It has been procured in Berwick Bay by Dr Johnstone, on the Devonshire coast by Colonel Montagu, and on that of Cornwall by Mr Couch. It is one of the rarest of our British Fishes. SYNGNATHUS OPHIDION.*—THE SNAKE Pire-F tsp. Specific Characters—Pectoral fins wanting ; caudal obsolete ; dor- sal and vent before the middle of the entire length. Description.—F rom a specimen fifteen inches in length; head one-eleventh of the entire length ; body elongated and slender ; back nearly flat ; abdominal ridge acute, also with three slight ridges on each side ; hence the trunk from the gill to the vent is heptangu- lar, and of a uniform thickness, behind the vent the body tapers, and is somewhat quadrangular, becoming quite round near the ex- tremity of the tail, the tip of which is compressed into a very minute rudimentary caudal fin. Colourof the back and side yellowish-brown, with transverse pale lines with dark margins, one in each joint, and another down the middle of each plate, giving it the appearance of possessing double the number of joints it really has, precisely simi- lar to the markings of the Aquoreal Pipe-Fish as described by Mon- tagu; these markings cease behind the termination of the dorsal fin, nor do not pass completely round the trunk, but become lost on * Syngnuthus ophidion, Auctorum. 400 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. each side of the abdominal ridge ; they are indistinctly seen on the back, those on the sides being very conspicuous ; belly pale yellow. First ridge commencing immediately over the gill-opening, and run- ning down the side of the back, where it becomes gradually lost as it approaches the extremity of the tail ; second ridge commencing at the posterior margin of the operculum ; and takes a course down the side as far as the vent, where it suddenly bends, after which it passes down towards the end of the tail where it, like the first, becomes lost ; third ridge takes its origin at a little below the commencement of the second ridge, and, after running parallel with it as far as under the middle of the dorsal fin, disappears at the side of the anal aperture ; the fourth or abdominal ridge is more prominent than the rest, it com- mences under the throat, and is lost at the anterior part of the vent. The transverse plates of the trunk, between the gills and the vent, twenty-eight in number ; from the vent to the extremity of the tail, sixty-one (about the same number as is observed in the AZquoreal Pipe-Fish). Dorsal fin commencing considerably before the middle of the entire length ; all the rays simple, the middle ones rather the longest, giving the fin somewhat of a rounded form ; the base much longer than the length of the head, being as long as from the point of the snout to the middle of the third shield of the trunk; the last ray situated exactly in the middle of the whole fish ; vent placed im- »-mediately in a line under the twenty-eighth ray of the dorsal. Oc- ciput on the same level as the back, gradually sloping in front as far as to the anterior part of the orbits, from thence to the tip the snout becomes slightly sinuous ; under jaw shortest, ascending obliquely to meet the upper; chin rounded ; tip of the snout about the depth of the diameter of the orbit ; mouth very small, placed at the extre- mity ; jaws without teeth ; gill-cover in form very much resembling a small mussel-shell, closed on all sides by a continuors membrane, except on each side of the nape, where there is a small gill-opening ; eyes placed half-way between the tip of the jaws and the origin of the second plate of the trunk. Number of fin rays— D439; C. 75) P. and V... wanting: The only examples of this fish I have seen, were taken in the Firth of Forth at North Berwick, in the month of July, when two specimens were found under sea-weed in a small pool of water which had been left on the recess of the tide. Their stomachs were filled with a minute spe- cies of shrimp, and apparently eggs of crustacea. Mr Yarrell has found this species of Pipe-Fish not uncommon THE SHORT SUN-FISH. 4O] at the mouth of Pool Harbour, in company with S. acus and JS. typhle. It has also been found on the coast of De- von, and, although a rare fish, it seems better known than the last-described species, with which it has occasionally been confounded. ‘The best distinguishable character is in the position of the dorsal fin. Mr Yarrell states, that “ in this species, as well as the two others belonging to this se- cond division,” §. @quoreus and S. lumbriciformis, “ neither male nor female possesses an anal pouch, but the ova, after exclusion from the abdomen of the female, are carried for a time by the male in separate hemispheric depressions on the external surface of the abdomen, anterior to the anus. The females have no such depressions.” The S. lumbrici- Jormis has been taken by Dr Johnston in Berwick Bay, but has not been noticed as oecurring in the Firth of Forth ; from its small size it is very liable to be overlooked. ORDER IV.—GYMNODONTES. Opercule and rays concealed beneath the skin ;_ branchial opening small; snout not produced ; true teeth wanting. Genus ORTHAGORISCUS.—Jaws undivided ; body very much compressed, short, truncated behind; rough, but without spines; not capable of inflation; dorsal and anal fins uniting with the caudal. OrTHAGORISCUS MOLA.*—THE SuHortT Sun-F isn. Specific Characters.—Depth about two-thirds of the length ; skin rough. * Orthagoriscus mola, Yarr.,Cuv., Jen. Tetradon mola, Penn. VOL. VII, Ce 402 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Description.— From three to four feet in length. Form oblong, approaching orbicular, truncated behind ; sides very much com- pressed, the dorsal and ventral lines presenting a sharp edge ; depth bebind the pectorals about two-thirds of the entire length ; thickness rather more than one-third of the depth. Head not distinguishable from the trunk ; mouth small; jaws exposed ; the lamellated sub- stance undivided ; eyes moderate, about equidistant from the cor- ner of the mouth and the branchial aperture, which last is of an oval form, and situated immediately before the pectoral fin. Skin desti- tute of scales, but everywhere very rough with minute granulations ; no lateral line ; dorsal placed at the further extremity of the body, short, but very much elevated, its height equalling two-thirds or more of the depth of the body, terminating upwards in a point ; rays very much branched ; anal opposite, and exactly similar, to the dor- sal ; caudal, with the posterior margin slightly rounded, very short, but its depth (or breadth, measured vertically), nearly equalling that of the body, extending from the dorsal to the anal, with both of which fins it is connected ; pectorals small, rounded, attached ho- rizontally ; ventrals wanting. Number of fin rays’ (Jenyns)— «D.17; A.16; C.14; P.13.”— Bloch. The Short Sun-Fish is not of unfrequent occurrence on the British coast ; it has been cbserved several times on the coast of Scotland, and on the English coast as far south as on the shores of Cornwall. Colonel Montagu mentions one that was caught at Salcombe, in July 1799, that weighed three hundred pounds. They have been known to weigh as much as four hundred or five hundred pounds. Mr Couch says “the Short Sun-Fish is migratory, keep- ing probably at the bottom, and feeding on sea-weeds in its ordinary habits; but in calm weather it mounts to the surface, and lies, perhaps asleep, with its head, and even its eyes, above the water, floating with the tide.” Seven or eight examples have occurred in the Firth of Forth. Dr Neill says ‘a specimen was brought to him by the fishermen, who informed him that when they observed it, it was swim- ming along sideways, with its back fin frequently above water. It seemed to be a stupid, dull fish ; it made little or no at- THE SHARP-NOSED STURGEON. 403 tempt to escape, but allowed one of the sailors to put his hands under it, and lift it fairly into the boat.” The flesh is not made use of as food, but yields a large quantity of oil. SUB-CLASS [—PISCES CARTILAGINEI. Bones cartilaginous ; cranium divided by indistinct su- tures; branchiz generally fixed ; membrane without rays ; maxillary and intermaxillary bones either wanting or rudi- mentary; the palatines, or vomer alone, supplying their place. ORDER IL—ELEUTHEROPOMI. Branchiz free, with one large external aperture on each side, furnished with a strong opercule; upper jaw formed by the palatine bone, firmly united to the maxillary ; inter- maxillary rudimentary. Genus ACIPENSER.—Body elongated, mailed, as well as the head, with osseous tubercles, arranged in longitudi- nal rows; mouth placed beneath, very protractile, small, without teeth ; nostrils and eyes lateral; four pendent bar- bules on the under surface of the snout. ACIPENSER sTURIO.*—THE SHARP-NOSED STURGEON. Specific Characters.—Osseous tubercles in five longitudinal rows ; snout pointed. Description.—F rom a specimen five feet in length. Body elongat- ed, tapering from the head to the base of the tail, approaching in * Acipenser sturio, Auctorum. cea 404 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. form to pentagonal, covered with a number of large osseous plates arranged in five longitudinal rows ; the first row commences at the nape, and runs down the back ; the central plates the largest and more elevated than the rest ; the second row arises over the pos- terior margin of the operculum, and runs down the side as far as the end of the tail ; the third row runs from the pectoral down the side of the abdomen ; rows similar to the two last are also observed on the opposite side of the trunk; each dorsal plate has a broad base, with a sharp elevated keel, terminating in a point directed backwards ; the sixth, seventh, and eighth plate, more raised than those preced- - ing ; the base of each is rough with granulations ; the keel smooth, and plain. Colour of the back dusky grey ; belly dirty white ; fins dusky ; keels of the scales white. Skin rough, with minute plates and points of various shapes, scattered irregularly over the surface ; head sloping in front, covered with rough broad osseous plates ; snout pointed, somewhat of a conical form ; four barbules on the under surface, arranged in a cross direction, placed about half-way between the point of the snout and the anterior margin of the mouth ; mouth situated beneath, about in a line with the eye, of an oval form, without teeth, bordered by cartilage, capable of being greatly protruded. Eyes smalk; operculum. large, flat, and osseous, marked with a number of granulated striz, radiating from a centre. Dorsal fin placed very remote from the head ; candal bilobed, the upper lobe much the largest ; anal placed under the posterior half of the dorsal ; ventrals a little in advance of the dorsal; pectorals situated low down, in a line with the posterior margins of the gill-covers. Number of fin rays— D8s 5 A235; C.127 3 V.20 Poe: The Sturgeon inhabits both fresh and salt water, and is a common fish in most of the northern parts of Europe. In some of the American rivers they are found in such vast abundance during the months of May, June, and July, that as many as six hundred are said to have been taken in two days. On the British shores they are by no means common; seldom more than one individual is taken in the same locality during the season, and then almost invariably in estuaries, or at the mouths of large rivers. ‘They are mostly taken in salmon-nets, but no instance has been re- corded of their being found on lines, or of their taking THE BROAD-NOSED STURGEON. 405 a bait of any description, although small ‘fish and vermes seem to be their principal food. They are found during the winter to inhabit the ocean, and to ascend rivers in the spring and summer months for the purpose of -depo- siting their spawn; the fry, as soon as they are extruded from the eggs, are said to.seek the sea, and it appears on that account that very young ones are seldom or never found. In the Firth of Forth the ‘Sharp-nosed Sturgeon is taken, on an average, once in every three years, and then generally in the salmon-nets at Musselburgh or: Queensferry. It is sometimes found on the coast of Cornwall, but more commonly on our northern shores. .A muddy bottom seems to suit their habits the best, which they are said to explore with their snout like swine in search of food. The flesh of the Sturgeon is much esteemed ; it seems, however, to have been more highly prized in former times than at present. The roe of this fish is salted, and exported under the name of caviare. The best isinglass is made from the sound or swimming bladder, and sold at a high price. ACIPENSER LATIROSTRIS. Parn.—Broavd-NOSsED STURGEON. Specisic Charaeters.—Osseous tubercles in five longitudinal,rows ; snout blunt. Description —From a specimen seven feet nine inches in length ; weight eight stones. Colourof the back‘and sides, olive,’ with a shade of grey ; belly dirty white. Body armed with five rows of osseous shields, the first row commencing behind the head, and runs down the central ridge of the back ; the two next rows arise one on each side of the former, but nearer to the central ‘ridge ‘than to‘the pec- toral fins ; immediately.on the lower margins of the pectorals the other two rows commence ; skin rough, with a number of small an- gular osseous plates intermixed with very minute spicula ; the first free shield on the central ridge is nearly orbicular, and very slightly carinated ; the remainder in that row are of an oval form, with their margins entire ; the keels of the fifth and sixth shields one-eighth of an inch high, all the rest are lower; the lateral shields are 406 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. broad, slightly carinated, and, like those on the central ridge, not hooked in the centre, as is observed in the sharp-nosed sturgeon. From the tip of the snout to the commencement of the first free shield on the dorsal ridge, one foot eight inches ; from the tip of the nose to the orbit measures six inches ; the snout at the extremity, three inches wide and one deep; from the tip of the nose to the mouth, six inches and a half; the space between the eyes measures five inches ; the cirri, which are four in number, are placed two inches and a quarter from the tip of the snout. Mouth two inches and a half wide; the upper lip with three fleshy lobes ; the under lip with two lobes ; summit of the head rough, with the central plates beautifully radiated and of a fibrous appearance ; po- sition of the fins the same as in other sturgeons. This fish differs from the common Sturgeon ( Acipenser sturio) in having the tip of the snout much broader than the mouth; in the keels of the dorsal plates being but slight- ly elevated ; and in having the cirri placed nearer the tip of the snout than to the mouth. It was taken with a net in the month of July near Alloa, and sent to the Edinburgh market, where it received a sale of a shilling a pound. A few weeks after another of nearly equal size was captured in the Tay, which was also sent to the Edinburgh market, and on close examination I was unable to discover any characteristic differences between it and the one taken in the Forth. This sturgeon I believe to have been hitherto an un- described British species, nor have I as yet been able to identify the fish in any of the works of continental authors, therefore I have proposed, in the mean time, the name latirostris, as characteristic of the species. In the stomach of the one from the Tay was found an entire specimen of the sea mouse ( Aphrodita aculeata. ) THE SMALL SPOTTED DOG-FISH. 407 ORDER I1.—PLAGIOSTOMI. Branchiz fixed, with five small external openings on each side ; no opercule; jaws represented by the palatine and postmandibular bones, which alone are armed with teeth ; pectorals and ventrals always present; the latter (in the male) furnished on their internal margins with long ap- pendages. Famity SQUALID A.—Body more or less elongated ; tail thick and muscular ; branchial openings on each side of the neck, never underneath. Genus SCYLLIUM.— First dorsal fin never in advance of the ventrals; temporal orifices as well as the anal fin al- ways present ; teeth sharp and pointed, with small denticu- lations on each side. ScyYLLIuM CANICULA.*—THE SMALL-SPOTTED DoG-FISH. Specific Character—Valves of the nostrils approximate, covering the anterior part of the mouth. Description —From a female specimen one foot eleven inches in length. Anterior part of the body of a rounded form, tapering to- wards the tail where it becomes compressed ; greatest thickness be- tween the pectoral and ventral fins; from the point of the snout to the last gill-opening but one on the neck, exactly one-seventh of the entire length, and one-fourth as far as the posterior extremity of the base of the first dorsal fin ; second gill-opening is placed mid-way be- tween the point of the snout and the end of the pectoral fin. Colour of the head, back, and sides, reddish-grey, thickly spotted with dark brown ; belly and under the throat dirty white without spots; the spots on the dorsal, caudal, and behind the pectoral and ventral fins, large and few ; outer surface of the pectoral, ventral, and anal fins, * Scyllium canicula, Yarr. Squalus canicula, Jen. Morgay, Robin Huss. 408 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. plain. Snout blunt, rounded, and depressed, projecting beyond the upper jaw ; nostrils rather large, placed underneath, about half-way between the point of the snout and the anterior part of the orbit, and -immediately in front of the upper lip, mostly concealed by a prolonga- tion of skin, so as to form a sort of valve over each aperture ; each valve is somewhat of a triangular form, extending over and partly concealing the anterior part of the mouth; under the outer margin of each valve and partly concealed, is a small truncated lobe of a square form, not extending beyond the lip. Mouth large, the angle of which extends as far as in a line with the middle of the orbit ; under jaw shortest ; teeth small and sharp pointed, placed in three or more rows in each jaw; each tooth is furnished with a small denticulation on each side ofits base. Eyes rather large, of an oblong oval, placed as far from the point of the snout, as the distance is between each ; branchial openings five, arranged in a longitudinal series on each side of the neck, the four first nearly of equal size, about half the size of the orbit; the fourth situated immediately over the anterior extremity of the base of the pectoral ; the fifth, which is the smallest, placed rather beyond that point. Behind each eye, a little below the posterior angle, is a small temporal orifice, communicating with the mouth. Skin rough, with small denticulated scales, allowing the hand to be passed from head to tail, but not in the opposite diree- tion; the extremity of the snout perfectly smooth, appearing as if the points of the scales had worn down. First dorsal fin, situated over the middle of the space between the ventral and anal fins, and mid- way between the fourth branchial opening and the end of the tail ; the anterior margin oblique ; the posterior margin vertical; the height rather more than equals the base. Second dorsal, about the same form as the first dorsal, but rather smaller, situated nearer it than to the end of the tail, and a little behind the termination of the anal fin. Caudal, truncated-or very slightly rounded at the end; the upper lobe commencing at first low, a little behind the second dor- sal, gradually expanding and terminating abruptly ; the anterior lower lobe somewhat of the ‘same form as the anal fin, but rather larger ; the posterior lower lobe much smaller, of a triangular form. Anal fin, placed a:little in advance of the second dorsal, and half-way between the commencement of ‘the ventrals, and the termination of the ariterior lower lobe of the tail ; the form somewhat triangular, the base more'than twice the length of the height ; the lower end free. Veutrals in advance of ‘first dorsal, situated about mid-way between the'end of the pectorals:and the anal fin ; the lower portions acute and free ; the postetior margins more oblique than the anterior margins. Pectoral broad, truncated behind, its length equalling the space be- tween the point of the snout-and the first branchial aperture. ‘ The THE SMALL-SPOTTED DOG-FISH. 409 male is characterized by having the ventrals larger than in the other sex, and united throughout their length by an intermediate membrane : they are also furnished on their inner margins with fusiform appen- dages, not extending beyond the fin, in young subjects, but lengthen- ing in adults ; in the female, the ventrals have the last third portions of their inner margins separate.” (Jenyns.) The Spotted Dog-Fish and the Lesser-Spotted Dog-Fish of Pennant, appear to he both the same species, differing only in sexual ‘variety ; but whether ‘they are the same ‘as the one here described, or the one next to be noticed, is a question not easily determined, in ‘consequence of Pennant having omitted the essential characters by which the two species are distinguished. We are indebted, however, to Mr Jenyns, in his excellent work on the ‘British Vertebrate Animals, for first clearly pointing out the ‘true specific dis- tinctions in the two species of Spotted Dog-Fish (S. canicula and JS. catulus), which principally rest on the formation of the nasal valves, as will be shewn when speaking of S. catu- lus. The Small-Spotted Dog-Fish is generally considered a common species throughout the British coast, but is found in greater numbers:on the southern shores of England than on those shores farther north. In the Firth of Forth it is comparatively rare, making its appearance generally in the month of June, when a few are captured in the salmon- nets at Musselburgh and Queensferry. On the ‘coast of Devon it is taken mostly in the trawl-net and occasionally with the hook. It is a voracious feeder, and subsists principally on small fishes. The skin of this and of the other species of Shark, is much used in the arts for various purposes; the finer parts being used by cabinetmakers as a substitute for glass-paper, and turners employ it for polishing wood. The flesh is coarse, and seldom used as food. 410 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. ScyLLium catuLus.*—TuHeE Larce-spottep Doc-F isu. Specific Characters—Valves of the nostrils separate ; not reaching to the mouth. Description.—From a female specimen one foot eight inches in length. Anterior part of the body rounded ; belly somewhat flatten- ed; caudal extremity compressed, greatest thickness behind the pectorals, tapering from the ventrals; from the point of the snout to the third gill-opening on the neck, exactly one-sixth of the en- tire length, and one-fourth as far as the middle of the space be- tween the two dorsals ; first gill-opening is placed mid-way between the point of the snout and the end of the pectoral fin. Colour of the head, back, and sides, reddish-grey, spotted with dark brown ; belly, under surface of the pectoral and ventral fins, dirty white; behind the fins spotted. Snout blunt, rounded, and slightly depressed, pro- jecting beyond the upper jaw; nostrils rather large, elongated, placed beneath, much nearer the point of the snout than to the anterior part of the orbit, and immediately in front of the upper lip ; the inner half concealed by a prolongation of skin so as to form a sort of valve ; each valve is somewhat of a triangular form, rather short, not reach- ing to the upper jaw, having a lobe underneath of a similar form, but somewhat smaller. Mouth large, the angle of which extending back as far as in a line with the middle of the orbit ; under jaw shortest ; teeth small and sharp pointed, placed in three or more rows in each jaw ; each tooth is furnished with a small denticulation on each side of its base. Eyes moderate, of an oblong-oval ; branchial openings five, arranged in a longitudinal series on each side of the neck, the first the largest, rather more than equalling the length of the orbit, the last the smallest, about half the size of the first, the fourth placed immediately over the anterior extremity of the base of the pectoral fin. Behind and a little under the posterior angle of the orbit, is si- tuated a small temporal orifice communicating with the mouth ; skin rough, allowing the hand to be passed from head to tail, but not in the opposite direction, owing to the scales being strongly denticulat- ed, with the points directed towards the caudal extremity ; the tip of the snout perfectly smooth. First dorsal fin somewhat of a triangu- lar form, rather less than equalling its height, situated over the mid- dle of the space between the ventral and anal fins, and mid-way be- ‘tween the third branchial opening and the end of the tail; its ante- rior margin oblique, the posterior vertical. Second dorsal about the * Scyllium catulus, Yarr.,Cuv. Squalus stellaris, Jen. Rock Dog-Fish, Bounce. THE LARGE-SPOTTED DOG-FISH. 411 same form as the first, but rather smaller, situated in a line over the posterior portion of the anal fin, and half-way between the origin of the ventrals and the end of the tail. Caudal truncated rather ob- liquely, commencing low at a short distance from the second dorsal, and expanding gradually towards the extremity ; the anterior lower lobe about twice the size of the anal fin and somewhat of the same form ; the posterior lower lobe considerably smaller, of a triangular form, with the apex pointing downwards. Anal fin with its poste- rior extremity situated mid-way between the commencement of the ventrals and the end of the tail ; ventrals in advance of the first dor- sal, the lower portions not so acutely formed as in S. canicula. Pec- torals broad, truncated behind ; its length considerably less than the space between the point of the snout and the first branchial opening. The male is characterized in the same manner as in the last species. « Mr Jenyns remarks, “ (form) closely resembling the S. canicula, but differing essentially in the structure of the lobes of the nostrils and in the form of the ventrals. The former are not united as in that species (S. canicula), and of a smaller size, leaving the whole of the mouth and the upper lip visible; the ventrals, instead of being cut obliquely, are cut nearly square, their posterior margins meeting at a very obtuse angle; they are united or se- parate according to the sex in a similar manner. The snout is rather more elongated, and, according to some authors, the tail rather shorter, giving the dorsal a more backward position ; but this last character I have not noticed myself.” ‘The two species now before me(S. canicula and S. catulus), differ in other characters besides these above pointed out by Mr Jenyns. In S. canicula, the whole of the second dorsal fin is behind the anal ; in S. catudus it is in a line over the lower portion of the anal. In S. canicula, the small lobe which is situated immediately under the outer margin of the nasal valve, is of a square form; in S. catulus that lobe is somewhat of a triangular form and about three times broader than its length, extending from the inner corner of 412 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the nasal aperture along half its base, or nearly as far as the posterior margin of the nasal valve; the ‘teeth in S. ca- tulus are about double the size of those in S. canicula. The Large-spotted Dog-Fish, so named by Mr Yarrell to distinguish it from the small-spotted species, is occasion- ally taken on the coast of Devon in the trawl-net, but it does not appear to be of so common occurrence as S. cani- cula. Jn the Firth of Forth examples are occasionally found in the salmon-nets at Queensferry. It is stated by the fishermen, that it is ‘more frequently met with on some of the shores further north, and at Wick, specimens of large size have been taken in the herring-nets; but as the, two species are so closely allied, it is not improbable that they have been greatly confounded. I have seen examples of both species of three feet and a half in length. They feed on almost any animal substance, and extrude their purses or eggs during the winter months. On dissecting a specimen in the month of September, I found two purses of large size, but the foetus was not in the slightest developed. At one of the extremities of the horny capsule were attach- ed two strong, slender tendrils, very much resembling that which is used by fishermen under the name of Indian weed. This and the last described species are said to produce many young at a time. I have occasionally observed a va- riety of this species, or probably the young, about a foot in fength, with the head, back, and sides, of a deep reddish- brown, marked with a few large dark scattered spots. 7 Genus LAMNA.—First dorsal fin in advance of the ventrals; anal fin present ; temporal orifices wanting ; the branchial openings all before the pectorals. THE PORBEAGLE. 413. LaMNna corNosBica.*—TuHE PoRBEAGLE. Description.—‘ Body fusiform, very narrow at the tail, and strong- ly keeled there on each side ; skin smooth when stroked backwards, of a uniform greyish-black colour, the belly white ; snout obtusely pointed, with a band of punctures on each side of the forehead ter- minating above the eyes, afew similar punctures behind the eyes, and a triangular patch of them before the nostrils, they are the apertures of canals filled with a transparent jelly ; eyes round, dark blue ; bran- chial slits five, cut across the neck, the posterior oblique and close to the pectoral fin ; back rounded; dorsal fin triangular, with a free, pointed, pale-coloured process behind ; posterior dorsal fin also pointed posteriorly; pectorals somewhat triangular, obliquely sinuate on the posterior edge, black ; ventral fins rhomboidal, meeting on the mesial line, on which are the anal and generative apertures ; anal fin small, pointed behind ; tail lunate, with unequal lobes, the superior and largest with a projecting outline near the tip ; above the tail there is a flat space bounded by a short transverse ridge, and a similar one opposite on the ventral side ; lateral line straight; the keel on the body runs forward on the tail, and there is a small keel beneath this confined to the tail itself. The length along the lateral line five feet eight inches and a half; circumference in front of the dorsal fin, two feet eight inehes and a half; from the snout to the eye, four inches and three quarters ; diameter of the eye, one inch and one-tenth ; breadth between the eyes, five inches and one quarter ; from the snout to the margin of the upper lip four inches and a half, thence to the angle of the mouth also four inches and a half; breadth of the mouth from angle to angle eight inches and one quarter; from the snout to, the first gill-aperture one foot three inches ; snout. to pectoral fin one foot six inches and a half; length of pectoral fin one foot one inch ; breadth of pectoral fin six inches and a half ; sneut to dorsal fin two, feet one inch and three quarters; height of dorsal fin nine inches and three quarters ; length of dorsal fin ten inches and one quarter ; length of the free portion of it three inches ; space between the first and second dorsal fins one foot eight inches ; length from the snout to the anal aperture three feet eight inches; extreme breadth of the tail one foot eight inches ; length of the tail in the mesial line six inehes and one quarter.” —(Dr Johnston.) This species of Shark is met with occasionally onthe Devon- shire and Cornish coasts, but is said to occur more frequently * Lamna cornubica, Cuy., Yarr., Flem. Squalus cornubicus, J en., Don., Penn. 414 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. during autumn on the northern coast. Several specimens have been taken in the Firth of Forth, principally in the herring-nets, among which they are very destructive. They feed on fishes and pursue their prey in companies. Dr Johnston has met with examples in Berwick Bay. They are ovoviviparous, and their flesh is seldom made use of, ex- cept as bait for other fishes. The essential characters of this species are: the first dorsal fin before the ventrals ; all the branchial openings before the pectoral except the last, which is situated obliquely over the anterior extremity of the base of that fin; teeth serrated on both edges ; anal fin present ; temporal orifices wanting ; snout pyramidal. Genus GALEUS.—First dorsal fin in advance of the ventrals; anal fin present ; temporal orifices present ; the last branchial opening above the pectoral ; teeth sharp. GALEUS VULGARIS.*—THE Common Torr. Description.—F rom a small malespecimen fourteen inches in length. Body fusiform, greatest thickness in the region of the pectorals ; snout depressed ; end of the tail compressed ; from the point of the snout to the second gill-opening on the neck exactly one-fifth of the en- tire length ; first gill-opening is placed mid-way between the end of the snout and the commencement of the first dorsal fin. Co- lour of the back and sides dusky grey ; belly dirty white. Snout pointed, slightly rounded at the tip, projecting, about the length of the base of the first dorsal fin, beyond the anterior margin of the upper jaw ; nostrils small, placed beneath, considerably nearer the mouth than to the point of the snout, and a very little in advance of the anterior extremity of the orbit. Mouth large, the angle extend- ing back as far as in a line with the posterior extremity of the orbit ; under jaw shortest ; teeth sharp pointed, of a triangular form, placed in three or four rows in each jaw, the inner edge of each strongly den- ticulated, the outer edge, which is placed obliquely, smooth and cutting. Eyes large of an oblong-oval, situated over the mouth ; * Galeus vulgaris, Cuv., Yarr. Squalus galeus, Jen. Penny Dog, Mil- ler’s Dog. THE COMMON TOPE. 4lo branchial openings five, arranged in a longitudinal series on each side of the neck ; the first four nearly of equal size ; the last, which is placed immediately over the anterior extremity of the base of the pectoral, somewhat smaller than the rest ; a little behind the pos- terior angle of the orbit is situated a small temporal orifice about the size of a pin’s head ; skin rough when the hand is passed from tail to head, but smooth in the opposite direction. First dorsal fin placed half-way between the tip of the nose and the end of the second dorsal ; somewhat of a quadrangular form, its base about equalling the height of the anterior part ; the posterior extremity ending in an acute point. Second dorsal fin placed about half-way between the first dorsal and the end of the tail, and corresponding to the former in shape, but of half the size. The extremity of the caudal lobe ob- liquely truncated, the anterior lower portion somewhat of a triangu- lar form, concave at the posterior margin, and much larger than the rest of the lobe. Anal rather small, situated under the lower part of the second dorsal. Ventrals placed in the middle of the space be- tween the two dorsals, cut obliquely at their lower edges. Pectoral rather larger than the first dorsal, approaching to triangular, rounded at the upper border and concave at the posterior margin. The Tope Shark is frequently taken inthe Firth of Forth, and specimens of three feet or more in length are now in the College Museum of Edinburgh, obtained from that quarter. Dr Johnston has observed it on the coast of Ber- wick. ‘* On the Cornish coast,” says Mr Yarrell, “ this is a common and rapacious species, but is not so destructive as the Blue Shark. The larger specimens, which are about six feet long, abound chiefly in summer ; and the young, to the number of thirty or more, are excluded all at once from the female in May and June. They do not reach the full size until the second year, and continue with us through the first winter, while those of larger size retire into deep water. No use is made of this fish beyond melting the liver for oil. When caught on the fishermen’s lines, this fish sometimes has recourse to the same attempt at deliver- ance as the Blue Shark, by twisting the line throughout the whole !ength round its body.” 416 FISHES OF PHE FIRTH OF FORTH. The fishermen in the Firth of Forth have frequently mis. taken the present species of Shark for a full-grown example of the common dog-fish, they, supposing that the absence of the dorsal spines is entirely owing to the age of the fish, but the absence of the anal fin in the Dog-Fish, and its presence in, the Tope, will at all times distinguish the two species from one another. The essential characters of the Tope are, first dorsal fin before the ventrals; last branchial opening placed immediately over the anterior extremity of the base of the pectorals ; teeth denticulated only on the edge placed nearest the angle on the mouth ; anal fin as well as the tem- poral orifices, present ; snout depressed. Genus MUSTELUS.—First dorsal fin in advance of the ventrals ; anal fin present ; temporal orifices present ; teeth blunt, forming a closely-compacted pavement in each jaw. MustTeE.vs Levis.*—TuHE SmMootuH Hounp. Description —From a small specimen fourteen inches in length. Body fusiform, rounded, greatest thickness in the region of the pec- torals,, tapering gradually towards the caudal extremity, where it be- comes compressed ; snout and head depressed ; from the tip of the snout to the third gill-opening on the neck, exactly one-sixth of the entire length, and one-third as far.as the middle of the space between the two dorsals. Colour of the head, back, and sides, of a light bluish-grey, marked with numerous small white spots, which disap- pear as the fish increases in age ; belly dull pearly-white. First dor- sal fin rather large, of a triangular form, the height more than equal- ling the base ; placed over the posterior portion of the pectorals, and half-way between the point of the snout and the middle of the second dorsal fin ; the lower portion of the posterior margin terminating ina point directed backwards. Second dorsal rather smaller than the first dorsal, and corresponding to it in form; placed a little in advance * Mustelus levis, Cuv., Yarr. Squalis mustelus, Jen., Penn. Skaie- toothed Shark, Ray-mouthed Dog, Smooth Shark. THE SMOOTH HOUND. 417 of the anal fin, and about mid-way between the first dorsal and the tip of the caudal lobe ; pectorals of a triangular form with the posterior margins cut obliquely, the length equal to the distance from the point of the snout to the temporal orifice, immediately behind the posterior angle of the orbit ; ventrals placed under the middle of the space between the two dorsals, ofa triangular form, cut obliquely, and about half the size of the pectorals. Anal rather small, placed under the posterior half of the second dorsal, and answering to it in shape: caudal with the lowerlobe cut obliquely ; the anterior underlobeslightly concave at the posterior margin, and rather larger at the commence- ment. Snout rounded; nostrils underneath, partly covered with a small cutaneous flap, placed half-way between the tip of the snout and the posterior angle of the mouth; gape rather small; under jaw the shortest ; teeth small and blunt, forming a close compacted pavement in each jaw, very similar to those observed in young indi- viduals of Raia clavata. Eyes rather large, of an oblong oval form, placed over the mouth, and about half-way between the point of the snout and the commencement of the second gill-opening ; skin smooth and soft, when the hand is passed from head to tail, but rough in the opposite direction ; gill-openings on each side of the neck, five in number, the last the smallest, and placed immediately over the anterior part of the base of the pectoral; lateral line rather indistinct, and straight throughout its course. The most common size of this species of Shark that I have met with in the Firth of Forth is from twenty to five and twenty inches in length. It is generally found in the salmon-nets, along with the common dog-fish, with which it is frequently confounded by many of the fishermen, although, when closely examined, the differences between them are very obvious. On the southern shores of England it is oc- casionally taken the length of three feet or more, and is found in greater numbers on the Cornish and Devonshire coasts than on the eastern shores of Scotland. Dr John- ston has known it taken in Berwick Bay ; Mr Couch says “it iscommon on the coast of Cornwall, but not abundant, and keeps close to the bottom on clean ground, where it feeds on crustaceous animals which it crushes previous to swallowing, and for which its flat pavement teeth are well VOL. VII. pd 418 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. adapted ; it also takes a bait, but is less rapacious than most of the tribe. The young are produced alive in No- vember, the whole coming to perfection at once; but they are few in number, not perhaps exceeding a dozen, and soon after birth they all go into deep water, from which they do not emerge until the following May.” Mr Yarrell says it has been taken on the coasts of the counties of An- trim and Londonderry, and he has seen it at various places on the coasts of Kent and Sussex. Dr Fleming records it as being used in the Hebrides as food, and the flesh is esteemed a delicate dish. The principal character which distinguishes this fish from the rest of the Sharks is in the form of the teeth, which are, as before observed, arranged in a compacted pavement, with their summits perfectly smooth, the teeth of Sharks generally being very sharp pointed, more or less of a triangular form. Genus SELACHUS.—First dorsal fin in advance of the ventrals ; anal fin and temporal orifices both present ; teeth not denticulated at the sides; branchial openings all before the pectorals, nearly surrounding the neck. SELACHUS MAXIMUS.*—THE BaskING SHARK. Description.—*‘ The body is the thickest about the middle, and diminishes towards both extremities ; when afloat the form is nearly cylindrical ; the skin thick and rough, of a brownish black colour, with tints of blue. The head conical, the muzzle short, rather blunt, smooth, and pierced with numerous circular pores ; eyes near the snout, small, oval, the elongation horizontal, the irides brown ; half-way be- tween the eye and the first branchial opening is the temporal ori- fice, oblique and small ; branchial openings five on each side, of great vertical length, each set including the whole side of the neck, and leaving only a small space above and below; nostrils oval, small, placed rather laterally, and opening on the edge of the upper lip ; * Selachus maximus, Yarr. Squalus maximus, Jen., Penn., Flem. THE BASKING SHARK. 419 pectoral fin of moderate size for so large a fish, the form somewhat triangular, placed close to the last branchial orifice, convex ante- riorly and thick, slightly concave and much thinner behind ; the ven- tral fins also of moderate size, rather elongated at the base, placed behind the middle of the whole length of the fish, convex in front, concave ‘behind, the inner and posterior half free, exhibiting in the male the cylindrical appendage. The first dorsal fin, placed before the middle of the whole length of the fish, is much the larger of the two, forming an elevated triangle ; anterior edge but slightly convex, posterior edge concave, with an elongated point at the base directed backwards ; the second dorsal fin much smaller than the first, rounded above, attached throughout half its base only, and placed at two- thirds of the distance from the first dorsal to the caudal fin; anal fin is still smaller than the second dorsal, but of the same shape. From the line of the anal fin to the base of the tail, there is a strong and prominent keel-like edge on each side ; and just in advance of the base of the caudal fin; both above and below, is a groove, that un- derneath rather smaller than that above. The caudal fin divided in- to two lobes, the upper one larger than the lower ; the posterior edge of the caudal fin appears to become notched and abraded by age and use, and is frequently found unequal at its margin, and variable in shape.’’—(Yarrell.) The Basking Shark, one of the largest of this tribe of fishes, has been observed several times on the British coast. Mr Low considers it as common in the Orkneys. Dr Neill states in the Wernerian Transactions, vol. 1., that it is common in the Scottish seas, occasionally, though seldom, entering the Firth of Forth. It has been taken, accord- ing to Mr Yarrell, on the coasts of Waterford, Wales, Cornwall, Devonshire, and several times at different places on the coast of Sussex. It has been known to measure thirty-six feet in length. Pennant supposes that it subsists entirely on marine plants, for on examination of the con- tents of the stomach, no remains of fish have been found. Mr Low says, that a specimen he examined contained a red pulpy mass, like bruised crabs or the roe of Echini. Its food is considered by Linnzus to be Meduse. It is stated by Blainville, that no less than four distinct spe- pd 4I0 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. cies of shark have been confounded by naturalists under the name of Squalus maximus. Genus SPIN AX.—First dorsal fin in advance of the ventrals ; anal fin wanting ; temporal orifices present ; branchial openings all before the pectorals ; a sharp, strong spine in front of each of the dorsals. SPINAX ACANTHIAS.*—THE Pickep Doc-F isu. Description.—From a specimen eighteen inches in length. Body fusiform ; nose long ; head depressed. Colour of the back and sides, slate-grey ; under part dull white, in young specimens the back is spotted with white, and the caudal lobe is often margined with pale yellow, First dorsal fin somewhat of a quadrangular form, terminating behind in a projecting point, directed towards the caudal extremity ; the height in front more than equalling the length of the base; situated about one-third of the whole length from the point of the nose. Second dorsal fin smaller than the first, and an- swering to itin shape ; placed about mid-way between it and the end of the caudal lobe ; in front of both dorsals is a strong, sharp spine, the one behind being much the longer of the two. Caudal lobe rounded at the end ; the lower lobe triangular and rather larger than the second dorsal; ventrals approaching to a quadrangular, situated under the middle of the space between the two dorsals. Pectorals of a triangular form, rather larger than the first dorsal, concave be- hind, slightly rounded on the upper margin. Nostrils small, placed beneath, about half-way between the tip of the snout and the upper jaw, partly covered by a minute membranous flap ; branchial open- ings five on each side of the neck, all before the pectorals. Under jaw shortest; teeth small, not denticulated, placed in two or three rows in each jaw, their points directed towards the angle of the snout, very sharp and cutting ; a large temporal orifice situated a little behind the posterior angle of each orbit ; lateral line tolerably defined ; skin rough when the hand is passed from tail to head, but of a granulated feel in the opposite direction. The Dog-Fish is a well-known species of Shark, and is common on almost every part of the British coast, more especially on that of Cornwall, where as many as twenty * Spinax acanthias, Cuv., Yarr. Squalus acanthias, Jen., Linn. Bone- dog, Hoe, Orkney, Dog-fish. THE PICKED DOG-FISH. 421 thousand are said to have been taken in a net at one time. In the Firth of Forth they are captured principally in the salmon nets, in the months of July and August, when they are seen, after the recess of the tide, hanging in dozens, with their heads in the meshes of the net. In the neigh- bourhood of Edinburgh they are never made use of except occasionally as bait for other fishes, although in some parts of Scotland the flesh is salted, and dried and eaten by the poorer classes of the people. The Dog-fish is ovovivipar- ous, producing many young ata time. It is very voraci- ous, feeds on small fishes, and pursues its prey in companies, when it proves of great annoyance to the fishermen, This fish is readily distinguished from the rest of the British sharks, in having a sharp conspicuous spine in front of each dorsal fin, a character which none of the others possess, and which, in this species, is always found constant. Genus SQUATINA.—Body broad, flattened horizon- tally, pectorals large, separated from the neck by a cleft, in which are the branchial openings; mouth at the extre- mity of the snout ; eyes above not lateral ; temporal orifices present ; no anal fin; both dorsals behind the ventrals. SQuATINA ANGELUS.*—THE ANGEL-FIsH. Description—From a specimen twenty-one inches in length ; it is said sometimes to grow to the length of eight feet. Form, more resembling the ray than that of the shark ; body broad and depressed anteriorly, somewhat of a triangular form from the snout to the end of the pectorals, elongated and tapering behind the ventrals; the upper part of the body rather convex; the under part flat; the greatest breadth across the pectorals ; head in front of a rounded form, wider than the body, not including the pectorals; mouth rather large, situated at the extremity, somewhat protractile ; under jaw a little the shortest ; teeth very sharp, broad at the base, placed * Squatina angelus, Cuy., Yarr. Squatina vulgaris, Flem. Squalis squa- tina, Linn., Bloch, Penn. Monk-Fish, Fiddle-Fish, Shark-ray, Kingston. 422 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. wide apart from each other, arranged in three or four rows in each jaw, with the points directed inwards ; vomer smooth, without teeth ; eyes above, small, placed wide apart from each other ; nos- trils small, situated at the extremity of the snout in front of the eyes ; furnished with two elongated valves or loose membranes attached to the inner margins; temporal orifices large, nearly twice the size of the orbit, placed transversely a little behind, and on the outer side of each eye; snout blunt, slightly notched in the middle ; branchial openings rather small, placed on each side of the neck in front of the pectorals ; pectorals large, somewhat of a triangular form at the outer edge, terminating in front by an acute detached point or angle, rounded at the lower margin ; ventrals, not half the size of the pec- torals, situated behind, of a triangular form, with the inferior extre- mities terminating in a loose point directed backwards; dorsal fins two, placed behind the ventrals ; the first is situated about half-way between the tip of the caudal lobe and the termination of the pecto- ral fins, somewhat of a triangular form ; the anterior margin oblique ; the posterior margin nearly vertical; the second dorsal is rather smaller than the first and nearly of the same form, placed about half- way between the base of the caudal lobe and the termination of the first dorsal ; ventrals wanting. Skin on the under surface of a dirty white ; on the upper surface grey, inclining to chocolate, very rough, covered with numerous, small prickly tubercles with broad bases and bent points, causing the skin ‘to feel granulated when the hand is passed from head to tail, and very rough in the contrary direction; caudal fin obliquely bifurcated, the upper lobe rather the longest, of a tri- angular form, a little more than equalling the size of the first dorsal. On some parts of the English coast, more especially in the counties of Devon and Cornwall, we find this singular looking fish of frequent occurrence, and from its supposed resemblance in form to that of a fiddle it has occasionally received the name of Fiddle-Fish. It is frequently taken on the coasts of Kent and Sussex, where it is called a King- ston, but on the eastern shores of Scotland it is seldom seen. — It has been, however, noticed by Dr Neill as occurring oc- casionally in the Firth of Forth, and I myself have met with two examples taken with the hook in the month of June from the same quarter, but they were rather small, not exceeding two feet in length,—the fishermen having no name for them farther than that of Mongrel Skate. THE ANGLE.-FISH. 423 'This fish frequents deep water, keeping close to the bot- tom, and is said to conceal itself under the soft soil; it is very voracious, and preys on small fishes, principally on the smaller kind of flounders. The flesh is said to be oc- casionally eaten, and is recorded to have been formerly held in high estimation ; some parts of the skin, however, are of value for polishing wood, but every way inferior to the skin of some of the Sharks. Mr Yarrell says, a second species of this genus has been supposed to occur on our coasts, but the Angel-Fish is liable to some variation in colour, depending on the nature of the ground in the locality in which it isfound. The sexes also exhibit some differences. The females produce their young alive in June. This fish appears as closely allied to the skates as it does to the sharks, but differs from both in many respects. It is readily distinguished from the skates, in the mouth being at the extremity, and the gill-openings being on each side of the neck and not underneath. It differs from the true sharks in having the eyes placed on the upper surface and not laterally. Famity RAITDA.—Body very much flattened, resem- bling a disk ; tail more or less long and slender ; branchial openings beneath ; pectorals extremely large, uniting in front with the snout, extending backwards to near the base of , the ventrals; mouth and nostrils beneath; eyes and tem- poral orifices above ; dorsals when present almost always up- on the tail. Genus RAIA.—Tail slender, furnished with one or more rows of spines, and two small dorsal fins towards its ex- tremity. 424 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. (I. Snout sharp, more or less elongated.) Rata BATIS.*—THE SKATE. Specific Characters.—Body on the upper surface rough, of a grey colour beneath ; no spines in front of the eyes. (See Plate XL.) Description —F rom a female specimen two feet in length, the tail included. Body rhomboidal ; the distance from the tip of one pec- toral to that of the other, equalling the space between the point of the snout and the last spine but six on the tail; from the point of the snout to the temporal orifice, one-third the length, as far as the end of the anal fin, and one-fourth the length to the commencement of the first dorsal. Body thin; snout pointed, conical ; pectorals large, somewhat of a triangular form, uniting in front at the snout, and terminating at the base of the ventrals; the anterior margins nearly straight, the posterior margins rounded ; ventrals about twice as long as they are broad, each composed of five rays ; the first ray stout and flat, the third the longest, giving a rounded form to the extremity of the fin; anals commencing close behind the ventrals, the outer margin of each rounded, terminating below in a free point, composed of twenty rays ; the middle rays rather the longest, the first ray taking its origin with the last ray of the ventral. Tail short, con- siderably less than the length of the body, when reflected not reaching beyond the anterior part of the orbit ; along the mesial line is a row of spines or tubercles, about sixteen in number, commencing at the base of the anal, and terminating at the commencement of the first dorsal ; there is also frequently a solitary spine between the two dorsals ; each tubercle has a broad oval base, and a sharp point directed back- ward. In adult specimens there are three rows of spines on the tail, the two lateral ones having the points of the spine pointing outwards, but not upwards, as Mr Yarrell has represented in his figure of the skate. (Vol. ii. p. 421.) The lateral spines are frequently very few, sometimes not exceeding six in number. First dorsal fin small, rounded at the free extremity ; the length about equalling the base ; placed at a short distance from the end of the tail; second dorsal rather smaller than the first and about the same form, commencing at a short distance from its termination ; caudal fin rudimentary. Colour of the upper surface of a dusky grey, occasionally with a pale yellowish tinge ; under surface of a dusky bluish- rey, marked with a number of dark specks, particularly about the under surface of the * Raia baits, Linn., Yarr., Penn., Don., Flem. Blue Skate, Grey Skate. THE SKATE. 425 snout and around the mouth; eyes rather small, flattened above, placed immediately in front of the temporal orifices, which are of an oval form and rather smaller than the orbits. Skin above rough, pre- senting a granulated feel to the touch; no spines in front of the eyes or along the mesial line of the back; that part round the base of the ventrals is generally smooth. Mouth large, placed beneath, capable of being widely expanded ; teeth numerous, sharp pointed, with broad bases, arranged in several rows in each jaw. “ The males in this, and in all the other species of this fa- mily, besides possessing the ventral appendages, are cha- racterized by several parallel rows of sharp hooked spines on the anterior lobe, and at the angle of each of the pecto- rals. These spines are always very much reclined and partly concealed, with the points directed inwards. They are quite independent of the other, generally larger and more erect spines, which are more or less characteristic of the particular species. ‘The number of rows, and the num- ber in each row, depend upon age, being greatest in the oldest individuals; sometimes in very young males these sexual spines, as they may be termed, hardly shew themselves at all. It may be added that the teeth also often differ in the two sexes, the males generally having them sharper and more pointed than the other sex."—-Jenyns. In some parts of the coast the fishermen name those individuals with the ventral appendages much developed, the Three-tailed Skate, they being, at the same time, perfectly aware that it is the characteristic mark of the malesonly. The females are said to cast their eggs from May to September, and the young appear some time during the spring following. Their eggs are brown, coriaceous, and squared, with the angles pro- longed into points. These are often met with on the sea- shores, and commonly known by the name of Sailors’ Pockets. This species of Skate as noticed by Pennant is sometimes 426. FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. taken the weight of two hundred pounds. It is common on all parts of the British coast, and has received various names according to the locality in which it occurs. In Scotland it is named Skate or Blue Skate, in England Grey Skate ; and according to Yarrell, at Lyne Regis, on ac- count of its dusky grey colour, it is called Tinker. In the Firth of Forth these fish are met with in great numbers, particularly in the neighbourhood of the Bass and the May, where they are taken in nets, and are often found on lines set in deep water for cod. In the spring months, the Edinburgh market has a daily supply, and so great is the demand required, that no less than a dozen cart loads are sold during the week. Some persons cook them when newly caught, others dress them in the salted condition, while others again allow them to hang in the open air for weeks, until they have acquired a green putrescent ap- pearance, and in this state they are considered a luxury. The pectoral fins are the parts generally made use of as food, and when cut in a peculiar form are sold under the name of crimped skate, which is esteemed a delicate morsel. The French are said to be remarkably fond of this species of skate, especially when large ; the smaller specimens about the size of a common plate when fried are particularly sweet - and delicate, and are brought to the Edinburgh market in the month of July with other skate of small size. According to Colonel Montagu, the immense quantities of this tribe of fishes which are taken in the county of Devon, are chiefly used for baiting crab-pots. It has been com- puted that four boats employed in crabbing, consume in one season twenty tons of fish, principally ray; but it is probable, not less than forty tons of ray are brought on shore by fishermen of the small hamlets of 'Torcross on the THE SHARP-NOSED BAY. 427 south coast of Devon, in one season, besides what are con- signed to the deep immediately as useless. The reason of this vast consumption of coarse fish in catching crabs, is, that they are extremely nice in the choice of their food, and will not enter the pots when the bait is the least tainted. In this particular the crab differs from the lobster, which cannot be taken but by bait in a state of putridity. The skate is very various, and keeps to the bottom on rocky ground; it takes a baited hook with eagerness, and. feeds on almost any animal substance it meets with, but flat fish and crustacea seem its principal food. ‘ Mr Couch has known five different species of fish, besides crustacea taken from the stomach of a single individual.” The principal characters which distinguish this species of skate, are, the snout sharp, conic, the lateral margins not parallel; the skin on the upper surface of the body rough, having a gra- nulated feel when the hand is passed over the pectorals ; no spines round any part of the orbits, or along the dorsal ridge of the body ; the lateral spines at the base of the tail, when present, are perfectly straight, their points directed outwards, and not downwards as those on the central ridge ; the under surface of the body is never white, but of a dusky greyish-blue marked with a number of dark specks. In young individuals the upper surface is smooth to the touch; and the lateral caudal spines are wanting. Rata OXYRHYNCHUS.*—THE SHARP-NOSED Ray. Specific Characters——Body, on the upper surface, smooth, on the under surface of a pure white ; no spines in front. of the eyes. Description.— In the length of the body, this species sometimes exceeds six feet, and weighs nearly five hundred pounds. The back is quite smooth of a plain brown colour; the under surface white. * Raia oxyrhynchus, Mont., Yarr., Jen., Penn. White Skate, Burton Skate. 428 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. free from spots or specks ; the body is remarkably depressed, more so than that of the grey skate, and is not so dark a colour. ‘Tail short, with three rows of spines all pointing downwards.” The Raia batis or Grey Skate has been frequently con- founded with the Sharp-nosed Ray. 'The differences between them, however, have been very clearly pointed out by Co- lonel Montagu. ‘ The Sharp-nosed Ray has a slender snout, the margins of which, in a moderate sized fish, run nearly parallel to each other, from three or four inches at the extremity ; the snout of the Grey Skate, on the con- trary, is truly conical. The Sharp-nosed Ray has its skin quite smooth; the Grey Skate is entirely rough above, or granulated like a dog-fish, and partly so beneath. The under part of the Sharp-nosed Ray is white without spots ; the Grey Skate on that part is dusky grey, covered with minute dusky spots, having a pale speck in the middle. Both species have three rows of spines on the tail when ar- rived at maturity, but those of the Grey Skate differ from most other rays, by the points of the lateral rows turning forward.* The teeth of both species are sharp, with a broad base; but those of the Grey Skate are not near so long, and more closely connected. The sexes of both species are discriminated by the formidable reclined hooked spines on the pectorals, as well as by the posterior appendages which are peculiar to the males.” It is recorded by Dr Neill in the 1st vol. of the Wernerian Memoirs, that this species of ray is occasionally met with in the Firth of Forth; and I am informed by the fishermen that specimens of large size are frequently taken off the coast of Aberdeen ; but as no ex- ample has hitherto fallen under my own immediate notice, * In those specimens I have examined, these points were always directed outwards, not forwards. THE FLAPPER SKATE. 429 I cannot vouch for the accuracy of the statement, as it is probable that the fishermen might have confounded it with a large example of the Grey Skate. It seems not an un- common fish on the coast of Cornwall; “ where the smaller sized specimens are taken throughout the year; but those which are larger, keep in deep water and are only taken in summer and autumn.” It is said to be a fish much sought after by the French, who consume large quantities of it du- ring Lent. ~ Rata INTERMEDIA.—THE Fruarrer Skate.— Farnell. Specific Characters.—Body on the upper surface smooth ; on the under surface of a dark, dusky grey ; one or more spines in front of each eye. (Plate XL.) Description.—F rom a female specimen two feet in length, tail in- cluded. Body rhomboidal, the transverse diameter equalling the dis- tance between the point of the snout and the last tubercle but three on the central ridge of the tail; from the point of the snout to the temporal orifice, rather more than one-third the length, as far as the end of the anal fin, and one-fourth the length as far as the termination of the first dorsal. Body very thin ; snout pointed, conical ; pecto- rals large, somewhat of a triangular form, uniting in front at the snout, and terminating at the base of the ventrals ; the anterior margin ra- ther concave, the posterior margin rounded ; ventrals about three times the length of their breadth ; anals commencing close behind the ventrals and terminating in a free point, rounded at the outer margins. Tail short and firm, being no longer than the space from the base of the anal fin to the anterior margin of the orbit ; along the mesial line is a row of tubercles with sharp points directed down- wards, about eighteen in number, commencing at the base of the anal and terminating at the commencement of the first dorsal fin ; no la- teral spines visible. First dorsal fin small, rounded at the free extre- mity, situated about one-third the length of the tail from the tip ; the base about equalling the length ; second dorsal rather smaller than the first, and about the same form, placed about half-way between the termination of the first and the tip of the tail ; caudal fin rudi- mentary. Colour of the upper surface of the body of a dark olive- green with numerous large white spots ; on the under surface dark grey with minute specks of a deeper colour. Eyes rather small, flat- tened above, placed in front of the temporal orifices ; skin both above 430 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. and below perfectly smooth ; a strong, sharp, bent spine in front of each orbit; no spines or tubercles of any description on the back. Mouth large, placed beneath ; teeth small, not so large or so sharp as those in Raia batis. This fish, which was obtained in the Firth of Forth in the month of May, seems to be a new species of Skate, since I am not aware of its having been previously described. It appears to be the connecting link between Raia batis and Raia oxyrhynchus, to both of which it is closely allied, and it is from this circumstance that I suggest the specific name of intermedia. : It is distinguished from Raia batis, in the upper surface of the body being perfectly smooth, without granulations, and of a dark olive colour spotted with white ; in the ante- rior part of each orbit being furnished with a strong spine pointing towards the tail; in the dorsal fins being more remote from each other, and in the anterior margins of the pectorals rather more concave, giving the snout a sharper appearance ; whereas, in Raza batis, the upper sur- face of the body is rough to the touch, of a uniform dusky grey without spots; the orbits without spines ; the dorsals nearly approximate, and the anterior margins of the pecto- rals nearly straight. It is likewise removed from Raia oxyrhynchus, in the snout being conic ; the under surface of the body dark grey ; a spine in front of each orbit, and the back of a dark olive- green spotted with white; whereas, in the Raia oxyrhyn- chus, the snout is sharp and long, with the lateral margins parallel near the tip; the under surface of the body pure white, and the back of a plain brown without spots. I have met with two examples of a variety of this fish which were taken in the salmon-nets at Queensferry. They were both of small size, about eighteen inches in length. THE SHAGREEN RAY. 431 The back was of a uniform dark olive-green without spots of any description, covered with a thick mucus ; under surface of a dark grey ; body very thin ; snout sharp, conical ; pec- torals at their anterior margins rather sinuous, passing off somewhat suddenly at that part, in a line with the tempo- ral orifices, giving the outline of the anterior part quite a different appearance to that observed in Raza intermedia ; the anterior part of each orbit is furnished with a spine ; back perfectly smooth; tail with one row of spines on the dorsal ridge ; fins, and in all other respects, similar to Raia intermedia. (Plate XLI.) Rata CHAGRINEA.*—THE SHAGREEN Ray. Specific Characters.—Body on the upper surface very rough ; on the under surface of a pure white ; a row of spines round the inner edge of each orbit ; two rows of large bent spines on the tail. (Plate XLI.) Description.—F rom a female specimen three feet two inches in length, tail included. Body of a rhomboidal form ; the transverse diameter rather greater than the distance between the tip of the snout and the end of the anal rays ; from the point of the snout to the tip of the pectoral, from thence to the base of the ventral fin on the op- posite side, equal; the length of the tail equal to the distance from its base to the posterior margin of the orbit ; from the tip of the snout to the middle of the eye, one-seventh of the whole length, caudal included ; the transverse cartilage is situated mid-way between the extremity of the nose and the termination of the base of the anal fin. Snout sharp, conate; the anterior margins of the pectorals slightly sinuous ; the posterior margins rounded ; ventrals narrow, being three or four times longer than their breadth, placed between the termi- nation of the large broad pectorals and the commencement of the anals, composed of five rays, of which the second is the longest. Anals rounded at their outer margins, and terminating free below, about five times the breadth of the ventrals, each fyrnished with about twenty-one rays. Dorsals approximate, small and thin, situated nearly at the extremity of the tail, both of equal size, rounded at their posterior free margins ; each fin furnished with eight rays, which ap- * Raia chagrinea, Mont., Penn., Jen. 482 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. pear to branch off from one large ray situated horizontally. Caudal fin rudimentary, about half the length of the base of the second dor- sal. Colour of the upper surface of the body of an uniform yellow- ish-brown ; under surface pure white. Eyes large; a temporal ori- fice situated at the posterior part and a little on the outer side of each orbit ; mouth large, placed beneath ; teeth strong and sharp pointed, arranged in each jaw in many rows. Skin on the upper surface very rough, having a granulated feel when the hand is passed over the pectorals ; at the base of the ventral and anal fins, the skin is perfectly smooth. About six large bent spines, with broad bases, situated on the upper part of the snout ; round the inner margin of each orbit are from ten to twelve of these spines, arranged in the form of a crescent ; on the dorsal ridge, from the nape to the trans- verse cartilage, is a row of six spines ; about a little more than half- way down the back, commence two rows of spines, which run down the tail as far as the first dorsal fin ; the first ten or twelve spines are very small, the rest gradually increase in size as they proceed ; no spines on the central ridge of the tail; each spine has its broad base more or less grooved, and its point directed backwards ; oneach side of the base of the tail are a number of small hooked spines, placed in two or three irregular rows. It appears nearly certain, that the fish figured and de- scribed in Mr Yarrell’s work on the British Fishes, vol. IT. p. 414, under the name of the Long-nosed Skate or Raia chagrinea, is not the same as the Shagreen Ray of Mon- tagu, or of Pennant, nor does it agree with the fish above described, which seems to me identical with the Shagreen Ray of Montagu. In Mr Yarrell’s example, the nose is very long, much longer than that observed in the Grey Skate ; the upper surface of the body shghtly roughened. and of a light lead colour ; the second fin on the tail about its own length from the end. The under surface of a dirty greyish-white marked with dusky spots like the true skate (Raia batis) ; the lateral caudal spines are represented in the figure as being perfectly straight, their points directed out- wards. In the specimen now before me, although it belongs to the sharp-nosed division of skates, the snout is not so long as that observed in the Grey Skate of equal size. If THE SHAGREEN RAY. 433 we compare two specimens, one of Razw bates and the other of Raia chagrinea of Montagu, each of three feet in length, we shall find, that, Raia batis measures, from the tip of the snout to the eye, seven inches ; whereas, in the Raia cha- grinea of Montagu, the distance between these points mea- sures but five inches, presenting a very striking difference when the two fish are placed together. The principal characters which distinguish the Raia cha- grinea from the rest of the skates, are in the dorsal surface of the tail having only two rows of spines, and none on the central ridge ; these rows commence at the first dorsal fin, and extend nearly as far as half-way up the back of the fish, where the spines become very small, and not half the size of those on the lower portion of the tail. This is a rare species of Skate, few naturalists appearing to have met with it. Colonel Montagu has noticed it on the Devonshire coast, and Pennant obtained a specimen from Scarborough ; but whether it is found to inhabit the Cornish coast does not appear to have been altogether accurately determined, since the fish figured and described by Mr Yarrell under the name of Raia chagrinea, may probably prove a new species. In the Firth of Forth the Shagreen Ray is occasionally taken in skate-nets set in deep water, more especially in the months of May and June, when a few may be seen in the Edinburgh market along with grey skate and thornbacks. It is known to fishermen under the name of Rough Flap- per, and its flesh is considered inferior as food to that of the other species of skate, it being soft and dry. It feeds on small star-fish and crustaceous animals in general. VOL, VII. Ee 434 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. (Il. Snout short, and rather obtuse.) Rata MACULATA.*—THE Spotrep Ray. Specific Characters.—U pper surface smooth, marked with distinct, roundish, dusky spots. (Plate XLII.) Description From a female specimen eighteen inches in length, tail included. Form of the body more strictly rhomboidal than that of the last-described species ; from the tip of one pectoral to that of the other, about equalling the space between the point of the snout, and half-way down the tail ; from the point of the snout to the tip of the pectoral, from thence to the end of the base of the anal, about equal ; from the base of the anal to the tip of the tail, nearly equal- ling the length of the body ; from the tip of the snout to the tempo- ral orifices, one-sixth part the length of the whole, tail included. Co- lour of the upper surface reddish-brown, marked with a number of large, dusky, brown spots, particularly on the pectorals. (‘‘ A variety is not uncommon in which the usual spots are nearly obsolete, but there is more or less trace of one oscillated spot in the middle of each pectoral. Montagu has noticed two kinds of this last variety, one with a large dark spot surrounded with a white circle, the other with a black spot within a white circle, the whole surrounded by five equidistant dark spots. Another variety is in the museum of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, in which the upper parts are pale orange-yellow, with light, rufous, brown spots.”—Jenyns.) Under surface white ; snout obtuse, scarcely projecting beyond the margins of the pectorals ; the outline of the anterior part of each pectoral, sinuous; the posterior part rounded; ventrals small and narrow, about three times longer than their breadth, situated between the termination of the pectorals and the commencement of the anals, composed of five rays, of which the second is rather the longest. Anals about three times broader than the ventrals, each rounded at the outer margin, and terminating in a free point below, composed of seventeen rays; dorsals small, two in number, situated at the lower part of the tail, and at a little distance from each other ; both nearly of equal size and rough to the touch, rounded at the posterior margins, furnished with a reclined ray from which arise seven smaller ones; caudal rudimentary, about half the length of the second dor- sal. Eyes rather small; temporal orifices larger, one placed at the outer and posterior part of each orbit ; mouth placed on the under * Raia maculata, Yarr., Jen,, Mont. Raia rubus, Don. Homelyn Ray, Hommelin, Sand ray, The Home. THE SPOTTED RAY. 435 surface of the body, nearly in a vertical line with the eyes; teeth small and blunt, arranged in several rows in each jaw. In adult individuals the teeth are sharp pointed in both sexes. Body on the upper surface smooth ; in some specimens it is slightly granulated on the anterior part of the pectorals and between the eyes ; round the inner margin of each orbit are four or five strong hooked spines with their points directed towards the tail ; on the dorsal ridge is a row of spines which commences immediately behind the nape, and runs down the back, along the central ridge of the tail as far as the first dorsal fin ; the spines on the tail are stronger than those above ; a solitary spine is often placed at each extremity of the transverse dor- sal cartilage ; in adult specimens there are three rows of spines on the tail, but when young the lateral rows are wanting. The series of spines down the line of the back is frequently interrupted, and sometimes rudimentary. The males, besides possessing the usual anal appendages, have their pectorals armed with two or three rows of strong bent spines with the points directed towards the dorsal line, which, however, do not shew themselves till a certain age. There are four species of skate met with on the English shores, belonging to the short-nosed division of rays, three of which are found to occur on the coast of Scotland; and although the spotted ray is one of the rarest of the species met with in the Firth of Forth, it is said to be one of the most common along the line of the southern coast. Seldom more than six or eight examples of this fish are observed in the Edinburgh market during the season, and the largest searcely ever exceeding the length of twenty inches, while, on some parts of the English coast, they are occasionally found from two and a half to three feet in length. The Spotted-Ray is distinguished from the rays al- ready described, in the snout being short and obtuse, ex- tending but a little beyond the anterior margins of the pec- torals, and in the upper surface of the body being marked with a number of distinct, dusky spots, about the size of the temporal orifices, It is at once distinguished from the two next species to be noticed by the smoothness of the upper surface of the pectorals. reQ 436 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. Rata CLAVATA.*—THE THORNBACK. Specific Characters.—U pper surface very rough ; one row of spines down the line of the back. (Plate XLII.) Description.—F rom a female specimen twenty inches in length, tail included. Form of the body rhomboidal, similar to that of the spot- ted-ray ; its transverse diameter equalling the space between the tip of the snout and half-way down the tail; from the point of the snout to the tip of the pectoral, from thence to the lower point of the anal fin, equal ; from the base of the anal to the tip of the tail about the length of the anterior margin of the pectoral; from the tip of the snout to the temporal orifices one-third of the length, as far as the termination of the base of the anal fin. Colour of the back of a blu- ish-grey, with a number of ill-defined, large, whitish spots scattered over the pectorals, liable to great variations. ~ In some examples there is a large ocellated spot on each side of the dorsal line. Under surface pure white ; snout obtuse, slightly projecting beyond the anterior margins of the pectorals ; the outline of the anterior border of each pectoral sinuous; the posterior border slightly rounded ; ventrals small, placed between the commencement of the anals and the termination of the pectorals, their length about three times longer than their breadth; anal rounded at the outer margin, and ending below in a free point, furnished with about twenty rays, of which the last is rather the longest. Dorsal fins two, rather remote, nearly of equal form and size ; placed on the lower portion of the tail ; their posterior margins rounded and somewhat free. Caudal fin rudimen- tary, nearly half the length of the base of the second dorsal. Eyes about the size of the temporal orifices; mouth situated beneath, teeth blunt, arranged in several oblique rows in each jaw. (In the females both young and old, the teeth are always blunt, allowing the finger to be passed freely over them in any direction ; in young males the teeth are also blunt ; but in adult specimens they generally become long and very sharp.) Body on the upper surface very rough, covered with minute spicula, besides a number of large spines with broad bases; these spines however are very variable, in dif- ferent individuals, both in number and position ; in some examples they are nearly altogether wanting; but the series along the middle line of the back and tail is almost always present. In the specimen now before me, there is one spine on the upper surface of the snout ; one on each side a little farther * Raia clavata, Cuv., Yarr., Jen., Mont., Penn., Flem. Maiden Skate, Scotland. THE THORNBACK. 437 down and set wide apart from each other ; four on the in- ner margin of each orbit; none on any part of the pec- torals ; a row commencing behind the nape, and running down the central ridge as far as the first dorsal fin ,; also a few on each side of the tail. In another specimen of three feet in length, there are more than three hundred large spines on the upper surface of the body, mixed with innumerable small spicula, and one hundred and eighty on the under surface, besides a hundred and fifty on the tail, arranged in seven rows. I have occasionally met with a va- riety, having two rows of spines running up the back as far as the nape, the dorsal ridge being without spines. A specimen presenting this anomaly is in the College Mu- seum of Edinburgh. The Thornback is a common species in the Firth of Forth, and seems generally dispersed throughout the Bri- tish coast. It is so well known and so strongly charac- terized by the roughness of its skin on the upper sur- face, that it is seldom mistaken for any of its congeners. Large quantities are taken in nets in the months of May and June in nearly every part of the Firth of Forth; but more especially on the sands of Aberlady, Musselburgh, Burntisland, and Queensferry. The young specimens from a foot to a foot and a half in length, are named maidens or maiden skates, and are considered the best size for the table, the flesh being sweeter and more delicate than that of the larger individuals. It forms a cheap and wholesome article of food to numbers of the lower classes of inhabitants. This fish is very voracious, and feeds on every kind of small flounder. It is particularly fond of herrings and sand-eels, as well as crustaceous animals, such as small crabs and lobsters, which the teeth of the female are well adapted to crush. Its flesh during the spring and summer 438 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. months is not so firm or so wholesome as in autumn and winter. The eggs are shed in the early part of the sea- son, and are occasionally found on the shores with the embryo skate enclosed. When about to be excluded from the horny capsule its tail is disproportionately long, end- ing in a sharp point without an apparent rudiment of a fin. Itis capable of being preserved alive in a glass ves- sel for a considerable period, the sea-water being daily re- newed. That the adult male Thornback has sharp-pointed teeth does not appear a character so constant, as is supposed by some authors, since I have met with three full grown ex- amples, in which the teeth were as blunt as those observed in the female Thornback. One of the specimens now before me, obtained in the Firth of Forth in the month of September, presents the following characters. Length of the whole fish two feet two inches; transverse diameter of the body twenty-one inches; anal appendages six inches, extending half-way down the tail ; at near the tip of the broadest part of each pectoral is a row of long reclined spines, about twelve in number, with their point directed towards the dorsal line; also on or near the margins of the pectorals, in a line with the-eyes, are several large spines placed ina cluster with their points directed downwards; teeth blunt, allowing the finger to be passed in either direction over their summits, without the vestige of a point to be felt ; the teeth being as blunt as those observed in the female specimens of the Thornback. A variety of the Thornback is said sometimes to occur, having a dorsal fm on the back, and is named by some authors Raia Cuviert. A specimen is recorded by Dr Neill to have been taken in the Firth of Forth in 1808. THE STARRY RAY. 439 Raia rapiatTa.*—THeE Starry Ray. Specific Characters.—U pper surface rough, with large, sharp tu- bercles radiated at their bases ; three rows of spines on the tail run- ning up the back as far as the transverse cartilage. (Plate XLIII.) Description.— From a female specimen, seventeen inches in length. Form of the body rhomboidal ; but not so broad in pro- portion to its length as that observed in the thornback ; its trans- verse diameter equalling the space between the tip of the snout and the last tubercle but six on the central ridge of the tail; from the point of the snout to the tip of the pectoral fin, from thence to the base of the last anal ray on the opposite side, equal ; from the tip of the tail to the base of the last anal ray, from thence to the posterior part of the eye about equal; from the tip of the snout to the temporal orifices about one-sixth of the whole length, caudal included. Colour of the back of a pale yellowish-brown ; under sur- face of a pure white. Snout obtuse extending but a very little be- yond the anterior margins of the pectorals ; the outline of the front of the pectorals, somewhat sinuous ; the posterior outline, especially at the lower extremity, rounded. Ventrals small, about three times the length of their breadth ; composed of three rays of which the sc- cond is rather the longest. Anals rounded at their outer margins, and terminating below, free ; furnished with fifteen or sixteen rays, the lower ones the longest. Dorsal fins two, placed on the lower part of the tail, at a little distance from each other ; both nearly of equal size and shape, rounded at the posterior border. Caudal rudi- mentary. Eyes rather large, flattened on their summits, about twice the size of the temporal orifices, which are placed one at the poste- rior part of each orbit. Teeth small and sharp pointed, arranged in five or six rows in each jaw. On the upper surface of the body are a number of large conical spines with grooved bases, intermixed with smaller ones with stellated bases, irregularly scattered over the pec- torals, snout, back, and tail; at the base of the ventrals the skin is perfectly smooth and free from spines ; on the tail are three rows of spines which extend up the back as far as the nape ; the spines form- ing the middle row being about twelve in number, and three times as large as those on the sides. On each orbit are four large spines, two placed anteriorly and two posteriorly ; between the eyes the skin is rough with minute spines with stellated bases; one large spine on the nape, and two at each extremity of the transverse car- tilage of the back, from whence commences a row of minute spines, which runs down the back to the base of the tail, where it is lost. All the spines have their points directed backwards ; those forming * Raia radiata, Don., Yarr. Jen. *- 440 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the lateral rows on the tail are very much crooked ; those on the central ridge being nearly straight. The under surface of the body is perfectly smooth, without spines of any description. This beautiful little Skate, which appears the smallest and best marked species of the genus, was first figured and described by Mr Donovan, from a small specimen taken somewhere off the north coast. It has since been found by Dr Johnston in Berwick Bay ; and by myself, several times in the Firth of Forth; but in no other localities has it yet been discovered. It inhabits deep water, and is taken with the hook in rocky places in the months of March, April, and May; but after June until the following spring, it is seldom met with. It is considered as good food, not in- ferior to that of the maiden skate. From two to three spe- cimens can be obtained nearly every week in the Edinburgh market, during the months of April and May. The only skate likely to be confounded with the Starry Ray, is a young specimen of thornback ; but it is at all times distinguished, by having three rows of spines run- ning from the tail up the centre of the back ; whereas, in the thornback, there is seldom more than one row of spines along the centre of the back, the lateral rows on the tail scarcely ever extending higher up than the anal fins. Genus TRYGON.—Tail slender, armed with a sharp, serrated spine ; but without fins. TRYGON PASTINACA.*—THE STING Ray. Specific Character.—Back smooth. (Plate XLIII.) Description.—From a female specimen nineteen inches in length, tail included, and eleven inches in breadth. The outline more ap- proaching to orbicular than in the genus Raia ; the central portion of * Trygon pastinaca, Yary., Cuv. Raia paslinaca, Penn., Don., Jen. Common Trygon, Fire Flaire. THE STING RAY. 441 the body very much raised and convex, becoming thin towards the edges ; (dimensions) from the tip of the snout to the outer extre- mity of the pectoral, from thence to the middle of the anal fin, equal ; from the tip of the snout to the temporal orifices, one-third the length to the base of the anals; from the point of the caudal spine to the base of the last anal ray, from thence to the anterior part of the eye, equal. Colour of the upper surface of the body dark olive with a slight tinge of yellow ; under surface white ; flesh with a faint blush of red. Snout small and pointed, extending but a very little beyond the anterior margins of the pectorals ; ventrals wanting ; anals small ; the lower and inner margins rounded, the outer margins straight ; no fins on the tail or back. Body both above and below perfectly smooth, excepting along the central line of the back, where there isa series of ru- dimentary tubercles situated beneath the skin. Eyes small ; temporal orifices large ; teeth small and blunt, arranged in several rows in each jaw ; tail long, round, and slender, equalling in length the transverse diameter of the body, tapering at the extremity to a fine point. About the middle of the tail is placed a sharp-pointed osseous spine of two inches and a half in length, convex on the upper surface, and grooved from the commencement to half-way down ; on its under surface is an elevated central ridge with a deep groove on each side extending the whole length; the sides of the spine are sharply serrated wit the points of the teeth directed towards the body of the fish. We know nothing regarding the habits of the Sting Ray on the coast of Scotland, as its appearance so far north is very rare. The only example I have met with, is that from which the above description is taken. It was captured in the Firth of Forth in the salmon-nets above Queensferry in the month of August, and sent me as being the only fish of the sort the fishermen had ever seen. Mr Yarrell says, ‘* It is more frequently taken on the southern coast than elsewhere, from Sussex even as far west as the county of Cork in Ireland. It appears, however, otherwise to occupy an extensive range, being found in the Mediterranean, from thence to a high degree of north latitude on the coast of Norway.” According to Mr Couch, “ This species keeps on sandy ground at no great distance from land, and, in summer, wanders into shallow water, where it is often entangled in 442 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. the fishermen’s nets,—the only way in which it is usually caught, for it rarely swallows a bait. The manner in which this fish defends itself, shews its consciousness of the formi- dable weapon it carries on its tail. When seized or terrified, its habit is to twist its long, slender, and flexible tail round the object of attack, and, with the serrated spine, tear the surface, lacerating it in a manner calculated to produce vio- lent inflammation.” It is said, that the ancients were in the habit of using the spine of this species to tip their ar- rows and spears. The flesh of the Sting Ray is seldom eaten, as being rank and disagreeable to the taste ; when cut, it emits a stronger ammoniacal odour than any of the other species of the family. ORDER III.—CYCLOSTOMI. Branchia purse-shaped, fixed, opening outwards by se- veral apertures; jaws represented by an immoveable carti- laginous ring, formed by the union of the palatine and mandibular bones; body elongated ; no pectorals or ven- trals; the skeleton very imperfectly developed ; the intes- tinal canal straight and narrow, without a spiral valve. Genus PET'ROMYZON. on each side of the neck ; maxillary ring armed with strong teeth. Seven branchial openings PETROMYZON MARINUS.*—TuHE Sea LAMPREY. Specific Characters.—Body greenish, marbled with dark brown ; second dorsal and caudal fins separate. Description—From a specimen two and a half feet in length. Body cylindric and nearly of equal size as far as the first dorsal fin, from thence gradually tapering to the end of the tail; head indis- tinct ; from the point. of the snout to the posterior part of the eye, * Petromyzon marinus, Cuy., Yarr., Jen., Penn., Flem. THE SEA LAMPREY. 443 one-tenth of the whole Jength of the body ; eyes small and round placed mid-way between the tip of the snout and the fifth branchial opening. Mouth large, of an oval form ; when widely expanded, circular ; border by a fleshy lip, fringed on the inner surface ; armed on the inside with numerous hard conical tooth-like projections, dis- posed in concentric rows, increasing in size as they advance in- wards; the outer row very small, scarcely perceptible, all the points directed inwards ; immediately beneath the tongue is a se- micircular bone with eight sharp, conical teeth pointing outwards ; on the roof of the mouth is a strong, conical tooth divided in the middle with the points directed outwards and downwards ; tongue bilobed, having each lobe rounded and armed with six fine sharp- pointed teeth; also a number of minute teeth at the root of the tongue. Branchial openings seven on each side of the neck, ar- ranged in a longitudinal series, in a line with the eye; between and a little in front of the eyes is a small aperture scarcely larger than a pin’s head. Two dorsal fins, the first commencing exact- ly mid-way between the eye and the end of the tail, somewhat of a triangular form, the base about four times longer than its height ; second dorsal commencing at a short distance from the termination of the first, and ending at a very short interval from the caudal, commencing at first low and attaining its greatest height somewhat suddenly, from thence sloping gradually off to near the commence- ment of the caudal, its height about one-sixth part the length of its base. Caudal truncated, commencing at first low and then gradual- ly expanding ; pectoral and anal fins wanting. Colour of the back and sides greenish marbled with dark brown ; beneath of a yellowish tinge. Skin perfectly smooth, without scales. The Lamprey is a migratory fish ; it leaves the sea early in the spring, and enters the large rivers to spawn, and after this process is accomplished, it returns again to its natural residence some time in autumn. According to Yarrell, “ it has a very extensive geographical range. It is found in the Mediterranean, and from thence northwards in most of the rivers in Europe as far as Scandinavia, du- ring spring; it appears to be common in the rivers of North America, attaining a larger size in those of the more south- ern states, but not exceeding seventeen or twenty inches in length in a high northern latitude. Dr Mitchell also in- cludes this species among his fishes of New York. It is rather common during spring and summer in some of the 444 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. rivers on the southern coast of England, particularly the Severn, and is found in smaller numbers in several of the rivers in Scotland and Ireland about the same period of the . year.” In the month of May, Lampreys are considered in perfection as food, when numbers are prepared in various ways for the table, but after June they lose the firmness of their flesh, and become soft and unwholesome. The death of Henry the First was occasioned by eating lampreys, probably when out of season. Pennant informs us that it has been an old custom for the city of Gloucester, annually to present his Majesty with a lamprey pie covered with a large raised crust. Above Alloa in the Forth, where these fish are not un- common, the fishermen, when they accidentally take them in the nets, invariably return them again to the water, having a prejudice against them. They are consequently never, under any circumstances, seen in the Edinburgh markets. The lamprey and the other species belonging to this genus have the habit of fixing themselves by suction to stones and other solid bodies; by the same means they attack the largest fishes, pierce and devour them. PETROMYZON FLUVIATILIS.*— THE River LampreEy. Specific Characters.—Second dorsal and caudal fins uniting ; body dusky blue. Description.—-From a specimen nine inches in length. Body near- ly of equal size for two-thirds of its length, gradually tapering to the end of the tail; head indistinct ; mouth oval, when expanded it be- comes circular ; lip fleshy, minutely fringed at the inner margin, armed on the inside with a number of yellowish, conical, tooth-like, projections ; on the under surface is a semicircular bone with seven long, slender, sharp-pointed teeth directed downwards and forwards ; on the roof of the mouth are two triangular bony projections set a little apart from each other, pointing downwards and inwards ; tongue rough ; eyes moderate ; branchial openings seven on each side of the neck, arranged in an oblique line from the lower part of the eye back- * Petromyzon fluviatilis, Auctorum. THE RIVER LAMPREY. 445 wards ; between and a little in front of the eyes, is a small aperture through which the water escapes. Dorsal fins two, distinctly sepa- rate, somewhat of a triangular form, the first considerably smaller than the second, and situated about mid-way between the tip of the tail and the third branchial opening ; the height about one-sixth the length of the base. Second dorsal commencing at ashort distance from the termination of the first, beginning at first low and attaining its great- est height rather suddenly, from thence gradually sloping off and uniting with the caudal : pectorals and ventrals wanting ; caudal cut obliquely above and below, terminating in a point; skin perfectly smooth. Colour above of a dusky blue, beneath silvery white. This species of Lamprey is met with in much greater numbers in some of the rivers in England, such as the Thames, the Severn, and Dee, than in any of the rivers either in Ireland or Scotland. It was formerly a fish of con- siderable importance. “It was taken in great quantities in the Thames from Battersea Reach to Taplow Mills,and was sold to the Dutch as bait for the turbot, cod, and other fisheries. Four hundred thousand have been sold in one season for this purpose, at the rate of forty shillings per thousand. From five pounds to eight pounds the thousand have been given ; but a comparative scarcity of late years, and conse- quent increase in price, has obliged the line fishermen to adopt other substances for bait. Formerly the Thames alone supplied from one million to twelve thousand Lam- perns annually.”** These fish are frequently observed in some of the larger rivers entering the Firth of Forth, and specimens are occasionally seen in the Firth itself; but as the fishermen place no value on them either as bait or for food, they remain totally disregarded. Some authors sup- pose, that the River Lamprey is a migratory species, as- cending the rivers in spring and returning again to the sea after spawning ; but Mr Yarrell is induced to believe that * Yarrell’s British Fishes. 446 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. it generally remains all the year in the fresh water, as spe- cimens can be obtained in the Thames all the year through. It has been conjectured by some, that this species, as well as the last described, had both sexes united in the same in- dividual, but this is now satisfactorily proved not to be the case. They spawn in the month of May, and are in the best condition for the table from October to March. PreTRoMYZON Pianeri.*—PLaNner’s LAMPREY. Specific Characters.—Dorsal fins contiguous, second dorsal uniting with the caudal. Description.—From a specimen five inches in length. In form it very much resembles the Lampern, but rather thicker in proportion to its length ; head bending slightly, falling obliquely from the sum- mit ; mouth of an oval form, circular when expanded ; placed at the extremity ; lip thickly fringed, furnished on the inner surface with a number of small, yellowish tooth-like projections with pointed sum- mits ; a large semicircular tooth below with seven small sharp points directed forwards ; on the roof of the mouth one tooth with two remote points directed downwards. Eyes rather large of a rounded form, situated about half-way between the tip of the snout and the fourth branchial opening ; head indistinct, a small nasal orifice placed on the summit a little in advance of the eyes. Branchial openings seven on each side of the neck, arranged in a line commencing at a short distance behind the lower portion of the eye, taking an oblique di- rection backwards and slightly downwards. Colour of the back and ~ sides dusky blue; belly of a dirty silvery-white ; fins light dusky grey. First dorsal fin commencing mid-way between the tip of the snout and the end of the tail, somewhat of a semicircular form, termi- nating by uniting with the second dorsal ; its height about one-third the length of its base. Second ‘dorsal about twiee the sizeof the first and similar in shape, but reaching its greatest height rather more suddenly. Caudal contiguous with the termination of the second dorsal ; cut obliquely both above and below, and ending in an obtuse point ; body marked throughout the whole length with a number of fine lines passing from above downwards. Vent situated immediately under the middle of the anterior half of the second dorsal, and fur- nished with a prominent fleshy tubercle in front ; skin everywhere smooth. * Petromyzon planeri, Yarr., Jen., Cuy. Planer’s Lamprey. Fringed- lipped Lamprey. THE PRIDE. 447 This species of Lamprey closely resembles the Lampern both in its appearance and habits, and from having a num- ber of external openings placed along the sides of the neck, has been improperly named the nine-eyed eel. It, however, is readily distinguished from the lampern in the two dorsal fins being contiguous, whereas in the lamperns these fins are widely apart. Planer’s Lamprey is occasion- ally met with in the Forth, the Teith, and the Allan, be- sides in several other rivers in Scotland. Mr Yarrell has obtained it from a brook in Surrey, and he also received spe- cimens from Lancashire which measured nearly eight inches in length. It appears to be a common fish in the rivers of Sweden, where it spawns in April and May. Genus AMMOCGTES.—Seven branchial openings on each side of the neck; mouth without teeth ;. upper lip semicircular, covering only the upper part and sides of the mouth. AMMoc@TES BRANCHIALIS.*—TuHeE Pripe. Description—From a specimen rather more than two and a half inches in length, and somewhat thicker than a common earth-worm of equal length. The anterior part of the body, as far as the first dorsal fin nearly of equal diameter, from thence gradually tapering to the end of the tail where it terminates in a sharp point. Eyes small, scarcely apparent ; branchial openings seven on each side of the neck, arranged in a row running backwards and slightly down- wards ; orifice of the mouth somewhat of a square form ; upper lip thin and membranous, terminating on each side in a free truncated lobe ; under lip transverse ; ‘‘mouth without teeth, but furnished with numerous short membranous cirri.’ Dorsal fins two, not very apparent, the first taking its origin, half-way between the tip of the tail and the end of the snout, and terminating a little in front of the second dorsal; the length of its base six or seven times greater than * Ammocetes branchialis, Cuyv., Yarr., Jen., Flem. Pelromyzon bran- chialis, Linn., Penn. Pride, Sand- Pride, Sand-prey, Mud-Lamprey. 448 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. its height ; second dorsal rather longer and more elevated anteriorly, sloping gradually to be continuous with the caudal; vent placed a little behind the commencement of the second dorsal; skin smooth, marked with a number of fine lines placed at equal distances, which encircle the body throughout its whole length. The Pride was first discovered by Dr Plot in the Isis, and was formerly considered to be peculiar to the rivers near Oxford, where it is said to be of frequent occurrence. It is also found in many parts of England, and is a com- mon species in some of the rivers of Scotland, particularly in the Forth and Tweed; but its habit of concealing itself in soft mud from which it seldom emerges, seems the prin- cipal cause of its not being more frequently met with. It spawns about the beginning of May, and is said to feed upon worms, insects, and dead animal matter. As these sheets were passing through the press, the author, at the request of the Society, has included his most recent discoveries, so as to make the list of fishes found in the Firth of Forth complete, up to the present period. The number of species enumerated amounts to one hundred and twenty-five, about forty of which have been added by himself from personal observation, aud six uf these had not previously been recorded as British.* One hundred and sixty preserved specimens were exhibited as illustrative of the essay, and some of the rarer species have since been presented to the Society’s Museum. * The author has lately discovered four other fishes new to Britain, which are not included in Mr Yarrell’s work on the British Fishes, viz. Gobius albus, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. 1837. Trigla lucerna, and Monoehi- rus minutus, Zool. Bot. Mag. vol. i. Coregonus microcephalus, Ann. Nat. Hist. No. iii. THE FOUR-BEARDED ROCKLING. 449 The following new British fish was obtained after the preceding sheets had passed through the press; it holds a rank in the genus Motella. See page 253. More xia cimpria.*—THE Four-BEARDED RockLING. Specific Characters.—Snout with three barbules, and one on the chin. (Plate XLIV.) Description —¥ rom a specimen fourteen inches in length. Form closely resembling that of the Five-bearded Rockling, but the length of the head somewhat greater compared to that of the body. Body elongated, rounded in front, compressed behind, tapering from the vent to the caudal extremity ; greatest depth less than the length of the head. Head one-sixth of the entire length, caudal fin included, slightly depressed ; snout blunt, projecting considerably beyond the under jaw; eye large, of an oval form, placed high up, and about its own length from the point of the snout ; operculum rounded, oblique ; gill-opening large; gape wide; maxillary extending in a line with the posterior margin of the orbit ; teeth sharp and fine, si- tuated in two rows in the under jaw, and in five rows in the upper ; a few are also placed in a cluster on the anterior part of the vomer ; barbules four, one a little in front of each nostril, one at the extremity of the upper lip, and one on the chin; tongue fleshy, smooth, and without teeth. Fins.—First dorsal obsolete, scarcely discernible, commencing over the operculum, and terminating a little in front of the second dorsal, composed of a number of short, fine, capillary rays, of which the first is the largest, presenting an appearance, ac- cording to Linneeus, of the letter T, but this latter character 1 was unable to recognise in the present example, owing to that ray having been somewhat destroyed previously to the fish coming into my pos- session ; second dorsal taking its origin ima line over the ends of the pectorals, and terminating a little in advance of the caudal, the an- terior portion nearly of equal height, the rays in the posterior half, more sensibly increasing in Tength to the last but four, from thence rapidly diminishing, the first ray simple, the rest branched ; anal, commencing in a line under the twelfth ray of the second dorsal, and ending under the last ray but three of the same fin, in form similar to the second dorsal, but the rays scarcely more than one-half the length, the first ray simple, the rest branched ; caudal rounded at the extremity, the length of the middle rays equalling the space between the first and twelfth rays of the anal, the lateral rays simple ; ven- trals jugular, the second rays the longest, about two-thirds the length of the pectorals ; pectorals rounded at the extremities, equalling the * Gadus cimbrius, Linneus. VOL. VIT. Ft ADV FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. length of the caudal, the first rays stout and simple, the rest branched. The fin rays in number are— Ist D. 50; 2d D. 50; P.16; V.5; A. 43; C.20; Vert. 52. Scales small, smooth and adherent, covering the head, body, and membranes of the dorsal, caudal and anal fins ; lateral line distinct, formed by a number of oval depressions placed at intervals from each other, commencing over the operculum, taking a bend under the ninth, tenth, and eleventh rays of the second dorsal fin, from thence: running straight to the middle ray of the caudal. Colours.—Back and sides of a greyish-brown, belly dirty white ; second dorsal fin edged with white, which is more apparent towards the caudal end ; upper half of the caudal tipped with white ; pectorals, caudal, and lower part of the dorsal dark brown, approaching to black ; anal and ventrals dusky. Two well known species of Motella are frequently met with on our coasts, the Motella quinquecirrata, and the Mo- tella vulgaris, but I am not aware of the Motella cimbria (Gadus cimbrius of Linneus), having previously been no- ticed as a British fish. It was found in June last, a little to the east of Inchkeith, on a haddock line baited with muscles, and sent me by the fishermen of Newhaven, as being the only fish of the kind they had ever met with. From its general appearance, they at once recognised it to he closely allied to the Five-bearded Rockling ( Motella quin- quecirrata), a common species throughout the coast ; but, on comparison, the differences between them were obvious, and although the two fishes do disagree in some particulars, yet it is difficult to point out accurately and satisfactorily to those who are not in the habit of handling them, what these particulars are. Some authors, placing no depen- dence, as a character, on the number of barbules on the snout, and consider the Five-bearded Rockling and the Three- bearded Rockling as mere varieties; but this is not admit- ted either by Mr Yarrell or by Mr Jenyns, who very just- ly consider them as deserving of a place as distinct spe- cies in their valuable works on British Ichthyology. The Four. bearded Rockling, according to Linnzeus, occurs in the THE FOUR-BEARDED ROCKLING. 451 Atlantic and Norway seas, and is distinguished by the first ray of the anterior dorsal fin presenting the form of the letter T. On dissecting the specimen, I found the sto- mach filled with shrimps and small crabs. The cecal appendages were few in number; the roe was large, the ova small and numerous, and apparently in a fit state to be deposited. It is probable that the habits of this fish are similar to those of the other species, but from its rarity it is difficult to determine. The Motella cimbria differs from the Motella quinquecir- rata in the following respects ;—In the snout having but three barbules; the head one-sixth of the whole length ; the teeth sharp and slender, placed in two rows in the un- der jaw; the eye large, of an oval form; the snout much produced; the gape wide; from the point of the snout to the posterior extremity of the maxillary, from thence to the origin of the pectoral, equal ; the lateral line very distinct ; the tips of the upper half of the caudal rays white; the second ray of the ventral fin but slightly produced ; the rays in the anterior half of the second dorsal, nearly double the length of those of the anal:—whereas in the M. quin- quecirrata the snout is furnished with four barbules; the head one-sixth the length as far as the base of the caudal fin; the teeth blunt and stout, placed in three rows in the under jaw; the eye small, nearly circular; the snout but slightly produced ; the gape rather small; from the point of the snout to the posterior extremity of the maxillary, from thence to the origin of the ventral, equal; the lateral line very indistinct ; the caudal fin of a uniform brown ; the second ray of the ventral fin much produced ; the rays in the anterior half of the second dorsal about equal the lengths of those of the anal. The form and arrangement of the teeth in this species are very striking. EL 452 FISHES OF THE FIRTH OF FORTH. In the Magazine of Natural History, for January 1838, No. xiii, is the following notice of the Argentine (Scopelus Humboldtit) in the Firth of Forth, by Dr W. B. Clarke, of Ipswich. S “ Dorsal fin situated over the anal fin ............. 26 is } Dorsal situated over the ventrals or nearly so.. 31 Mouth placed underneath, without teeth....... Acipenser. 403 ; Mouth placed at the extremity, with teeth..... 27 Three or more spines in front of the dorsal fin. Gasterosteus. 190 ; { No spines in front of the dorsal fin .............. 28 ( Caudaletin forked ceeeeeeess ace Hace se cetesleesees entice ghiGandall fin avot forleede: ar. scavse0:0<2setteoalene Cyclopterus. 380 MOrsal shin wall aMLetS| cc. accdcecees ceeeteee oe cnene: Scomberesox. 276 : Meciaal fin without funlletsas.. Msc Slo. ssoseescasuueO Length of dorsal fin exceeding twice its height. Belone. 274 * (Length of the dorsal about equalling its height. Esoz. 272 Ea Snombawath banbmlesmeesessc-ceeen. ceseeceen sack eee: Cobitis. 270 * (Snout without barbules ............c:0c-ccssesseeeeee 32 = Tongue rough with minute teeth ................. Clupea. 315 i Gan smooth without teeth..........0..02.. 33 SCULAtCd...cacsesceoter. +c Des eeeoek doe sncss eA OSG. 329 Central line of the belly very rough, strongly 33. { EAR SDRC. Central line of the belly smooth.....,............. Leuciscus. ee i "ED WiO KCLOTSAN MUMS «;.| ewe seme Mcisee cia etn cevexios Seteatem hilar 35 ; Phare exdansa latins, 2a, emesis acatk cen 55 ARRANGEMENT. Division. Second dorsal fin adipose, without rays......... 36 Second dorsal fin not adipose, with rays.......... 37 ie Anal fin with fewer rays than the first dorsal... Salmo. ’ ( Anal fin with more rays than the first dorsal... Osmerus. Pamidal Ma Forleed 0.0.5.1. soacenpnes odin oaend ia 38 Pedal din not forked, 5iccq.. .s